Annual Statements Open main menu

OFG BANCORP - Annual Report: 2010 (Form 10-K)

e10vk
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010,
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the Transition Period from to          to          .
 
Commission File No. 001-12647
 
ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
Incorporated in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
 
IRS Employer Identification No. 66-0538893
 
Principal Executive Offices:
997 San Roberto Street
Oriental Center 10th Floor
Professional Office Park
San Juan, Puerto Rico 00926
Telephone Number: (787) 771-6800
 
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock
($1.00 par value per share)
7.125% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A
($1.00 par value per share, $25.00 liquidation preference per share)
7.0% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series B
($1.00 par value per share, $25.00 liquidation preference per share)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes o     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filings pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”) was approximately $417.6 million as of June 30, 2010 based upon 32,987,907 shares outstanding and the reported closing price of $12.66 on the New York Stock Exchange on that date.
 
As of February 28, 2011, the Group had 45,885,371 shares of common stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the Group’s definitive proxy statement relating to the 2011 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated herein by reference in response to Items 10 through 14 of Part III.
 


 

 
ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
FORM 10-K
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
  Business   4-19
  Risk Factors   20-29
  Unresolved Staff Comments   29
  Properties   29
  Legal Proceedings   29
 
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   29-31
  Selected Financial Data   32
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   34-85
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   85-89
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   89-178
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   179
  Controls and Procedures   179
  Other Information   179
 
Item 10.
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   179
Item 11.
  Executive Compensation   179
Item 12.
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   179
Item 13.
  Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence   179
Item 14.
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   179
 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   180
 EX-10.16
 EX-10.17
 EX-21.0
 EX-23.0
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2


2


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
The information included in this annual report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may relate to Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”) financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business, including, but not limited to, statements with respect to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, delinquency trends, market risk and the impact of interest rate changes, capital markets conditions, capital adequacy and liquidity, and the effect of legal proceedings and new accounting standards on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations. All statements contained herein that are not clearly historical in nature are forward-looking, and the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continues,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “project” and similar expressions and future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” “may,” or similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.
 
These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties, estimates and assumptions by management that are difficult to predict. Various factors, some of, by their nature and which are beyond our control, could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to:
 
•  the rate of growth in the economy and employment levels, as well as general business and economic conditions;
 
•  changes in interest rates, as well as the magnitude of such changes;
 
•  the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies;
 
•  changes in federal bank regulatory and supervisory policies, including required levels of capital;
 
•  the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) on our businesses, business practices and cost of operations;
 
•  the relative strength or weakness of the consumer and commercial credit sectors and of the real estate market in Puerto Rico;
 
•  the performance of the stock and bond markets;
 
•  competition in the financial services industry;
 
•  additional Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assessments; and
 
•  possible legislative, tax or regulatory changes;
 
Other possible events or factors that could cause results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements include the following: negative economic conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the job market, consumer confidence and spending habits which may affect, among other things, the level of non-performing assets, charge-offs and provision expense; changes in interest rates and market liquidity which may reduce interest margins, impact funding sources and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets; adverse movements and volatility in debt and equity capital markets; changes in market rates and prices which may adversely impact the value of financial assets and liabilities; liabilities resulting from litigation and regulatory investigations; changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations; increased competition; the Group’s ability to grow its core businesses; decisions to downsize, sell or close units or otherwise change the Group’s business mix; and management’s ability to identify and manage these and other risks.
 
All forward-looking statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K are based upon information available to the Group as of the date of this report, and other than as required by law, including the requirements of applicable securities laws, the Group assumes no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.


3


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.   BUSINESS
 
General
 
The Group is a publicly-owned financial holding company incorporated on June 14, 1996 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, providing a full range of banking and wealth management services through its subsidiaries. The Group is subject to the provisions of the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, (the “BHC Act”) and, accordingly, subject to the supervision and regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”).
 
The Group provides comprehensive banking and wealth management services to its clients through a complete range of banking and financial solutions, including mortgage, commercial and consumer lending; leasing; checking and savings accounts; financial planning, insurance, wealth management, and investment brokerage; and corporate and individual trust and retirement services. The Group operates through three major business segments: Banking, Wealth Management, and Treasury, and distinguishes itself based on quality service and marketing efforts focused on mid and high net worth individuals and families, including professionals and owners of small and mid-sized businesses, primarily in Puerto Rico. The Group has 30 financial centers in Puerto Rico and a subsidiary, Caribbean Pension Consultants Inc. (“CPC”), based in Boca Raton, Florida. The Group’s long-term goal is to strengthen its banking and wealth management franchise by expanding its lending businesses, increasing the level of integration in the marketing and delivery of banking and wealth management services, maintaining effective asset-liability management, growing non-interest revenues from banking and wealth management services, and improving operating efficiencies.
 
The Group’s strategy involves:
 
(1) Strengthening its banking and wealth management franchise by expanding its ability to attract deposits and build relationships with individual customers and professionals and mid-market commercial businesses through aggressive marketing and expansion of its sales force;
 
(2) Focusing on greater growth in mortgage, commercial and consumer lending; trust and wealth management services, insurance products; and increasing the level of integration in the marketing and delivery of banking and wealth management services;
 
(3) Matching its portfolio of investment securities with the related funding to achieve favorable spreads, and primarily investing in U.S. government agency obligations.
 
(4) Improving operating efficiencies, and continuing to maintain effective asset-liability management; and
 
(5) Implementing a broad ranging effort to instill in employees and make customers aware of the Group’s determination to effectively serve and advise its customer base in a responsive and professional manner.
 
Together with a highly experienced group of senior and mid level executives and benefits from the Eurobank FDIC-assisted acquisition, this strategy has resulted in sustained growth in the Group’s mortgage, commercial, consumer lending and wealth-management activities, allowing the Group to distinguish itself in a highly competitive industry. The Group is not immune from general and local financial and economic conditions. Past experience is not necessarily indicative of future performance, especially given market uncertainties, but based on a reasonable time horizon of three to five years, the strategy is expected to maintain its steady progress towards the Group’s long-term goal.
 
The Group’s principal funding sources are securities sold under agreements to repurchase, branch deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) advances, wholesale deposits, and subordinated capital notes. Through its branch network, the Bank offers personal non-interest and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, certificates of deposit, individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and commercial non-interest bearing checking accounts. The FDIC insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to applicable limits. Management makes retail deposit pricing decisions periodically, adjusting the rates paid on retail deposits in


4


Table of Contents

response to general market conditions and local competition. Pricing decisions take into account the rates being offered by other local banks, the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), and mainland U.S. market interest rates.
 
Significant Transactions During 2010
 
Capital Raise.
 
At the beginning of 2010, it was apparent that the FDIC was likely to take action against various Puerto Rico commercial banks that were experiencing serious financial difficulties and were operating under cease and desist orders with their banking regulators, which actions could include placing the banks into an FDIC-administered receivership. Management decided that the Group’s participation in the consolidation of the Puerto Rico banking industry that would result from any such action was in the Group’s best interest to potentially benefit from acquiring assets and liabilities at an attractive price and with FDIC assistance to mitigate the risk of credit losses. As part of the Group’s capital plan, on March 19, 2010, the Group completed the public offering of 8,740,000 shares of its common stock. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $94.6 million after deducting offering costs. The Group made a capital contribution of $93.0 million to its banking subsidiary. At the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 30, 2010, the shareholders approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, from 40 million to 100 million, and an increase in the number of authorized shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, from 5 million to 10 million. On April 30, 2010, the Group issued 200,000 shares of Mandatorily Convertible Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), through a private placement. The preferred stock had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $189.4 million after deducting offering costs. The Group made a capital contribution of $179.0 million to its banking subsidiary. At a special meeting of shareholders of the Group held on June 30, 2010, the majority of the shareholders approved the issuance of 13,320,000 shares of the Group’s common stock upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, which was converted on July 8, 2010 at a conversion price of $15.015 per share. The difference between the $15.015 per share conversion price and the market price of the common stock on April 30, 2010 ($16.72) was considered a contingent beneficial conversion feature on June 30, 2010, when the conversion was approved by the majority of the shareholders. Such feature amounted to $22.7 million at June 30, 2010 and was recorded as a deemed dividend on preferred stock. These transactions strengthened the Group’s capital base and facilitated its participation in the FDIC-assisted transaction described below.
 
Eurobank FDIC-Assisted Acquisition.
 
On April 30, 2010, Oriental Bank and Trust (“the Bank”) acquired certain assets and assumed certain deposits and liabilities of Eurobank, a Puerto Rico state-chartered bank headquartered in San Juan, Puerto Rico, from the FDIC in an FDIC-assisted transaction (the “FDIC-assisted transaction”). Eurobank was a wholly-owned commercial bank subsidiary of Eurobancshares, Inc. and operated through a network of 22 branches located throughout Puerto Rico. On May 1, 2010, Eurobank’s branches reopened as branches of the Bank; however, the physical branch locations and leases were not immediately acquired by the Bank. The Bank had the option to acquire, at fair market value, any bank premises that were owned, or any leases relating to bank premises held, by Eurobank (including automated teller machine “ATMs” locations). Due to bank synergies, out of the 22 Eurobank branches, the Bank retained 9 branches and consolidated certain other branches with existing Bank’s branches. The integration of Eurobank’s operations into the Bank was substantially completed by the fourth quarter of 2010.
 
Under the terms of the Bank’s purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC, excluding the effects of purchase accounting adjustments, the Bank acquired approximately $1.5 billion in assets, including approximately $857.0 million in loans and foreclosed real estate, and assumed $729.4 million of deposits of Eurobank. The deposits were acquired with a premium of 1.25% on approximately $400 million in core retail deposits, and the assets were acquired at a discount of 13.8% to the former Eurobank’s historic book value. In connection with the transaction, the Bank issued a $715.5 million promissory note to the FDIC (the “Note”) bearing interest at an annual rate of 0.881% due one year from issuance, and the Bank had the option to extend the Note’s maturity date for up to four additional one-year periods. The Note was collateralized by certain loans and foreclosed real estate acquired by the Bank from the FDIC that were subject to loss sharing agreements. On September 27, 2010, the Group made the


5


Table of Contents

strategic decision to repay the Note prior to maturity. At the time of repayment, the Note had an outstanding principal balance of $595.0 million. As part of the consideration for the transaction, the Group issued to the FDIC a value appreciation instrument (“VAI”). Under the terms of the VAI, the FDIC had the opportunity to obtain a cash payment equal to the product of (a) 334,000 and (b) the amount by which the average of the volume weighted average price of the Group’s common stock for each of the two NYSE trading days immediately prior to the exercise of the VAI exceeded $14.95. The VAI was not exercised by the FDIC. The equity appreciation instrument had a fair value of $909 thousand at April 30, 2010. In connection with the Eurobank FDIC-assisted transaction, the FDIC retained the investment securities, outstanding borrowings and substantially all of the brokered certificates of deposit of Eurobank.
 
Simultaneously with the acquisition, the Bank entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, whereby the FDIC agreed to cover a substantial portion of any future losses on acquired loans and foreclosed real estate, as long as the Bank complies with the requirements stipulated in the agreements. The Group refers to the acquired assets subject to the loss sharing agreements collectively as “covered assets.” Under the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the FDIC absorbs 80% of losses with respect to the covered assets. The term of the single-family residential mortgage loss sharing agreement is 10 years, and under this agreement the reimbursable losses, computed monthly, are offset by any recoveries with respect to such losses. The term of the commercial loans loss sharing agreement is 8 years, comprised of a 5-year shared-loss period followed by a 3-year recovery period. During the 5-year shared-loss period, the FDIC reimburses the Bank for 80% of losses, net of recoveries during each quarter. During the 3-year recovery period, the Group is required to reimburse the FDIC for 80% of all new recoveries attributable to commercial loans for which reimbursement had been granted during the shared-loss period.
 
The Bank has agreed to make a true-up payment, also known as clawback liability, to the FDIC on the date that is 45 days following the last day (the “True-up Measurement Date”) of the final shared loss month, or upon the final disposition of all covered assets under the loss sharing agreements in the event losses thereunder fail to reach expected levels. Under the loss sharing agreements, the Bank would pay to the FDIC 50% of the excess, if any, of: (i) 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate of $906.0 million (or $181.2 million) (as determined by the FDIC) less (ii) the sum of: (A) 25% of the asset discount (per bid) (or ($227.5 million)); plus (B) 25% of the cumulative shared-loss payments (defined as the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Bank minus the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the FDIC); plus (C) the sum of the period servicing amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the loss sharing agreements during which the loss sharing provisions of the applicable loss sharing agreement is in effect (defined as the product of the simple average of the principal amount of shared loss loans and shared loss assets at the beginning and end of such period times 1%). The true-up payment represents an estimated liability of $13.8 million at April 30, 2010. This estimated liability is accounted for as a reduction of the indemnification asset. The indemnification asset represents the portion of estimated losses covered by the loss sharing agreements between the Bank and the FDIC. The Group recorded goodwill of $1.7 million as part of the transaction. Refer to the Note 2, “FDIC-assisted acquisition”, to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on the Eurobank FDIC-assisted transaction, including the accounting for assets acquired and liabilities assumed as well as information on the breakdown and accounting of the acquired loan portfolio.
 
Segment Disclosure
 
The Group has three reportable segments: Banking, Wealth Management, and Treasury. Management established the reportable segments based on the internal reporting used to evaluate performance and to assess where to allocate resources. Other factors such as the Group’s organizational structure, nature of products, distribution channels and economic characteristics of the products were also considered in the determination of the reportable segments. The Group measures the performance of these reportable segments based on pre-established goals involving different financial parameters such as net income, interest spread, loan production, and fees generated.
 
For detailed information regarding performance of the Group’s operating segments, please refer to Note 19 to the Group’s accompanying consolidated financial statements.


6


Table of Contents

Banking Activities
 
Oriental Bank and Trust (the “Bank”), the Group’s main subsidiary, is a full-service Puerto Rico commercial bank with its main office located in San Juan, Puerto Rico. The Bank has 30 branches throughout Puerto Rico and was incorporated in 1964 as a federal mutual savings and loan association. It became a federal mutual savings bank in July 1983 and converted to a federal stock savings bank in April 1987. Its conversion from a federally-chartered savings bank to a commercial bank chartered under the banking law of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, on June 30, 1994, allowed the Bank to more effectively pursue opportunities in its market and obtain more flexibility in its businesses. As a Puerto Rico-chartered commercial bank, it is subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico (the “OCFI”). The Bank offers banking services such as commercial and consumer lending, savings and time deposit products, financial planning, and corporate and individual trust services, and capitalizes on its commercial banking network to provide mortgage lending products to its clients. The Bank operates an international banking entity (“IBE”) pursuant to the International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico, as amended (the “IBE Act”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, named Oriental International Bank Inc. (the “IBE subsidiary”) organized in November 2003. The IBE subsidiary offers the Bank certain Puerto Rico tax advantages and its services are limited under Puerto Rico law to persons and assets/liabilities located outside of Puerto Rico.
 
Banking activities include the Bank’s branches and mortgage banking activities with traditional retail banking products such as deposits and mortgage, commercial, consumer loans, and leasing. The Bank’s lending activities are primarily with consumers located in Puerto Rico. The Bank’s loan and lease transactions include a diversified number of industries and activities, all of which are encompassed within four main categories: mortgage, commercial, consumer, and leasing.
 
The Group’s mortgage banking activities are conducted through a division of the Bank. The mortgage banking activities primarily consist of the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans for the Group’s own portfolio and from time to time, if conditions so warrant, the Group may engage in the sale of such loans to other financial institutions in the secondary market. The Group originates Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”)-insured, Veterans Administration (“VA”)-guaranteed mortgages, and Rural Housing Service (“RHS”)-guaranteed loans that are primarily securitized for issuance of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities which can be resold to individual or institutional investors in the secondary market. Conventional loans that meet the underwriting requirements for sale or exchange under standard Federal National Mortgage Association (the “FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “FHLMC”) programs are referred to as conforming mortgage loans and are also securitized for issuance of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Group is an approved seller of FNMA, as well as FHLMC, mortgage loans for issuance of FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Group is also an approved issuer of GNMA mortgage-backed securities. The Group outsources the servicing of the GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pools that it issues, and its residential mortgage loan portfolio.
 
Servicing assets represent the contractual right to service loans and leases for others. Loan servicing fees, which are based on a percentage of the principal balances of the loans serviced, are credited to income as loan payments are collected. Servicing assets are initially recognized at fair value. For subsequent measurement of servicing rights, the Group has elected the fair value measurement method.
 
Loan Underwriting
 
All loan originations, regardless of whether originated through the Group’s retail banking network or purchased from third parties, must be underwritten in accordance with the Group’s underwriting criteria, including loan-to-value ratios, borrower income qualifications, debt ratios and credit history, investor requirements, and title insurance and property appraisal requirements. The Group’s mortgage underwriting standards comply with the relevant guidelines set forth by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), VA, FNMA, FHLMC, federal and Puerto Rico banking regulatory authorities, as applicable. The Group’s underwriting personnel, while operating within the Group’s loan offices, make underwriting decisions independent of the Group’s mortgage loan origination personnel.


7


Table of Contents

Commercial loans include lines of credit and term facilities to finance business operations and to provide working capital for specific purposes, such as to finance the purchase of assets, equipment or inventory. Since a borrower’s cash flow from operations is generally the primary source of repayment, the Group’s analysis of the credit risk focuses heavily on the borrower’s debt repayment capacity. Commercial term loans are typically made to finance the acquisition of fixed assets, provide permanent working capital or to finance the purchase of businesses. Commercial term loans generally have terms from one to five years, may be collateralized by the asset being acquired or other available assets, and bear interest rates that float with the prime rate, LIBOR or another established index, or are fixed for the term of the loan. Lines of credit are extended to businesses based on an analysis of the financial strength and integrity of the borrowers and are generally secured primarily by real estate, accounts receivable or inventory, and have a maturity of one year or less. Such lines of credit bear an interest rate that floats with a base rate, the prime rate, LIBOR, or another established index.
 
Sale of Loans and Securitization Activities
 
The Group may engage in the sale or securitization of a portion of the residential mortgage loans that it originates and purchases and utilizes various channels to sell its mortgage products. The Group is an approved issuer of GNMA-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities which involves the packaging of FHA loans, RHS loans or VA loans into pools of mortgage-backed securities for sale primarily to securities broker-dealers and other institutional investors. The Group can also act as issuer in the case of conforming conventional loans in order to group them into pools of FNMA or FHLMC-issued mortgage-backed securities which the Group then sells to securities broker-dealers. The issuance of mortgage-backed securities provides the Group with flexibility in selling the mortgage loans that it originates or purchases and also provides income by increasing the value and marketability of such loans. In the case of conforming conventional loans, the Group also has the option to sell such loans through the FNMA and FHLMC cash window programs.
 
Wealth Management Activities
 
Wealth management activities are generated by such businesses as securities brokerage, trust services, retirement planning, insurance, pension administration, and other wealth management services.
 
Oriental Financial Services Corp. (“OFSC”) is a Puerto Rico corporation and the Group’s subsidiary engaged in securities brokerage and investment banking activities in accordance with the Group’s strategy of providing fully integrated financial solutions to the Group’s clients. OFSC, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, is a registered securities broker-dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. OFSC does not carry customer accounts and is, accordingly, exempt from the Customer Protection Rule (SEC Rule 15c3-3) pursuant to subsection (k)(2)(ii) of such rule. It clears securities transactions through Pershing LLC, a clearing agent that carries the accounts of OFSC’s customers on a “fully disclosed” basis.
 
OFSC offers securities brokerage services covering various investment alternatives such as tax-advantaged fixed income securities, mutual funds, stocks, and bonds to retail and institutional clients. It also offers separately managed accounts and mutual fund asset allocation programs sponsored by unaffiliated professional asset managers. These services are designed to meet each client’s specific needs and preferences, including transaction-based pricing and asset-based fee pricing.
 
OFSC also manages and participates in public offerings and private placements of debt and equity securities in Puerto Rico and engages in municipal securities business with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and its instrumentalities, municipalities, and public corporations. Investment banking revenue from such activities include gains, losses, and fees, net of syndicate expenses, arising from securities offerings in which OFSC acts as an underwriter or agent. Investment banking revenue also includes fees earned from providing merger-and-acquisition and financial restructuring advisory services. Investment banking management fees are recorded on the offering date, sales concessions on settlement date, and underwriting fees at the time the underwriting is completed and the income is reasonably determinable.
 
Oriental Insurance Inc. (“Oriental Insurance”) is a Puerto Rico corporation and the Group’s subsidiary engaged in insurance agency services. It was established by the Group to take advantage of the cross-marketing opportunities


8


Table of Contents

provided by financial modernization legislation. Oriental Insurance currently earns commissions by acting as a licensed insurance agent in connection with the issuance of insurance policies by unaffiliated insurance companies and anticipates continued growth as it expands the products and services it provides and continues to cross market its services to the Group’s existing customer base.
 
CPC, a Florida corporation, is the Group’s subsidiary engaged in the administration of retirement plans in the U.S., Puerto Rico, and the Caribbean.
 
Treasury Activities
 
Treasury activities encompass all of the Group’s treasury-related functions. The Group’s investment portfolio consists of mortgage-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations, structured credit investments, and money market instruments. Agency mortgage- backed securities, the largest component, consist principally of pools of residential mortgage loans that are made to consumers and then resold in the form of pass-through certificates in the secondary market, the payment of interest and principal of which is guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC.
 
Market Area and Competition
 
The main geographic business and service area of the Group is in Puerto Rico, where the banking market is highly competitive. Puerto Rico banks are subject to the same federal laws, regulations and supervision that apply to similar institutions in the United States of America. The Group also competes with brokerage firms with retail operations, credit unions, savings and loan cooperatives, small loan companies, insurance agencies, and mortgage banks in Puerto Rico. The Group encounters intense competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in its consumer and commercial lending activities. Management believes that the Group has been able to compete effectively for deposits and loans by offering a variety of transaction account products and loans with competitive terms, by emphasizing the quality of its service, by pricing its products at competitive interest rates, by offering convenient branch locations, and by offering financial planning and wealth management services at each of its branch locations. The Group’s ability to originate loans depends primarily on the service it provides to its borrowers, in making prompt credit decisions, and on the rates and fees that it charges.
 
Regulation and Supervision
 
General
 
The Group is a financial holding company subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the BHC Act, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The qualification requirements and the process for a bank holding company that elects to be treated as a financial holding company requires that a bank holding company and all of the subsidiary banks controlled by it at the time of election must be and remain at all times “well capitalized” and “well managed.”
 
The Group elected to be treated as a financial holding company as permitted by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, if the Group fails to meet the requirements for being a financial holding company and is unable to correct such deficiencies within certain prescribed time periods, the Federal Reserve Board could require the Group to divest control of its depository institution subsidiary or alternatively cease conducting activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.
 
Financial holding companies may engage, directly or indirectly, in any activity that is determined to be (i) financial in nature, (ii) incidental to such financial activity, or (iii) complementary to a financial activity provided it does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifically provides that the following activities have been determined to be “financial in nature”: (a) lending, trust and other banking activities; (b) insurance activities; (c) financial, investment or economic advisory services; (d) securitization of assets; (e) securities underwriting and dealing; (f) existing bank holding company domestic activities; (g) existing bank holding company foreign activities; and (h) merchant banking activities. A financial holding company may generally commence any activity, or acquire any company,


9


Table of Contents

that is financial in nature without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. As provided by the Dodd-Frank Act, a financial holding company may not acquire a company, without prior Federal Reserve Board approval, in a transaction in which the total consolidated assets to be acquired by the financial holding company exceed $10 billion.
 
In addition, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifically gives the Federal Reserve Board the authority, by regulation or order, to expand the list of financial or incidental activities, but requires consultation with the U.S. Treasury Department and gives the Federal Reserve Board authority to allow a financial holding company to engage in any activity that is complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system.
 
The Group is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board and the SEC periodic reports and other information concerning its own business operations and those of its subsidiaries. In addition, Federal Reserve Board approval must also be obtained before a bank holding company acquires all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or merges or consolidates with another bank holding company. The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to issue cease and desist orders against bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries.
 
The Bank is regulated by various agencies in the United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. Its main regulators are the OCFI and the FDIC. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation and examination by the OCFI and the FDIC, and is subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s regulation of transactions between the Bank and its affiliates. The federal and Puerto Rico laws and regulations which are applicable to the Bank regulate, among other things, the scope of its business, its investments, its reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, and the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans. In addition to the impact of such regulations, commercial banks are affected significantly by the actions of the Federal Reserve Board as it attempts to control the money supply and credit availability in order to control inflation in the economy.
 
The Group’s mortgage banking business is subject to the rules and regulations of FHA, VA, RHS, FNMA, FHLMC, HUD and GNMA with respect to the origination, processing and selling of mortgage loans and the sale of mortgage-backed securities. Those rules and regulations, among other things, prohibit discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines which include provisions for inspections and appraisal reports, require credit reports on prospective borrowers and fix maximum loan amounts, and, with respect to VA loans, fix maximum interest rates. Mortgage origination activities are subject to, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder which, among other things, prohibit discrimination and require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit terms and settlement costs. The Group is also subject to regulation by the OCFI with respect to, among other things, licensing requirements and maximum origination fees on certain types of mortgage loan products.
 
The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to the rules and regulations of certain other regulatory agencies. OFSC, as a registered broker-dealer, is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of FINRA, the SEC, and the OCFI in matters relating to the conduct of its securities business, including record keeping and reporting requirements, supervision and licensing of employees, and obligations to customers.
 
Oriental Insurance is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of Puerto Rico in matters relating to insurance sales, including but not limited to, licensing of employees, sales practices, charging of commissions and reporting requirements.
 
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
 
On July 21, 2010, President Barack Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act implements a variety of far-reaching changes and has been described as the most sweeping reform of the financial services industry since the 1930’s. It has a broad impact on the wealth managements industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes, such as: (1) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (2) enhanced lending limits strengthening the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower; (3) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (4) increased regulatory examination fees; (5) changes to assessments to be paid


10


Table of Contents

to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; (6) prohibiting bank holding companies, such as the Group, from including in regulatory Tier 1 capital future issuances of trust preferred securities or other hybrid debt and equity securities; and (7) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the wealth managements sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Group. A few provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are effective immediately, while various provisions are becoming effective in stages. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations within 18 months of the law’s enactment.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act also creates a new consumer financial services regulator, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”), which will assume most of the consumer financial services regulatory responsibilities currently exercised by federal banking regulators and other agencies. The Bureau’s primary functions include the supervision of “covered persons” (broadly defined to include any person offering or providing a consumer financial product or service and any affiliated service provider) for compliance with federal consumer financial laws. The Bureau will also have the broad power to prescribe rules applicable to a covered person or service provider identifying as unlawful, unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service.
 
Holding Company Structure
 
The Bank is subject to restrictions under federal laws that limit the transfer of funds to its affiliates (including the Group), whether in the form of loans, other extensions of credit, investments or asset purchases, among others. Such transfers are limited to 10% of the transferring institution’s capital stock and surplus with respect to any affiliate (including the Group), and, with respect to all affiliates, to an aggregate of 20% of the transferring institution’s capital stock and surplus. Furthermore, such loans and extensions of credit are required to be secured in specified amounts, carried out on an arm’s length basis, and consistent with safe and sound banking practices.
 
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a bank holding company, such as the Group, must serve as a source of financial strength for any subsidiary depository institution. The term “source of financial strength” is defined as the ability of a company to provide financial assistance to its insured depository institution subsidiaries in the event of financial distress at such subsidiaries. This support may be required at times when, absent such requirement, the bank holding company might not otherwise provide such support. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and be entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. The Bank is currently the only depository institution subsidiary of the Group.
 
Since the Group is a financial holding company, its right to participate in the assets of any subsidiary upon the latter’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors (including depositors in the case of depository institution subsidiaries) except to the extent that the Group is a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary.
 
Dividend Restrictions
 
The principal source of funds for the Group’s holding company is the dividends from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by the Puerto Rico Banking Act of 1933, as amended (the Banking Act”), the FDIA and FDIC regulations. In general terms, the Banking Act provides that when the expenditures of a bank are greater than receipts, the excess of expenditures over receipts shall be charged against the undistributed profits of the bank and the balance, if any, shall be charged against the required reserve fund of the bank. If there is no sufficient reserve fund to cover such balance in whole or in part, the outstanding amount shall be charged against the bank’s capital account. The Banking Act provides that until said capital has been restored to its


11


Table of Contents

original amount and the reserve fund to 20% of the original capital, the bank may not declare any dividends. In general terms, the FDIA and the FDIC regulations restrict the payment of dividends when a bank is undercapitalized, when a bank has failed to pay insurance assessments, or when there are safety and soundness concerns regarding a bank. For more information see Note 15 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
The payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as maintenance of adequate capital. If, in the opinion of the regulatory authority, a depository institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice (that, depending on the financial condition of the depository institution, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such depository institution cease and desist from such practice. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement that provides that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of operating earnings for the current and preceding two years. In addition, all insured depository institutions are subject to the capital-based limitations required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”).
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System
 
The FHLB system, of which the Bank is a member, consists of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Agency. The FHLB serves as a credit facility for member institutions within their assigned regions. They are funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. They make loans (i.e., advances) to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the FHLB and the boards of directors of each regional FHLB.
 
As a system member, the Bank is entitled to borrow from the FHLB of New York (the “FHLB-NY”) and is required to invest in FHLB-NY stock in an amount equal to the greater of $500; 1% of the Bank’s aggregate unpaid principal of its home mortgage loans, home purchase contracts, and similar obligations; or 5% of the Bank’s aggregate amount of outstanding advances by the FHLB-NY. The Bank is in compliance with the stock ownership rules described above with respect to such advances, commitments, home mortgage loans and similar obligations. All loans, advances and other extensions of credit made by the FHLB-NY to the Bank are secured by a portion of the Bank’s mortgage loan portfolio, certain other investments, and the capital stock of the FHLB-NY held by the Bank. At no time may the aggregate amount of outstanding advances made by the FHLB-NY to the Bank exceed 20 times the amount paid in by the Bank for capital stock in the FHLB-NY.
 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act
 
Under FDICIA the federal banking regulators must take prompt corrective action in respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA, and the regulations issued thereunder, established five capital tiers: (i) “well capitalized,” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more, and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized,” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized,” (iii) “undercapitalized,” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances), (iv) “significantly undercapitalized,” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, and (v) “critically undercapitalized,” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives a less than satisfactory examination rating in any of the following categories: asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk. The Bank is a “well-capitalized” institution.
 
FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fees to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve System. In addition, undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are


12


Table of Contents

required to submit capital restoration plans. A depository institution’s holding company must guarantee the capital plan, up to an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply with the plan. The federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from corresponding banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.
 
FDIC Insurance Assessments
 
The Bank is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”) merged the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) into a single Deposit Insurance Fund, and increased the maximum amount of the insurance coverage for certain retirement accounts, and possible “inflation adjustments” in the maximum amount of coverage available with respect to other insured accounts. In addition, it granted a one-time initial assessment credit (of approximately $4.7 billion) to recognize institutions’ past contributions to the fund. As a result of the merger of the BIF and the SAIF, all insured institutions are subject to the same assessment rate schedule.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act contains several important deposit insurance reforms, including the following: (i) the maximum deposit insurance amount was permanently increased to $250,000; (ii) the deposit insurance assessment is now based on the insured depository institution’s average consolidated assets minus its average tangible equity, rather than on its deposit base; (iii) the minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund was raised from 1.15% to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits by September 30, 2020; (iv) the FDIC is required to “offset the effect” of increased assessments on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion; (v) the FDIC is no longer required to pay dividends if the Deposit Insurance Fund’s reserve ratio is greater than the minimum ratio; and (vi) the FDIC will insure the full amount of qualifying “noninterest-bearing transaction accounts” for two years beginning December 31, 2010. As defined in the Dodd-Frank Act, a “noninterest-bearing transaction account” is a deposit or account maintained at a depository institution with respect to which interest is neither accrued nor paid; on which the depositor or account holder is permitted to make withdrawals by negotiable or transferrable instrument, payment orders of withdrawals, telephone or other electronic media transfers, or other similar items for the purpose of making payments or transfers to third parties or others; and on which the insured depository institution does not reserve the right to require advance notice of an intended withdrawal.
 
Effective April 1, 2011, the FDIC amended its regulations under the FDI Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, to modify the definition of a depository institution’s insurance assessment base; to revise the deposit insurance assessment rate schedules in light of the new assessment base and altered adjustments; to implement the dividend provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act; and to revise the large insured depository institution assessment system to better differentiate for risk and better take into account losses from large institution failures that the FDIC may incur. Since the new assessment base under the Dodd-Frank Act is larger than the current assessment base, the new assessment rates adopted by the FDIC are lower than the current rates.
 
The Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) of the FDIC provided two limited guarantee programs: the Debt Guarantee Program (“DGP”) and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”). The DGP guarantees all newly issued senior unsecured debt (e.g., promissory notes, unsubordinated unsecured notes and commercial paper) up to prescribed limits issued by participating entities, including bank holding companies, in the period from October 14, 2008 through October 31, 2009. For eligible debt issued in that period, the FDIC provides the guarantee coverage until the earlier of the maturity date of the debt or December 31, 2012. The TAGP offered a full guarantee for non interest-bearing transaction deposit accounts held at FDIC-insured depository institutions. The unlimited deposit coverage was voluntary for eligible institutions and in addition to the $250,000 FDIC deposit insurance per depositor that was included as part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008. The TAGP coverage became effective on October 14, 2008 and continued for participating institutions until December 31, 2010. The Group opted to become a participating entity on both of these programs and pays applicable fees for participation. Participants in the DGP program have a fee structure based on a sliding scale, depending on length of


13


Table of Contents

maturity. Shorter-term debt has a lower fee structure and longer-term debt has a higher fee. The range is 50 basis points on debt of 180 days or less, and a maximum of 100 basis points for debt with maturities of one year or longer, on an annualized basis. Any eligible entity that has not chosen to opt out of the TAGP was assessed, on a quarterly basis, an annualized 10 cents per $100 fee on balances in non-interest bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000. The Group’s banking subsidiary issued in March 2009 $105 million in notes guaranteed under the TLGP. These notes are due on March 16, 2012, bear interest at a 2.75% fixed rate, and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Interest on the notes is payable on the 16th of each March and September. An annual fee of 100 basis points is paid to the FDIC to maintain the FDIC guarantee coverage until the maturity of the notes.
 
Brokered Deposits
 
FDIC regulations adopted under the FDIA govern the receipt of brokered deposits by banks. Well capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while adequately-capitalized institutions are able to accept, renew or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the interest paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. As of December 31, 2010, the Bank was a well capitalized institution and was therefore not subject to these limitations on brokered deposits.
 
Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
The Federal Reserve Board has risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, the minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. At least half of the total capital is to be comprised of qualifying common stockholders’ equity, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minority interests related to qualifying common or noncumulative perpetual preferred stock directly issued by a consolidated U.S. depository institution or foreign bank subsidiary, and restricted core capital elements (collectively “Tier 1 Capital”). Banking organizations are expected to maintain at least 50 percent of their Tier 1 Capital as common equity. Not more than 25% of qualifying Tier 1 Capital may consist of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, trust preferred securities or other “so-called” restricted core capital elements. “Tier 2 Capital” may consist, subject to certain limitations, of allowance for loan and lease losses; perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, and mandatory convertible debt securities; term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, including related surplus; and unrealized holding gains on equity securities. “Tier 3 Capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. The sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may not exceed the amount of Tier 1 Capital.
 
The Federal Reserve Board has regulations with respect to risk-based and leverage capital ratios that require most intangibles, including goodwill and core deposit intangibles, to be deducted from Tier 1 Capital. The only types of identifiable intangible assets that may be included in, that is, not deducted from, an organization’s capital are readily marketable mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets, and purchased credit card relationships.
 
In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to total assets) guidelines for bank holding companies and member banks. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies and member banks that meet certain specified criteria including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies and member banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets of 4%. The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines state that the Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.
 
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, federal banking regulators are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements, on a consolidated basis, for insured institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve Board. The minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements are to be determined based on the minimum ratios established for insured depository institutions under prompt corrective action regulations. In effect, such provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, which


14


Table of Contents

is commonly known as the Collins Amendment, applies to bank holding companies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that will apply to insured depository institutions. Because the capital requirements must be the same for insured depository institutions and their holding companies, the Collins Amendment will generally exclude trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital, subject to a three-year phase-out from Tier 1 qualification for trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010, with the phase-out commencing on January 1, 2013. However, trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010, by a holding company, such as the Group, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, are not affected by the Collins Amendment and may continue to be included in Tier 1 Capital as a restricted core capital element.
 
Failure to meet the capital guidelines could subject an institution to a variety of enforcement actions including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and to certain restrictions on its business. At December 31, 2010, the Group was in compliance with all capital requirements. For more information, please refer to Note 15 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
Safety and Soundness Standards
 
Section 39 of the FDIA, as amended by FDICIA, requires each federal banking agency to prescribe for all insured depository institutions standards relating to internal control, information systems, and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. In addition, each federal banking agency also is required to adopt for all insured depository institutions standards relating to asset quality, earnings and stock valuation that the agency determines to be appropriate. Finally, each federal banking agency is required to prescribe standards for the employment contracts and other compensation arrangements of executive officers, employees, directors and principal stockholders of insured depository institutions that would prohibit compensation, benefits and other arrangements that are excessive or that could lead to a material financial loss for the institution. If an institution fails to meet any of the standards described above, it will be required to submit to the appropriate federal banking agency a plan specifying the steps that will be taken to cure the deficiency. If the institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to implement the plan, the appropriate federal banking agency will require the institution to correct the deficiency and, until it is corrected, may impose other restrictions on the institution, including any of the restrictions applicable under the prompt corrective action provisions of FDICIA.
 
The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have adopted Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness that, among other things, set forth standards relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit, underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and employee compensation.
 
Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks
 
Section 24 of the FDIA, as amended by FDICIA, generally limits the activities and equity investments of FDIC-insured, state-chartered banks to those that are permissible for national banks. Under FDIC regulations of equity investments, an insured state bank generally may not directly or indirectly acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an amount, that is not permissible for a national bank. An insured state bank, such as the Bank, is not prohibited from, among other things, (i) acquiring or retaining a majority interest in a subsidiary engaged in permissible activities, (ii) investing as a limited partner in a partnership, or as a non-controlling interest holder of a limited liability company, the sole purpose of which is direct or indirect investment in the acquisition, rehabilitation or new construction of a qualified housing project, provided that such investments may not exceed 2% of the bank’s total assets, (iii) acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely provides or reinsures directors’, trustees’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage or bankers’ blanket bond group insurance coverage for insured depository institutions, and (iv) acquiring or retaining the voting stock of an insured depository institution if certain requirements are met.
 
Under the FDIC regulations governing the activities and investments of insured state banks which further implemented Section 24 of the FDIA, as amended by FDICIA, an insured state-chartered bank may not, directly, or indirectly through a subsidiary, engage as “principal” in any activity that is not permissible for a national bank unless the FDIC has determined that such activities would pose no risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund and the bank


15


Table of Contents

is in compliance with applicable regulatory capital requirements. Any insured state-chartered bank directly or indirectly engaged in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank must cease the impermissible activity.
 
Transactions with Affiliates and Related Parties
 
Transactions between the Bank and any of its affiliates are governed by sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. These sections are important statutory provisions designed to protect a depository institution from transferring to its affiliates the subsidy arising from the institution’s access to the Federal safety net. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank, including investment funds for which the bank or any of its affiliates is an investment advisor. Generally, sections 23A and 23B (1) limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, and (2) require that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transactions” includes the making of loans, purchase of or investment in securities issued by the affiliate, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of transactions treated as “covered transactions” to include credit exposure on derivatives transactions, credit exposure resulting from securities, borrowings, and lending transactions, and acceptances of affiliate-issued debt obligations as collateral for a loan or extension of credit. Most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amount, depending on the nature of the collateral. In addition, any covered transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any sale of assets or provision of services to an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. Regulation W of the Federal Reserve Board comprehensively implements sections 23A and 23B. The regulation unified and updated staff interpretations issued over the years prior to its adoption, incorporated several interpretative proposals (such as to clarify when transactions with an unrelated third party will be attributed to an affiliate), and addressed issues arising as a result of the expanded scope of non-banking activities engaged in by banks and bank holding companies and authorized for financial holding companies under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
 
Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans by a bank to executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders. Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board implements these provisions. Under Section 22(h) and Regulation O, loans to a director, an executive officer and to greater-than-10% shareholders of a bank and certain of their related interests (“insiders”), and insiders of its affiliates, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and related interests, the bank’s single borrower limit (generally equal to 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus). Section 22(h) and Regulation O also require that loans to insiders and to insiders of affiliates be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (i) is widely available to employees of the bank and (ii) does not give preference to insiders over other employees of the bank. Section 22(h) and Regulation O also require prior board of directors’ approval for certain loans, and the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) and Regulation O place additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.
 
Community Reinvestment Act
 
Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires federal examiners, in connection with the examination of a financial institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA


16


Table of Contents

ratings. The Group has a Compliance Department, which oversees the planning of products and services offered to the community, especially those aimed to serve low and moderate income communities.
 
USA Patriot Act
 
Under Title III of the USA Patriot Act, also known as the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorism Financing Act of 2001, all financial institutions, including the Group, OFSC and the Bank, are required in general to identify their customers, adopt formal and comprehensive anti-money laundering programs, scrutinize or prohibit altogether certain transactions of special concern, and be prepared to respond to inquiries from U.S. law enforcement agencies concerning their customers and their transactions.
 
The U.S. Treasury Department (“US Treasury”) has issued a number of regulations implementing the USA Patriot Act that apply certain of its requirements to financial institutions. The regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing.
 
Failure of a financial institution to comply with the USA Patriot Act’s requirements could have serious legal consequences for the institution. The Group and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, have adopted policies, procedures and controls to address compliance with the USA Patriot Act under existing regulations, and will continue to revise and update their policies, procedures and controls to reflect changes required by the USA Patriot Act and US Treasury’s regulations.
 
Privacy Policies
 
Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all financial institutions are required to adopt privacy policies, restrict the sharing of nonpublic customer data with nonaffiliated parties at the customer’s request, and establish procedures and practices to protect customer data from unauthorized access. The Group and its subsidiaries have established policies and procedures to assure the Group’s compliance with all privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) implemented a range of corporate governance and accounting measures to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies, and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of disclosures under federal securities laws. In addition, SOX established membership requirements and responsibilities for the audit committee, imposed restrictions on the relationship between the Group and external auditors, imposed additional responsibilities for the external financial statements on the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, expanded the disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, required management to evaluate its disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting, and required the auditors to issue a report on the internal control over financial reporting.
 
The Group has included in this annual report on Form 10-K the management assessment regarding the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. The internal control report includes a statement of management’s responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Group; management’s assessment as to the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on management’s evaluation as of year-end; and the framework used by management as criteria for evaluating the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. As of December 31, 2010, the Group’s management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective.
 
Puerto Rico Banking Act
 
As a Puerto Rico-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the OCFI under the Banking Act, which contains provisions governing the incorporation and organization, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers and stockholders, as well as the corporate powers, savings, lending, capital and investment requirements and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs. In addition, the OCFI is given extensive


17


Table of Contents

rulemaking power and administrative discretion under the Banking Act. The OCFI generally examines the Bank at least once every year.
 
The Banking Act requires that a minimum of 10% of the Bank’s net income for the year be transferred to a reserve fund until such fund (legal surplus) equals the total paid-in capital on common and preferred stock. At December 31, 2010, legal surplus amounted to $46.3 million (December 31, 2009 — $45.3 million). The amount transferred to the legal surplus account is not available for the payment of dividends to shareholders. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only from operating earnings of the current and preceding two years.
 
The Banking Act also provides that when the expenditures of a bank are greater that the receipts, the excess of the former over the latter must be charged against the undistributed profits of the bank, and the balance, if any, must be charged against the reserve fund. If there is no reserve fund sufficient to cover such balance in whole or in part, the outstanding amount must be charged against the capital account and no dividend may be declared until said capital has been restored to its original amount and the reserve fund to 20% of the original capital.
 
The Banking Act further requires every bank to maintain a legal reserve which cannot be less than 20% of its demand liabilities, except government deposits (federal, commonwealth and municipal), which are secured by actual collateral.
 
The Banking Act also requires change of control filings. When any person or entity will own, directly or indirectly, upon consummation of a transfer, 5% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock of a bank, the acquiring parties must inform the OCFI of the details not less than 60 days prior to the date said transfer is to be consummated. The transfer will require the approval of the OCFI if it results in a change of control of the bank. Under the Banking Act, a change of control is presumed if an acquirer who did not own more than 5% of the voting capital stock before the transfer exceeds such percentage after the transfer.
 
The Banking Act permits Puerto Rico commercial banks to make loans to any one person, firm, partnership or corporation, up to an aggregate amount of 15% of the sum of: (i) the bank’s paid-in capital; (ii) the bank’s reserve fund; (iii) 50% of the bank’s retained earnings; subject to certain limitations; and (iv) any other components that the OCFI may determine from time to time. If such loans are secured by collateral worth at least 25% more than the amount of the loan, the aggregate maximum amount will include 33.33% of 50% of the bank’s retained earnings. There are no restrictions under the Banking Act on the amount of loans that are wholly secured by bonds, securities and other evidence of indebtedness of the Government of the United States or of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or by bonds, not in default, of municipalities or instrumentalities of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
 
The Puerto Rico Finance Board is composed of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico; the Presidents of the Government Development Bank for Puerto Rico, the Economic Development Bank for Puerto Rico and the Planning Board; the Puerto Rico Secretaries of Commerce and Economic Development, Treasury and Consumer Affairs; the Commissioner of Insurance; and the President of the Public Corporation for Insurance and Supervision of Puerto Rico Cooperatives. It has the authority to regulate the maximum interest rates and finance charges that may be charged on loans to individuals and unincorporated businesses in the Commonwealth, and promulgates regulations that specify maximum rates on various types of loans to individuals.
 
The current regulations of the Puerto Rico Finance Board provide that the applicable interest rate on loans to individuals and unincorporated businesses (including real estate development loans, but excluding certain other personal and commercial loans secured by mortgages on real estate property) is to be determined by free competition. The Puerto Rico Finance Board also has the authority to regulate maximum finance charges on retail installment sales contracts and for credit card purchases. There is presently no maximum rate for retail installment sales contracts and for credit card purchases.
 
Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code
 
On January 31, 2011, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law the Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico (the “2011 Code”). As such, the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended, (the “1994 Code”) will no longer be in effect, except for transactions or taxable years that have commenced prior to January 1, 2011. For corporate taxpayers, the 2011 Code retains the 20% regular income tax rate but establishes significant lower surtax


18


Table of Contents

rates. The 1994 Code provided a surtax rate from 5% to 19% while the 2011 Code provides a surtax rate from 5% to 10% for years starting after December 31, 2010, but before January 1, 2014. That surtax rate may reduce to 5% after December 31, 2013, if certain economic tests are met by the Government of Puerto Rico. If such economic tests are not met, the reduction of the surtax rate will start when such economic tests are met. In the case of a controlled group of corporations the determination of which surtax rate applies will be made by adding the net taxable income of each of the entities members of the controlled group reduced by the surtax deduction. The 2011 Code also provides a significantly higher surtax deduction, the 1994 Code provided for a $25,000 surtax deduction which the 2011 Code increased it to $750,000. In the case of controlled group of corporations, the surtax deduction should be distributed among the members of the controlled group. The alternative minimum tax is also reduced from 22% to 20%. Apart from the reduced rates provided by the 2011 Code, it also eliminates the 5% additional surtax which was established by Act No. 7 of March 9, 2009, and the 5% recapture of the benefit of the income tax tables.
 
International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico
 
The business and operations of the Bank’s IBE subsidiary are subject to supervision and regulation by the OCFI. Under the IBE Act, no sale, encumbrance, assignment, merger, exchange or transfer of shares, interest or participation in the capital of an IBE may be initiated without the prior approval of the OCFI, if by such transaction a person would acquire, directly or indirectly, control of 10% or more of any class of stock, interest or participation in the capital of the IBE. The IBE Act and the regulations issued thereunder by the OCFI (the “IBE Regulations”) limit the business activities that may be carried out by an IBE. Such activities are limited in part to persons and assets/liabilities located outside of Puerto Rico. The IBE Act provides further that every IBE must have not less than $300 thousand of unencumbered assets or acceptable financial guarantees.
 
Pursuant to the IBE Act and the IBE Regulations, the Bank’s IBE subsidiary has to maintain books and records of all its transactions in the ordinary course of business. It is also required to submit quarterly and annual reports of their financial condition and results of operations to the OCFI, including annual audited financial statements.
 
The IBE Act empowers the OCFI to revoke or suspend, after notice and hearing, a license issued thereunder if, among other things, the IBE fails to comply with the IBE Act, the IBE Regulations or the terms of its license, or if the OCFI finds that the business or affairs of the IBE are conducted in a manner that is not consistent with the public interest.
 
Employees
 
At December 31, 2010, the Group had 717 employees. None of its employees is represented by a collective bargaining group. The Group considers its employee relations to be good.
 
Internet Access to Reports
 
The Group’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any and all amendments to such reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are available free of charge on or through the Group’s internet website at www.orientalfg.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Group electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC.
 
The Group’s corporate governance principles and guidelines, code of business conduct and ethics, and the charters of its audit and compliance committee, compensation committee, and corporate governance and nominating committee are available free of charge on the Group’s website at www.orientalfg.com in the investor relations section under the corporate governance link. The Group’s code of business conduct and ethics applies to its directors, officers, employees and agents, including its principal executive, financial and accounting officers.


19


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS
 
In addition to the other information contained elsewhere in this report and our other filings with the SEC, the following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating us. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties, not presently known to us or otherwise, may also impair our business operations. If any of the risks described below or such other risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Changes in interest rates may hurt the Group’s business.
 
Changes in interest rates are one of the principal market risks affecting the Group. The Group’s income and cash flows depend to a great extent on the difference between the interest rates earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and investment securities, and the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies (in particular, the Federal Reserve Board). Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence the origination of loans, the prepayment speed of loans, the value of loans and investment securities, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits and the rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits or other sources of funding.
 
The Group is at risk because most of its business is conducted in Puerto Rico, which is experiencing a downturn in the economy and in the real estate market.
 
Because most of the Group’s business activities are conducted in Puerto Rico and a significant portion of its credit exposure is concentrated in Puerto Rico, the Group’s profitability and financial condition may be adversely affected by an extended economic slowdown, adverse political or economic developments in Puerto Rico or the effects of a natural disaster, all of which could result in a reduction in loan originations, an increase in non-performing assets, an increase in foreclosure losses on mortgage loans, and a reduction in the value of its loans and loan servicing portfolio.
 
The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is in the fifth year of economic recession, and the central government is currently facing a significant fiscal deficit. The Commonwealth’s access to municipal bond market and its credit ratings depend, in part, on achieving a balanced budget. Some of the measures implemented by the Government include reducing spending by 10% in an attempt to control expenditures, including public-sector employment, raise revenues through selective tax increases, and stimulate the economy. Although the size of the Commonwealth’s deficit has been reduced by the central government, the Puerto Rico economy continues to struggle.
 
A period of reduced economic growth or a recession has historically resulted in a reduction in lending activity and an increase in the rate of defaults in commercial loans, consumer loans and residential mortgages. A recession may have a significant adverse impact on the Group’s net interest income and fee income. The Group may also experience significant losses on the loan portfolio due to a higher level of defaults on commercial loans, consumer loans and residential mortgages.
 
The decline in Puerto Rico’s economy has had an adverse effect in the credit quality of the Group’s loan portfolios as delinquency rates have increased in the short-term and may continue to increase until the economy stabilizes. Among other things, the Group has experienced an increase in the level of non-performing assets and loan loss provision, which adversely affects the Group’s profitability. If the decline in economic activity continues, additional increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses could be necessary, and there could be further adverse effects on the Group’s profitability. The reduction in consumer spending may also continue to impact growth in the Group’s other interest and non-interest revenue sources.
 
The level of real estate prices in Puerto Rico had been more stable than in other U.S. markets, but the current economic environment has accelerated the devaluation of properties and has increased portfolio delinquency when compared with previous periods. Additional economic weakness in Puerto Rico and the U.S. mainland could further pressure residential property values, loan delinquencies, foreclosures and the cost of repossessing and disposing of real estate collateral.


20


Table of Contents

On March 7, 2011, Standard & Poor’s upgraded Puerto Rico’s credit rating in recognition of an improvement in the Commonwealth’s public finances and economic outlook. The upgrade was made based on a review of Puerto Rico’s recent revenue performance and continued efforts to achieve fiscal and budgetary balance.
 
Financial results are constantly exposed to market risk.
 
Market risk refers to the probability of variations in the net interest income or the fair value of assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates or equity prices. Despite the varied nature of market risks, the primary source of this risk to the Group is the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income.
 
Net interest income is the difference between the revenue generated on earning assets and the interest cost of funding those assets. Depending on the duration and repricing characteristics of the assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items, changes in interest rates could either increase or decrease the level of net interest income. For any given period, the pricing structure of the assets and liabilities is matched when an equal amount of such assets and liabilities mature or reprice in that period.
 
The Group uses an asset-liability management software to project future movements in the balance sheet and income statement. The starting point of the projections generally corresponds to the actual values of the balance sheet on the date of the simulations. These simulations are highly complex, and use many simplifying assumptions.
 
The Group is subject to interest rate risk because of the following factors:
 
•  Assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times. For example, if assets reprice slower than liabilities and interest rates are generally rising, earnings may initially decline.
 
•  Assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts. For example, when the general level of interest rates is rising, the Group may increase rates charged on loans by an amount that is less than the general increase in market interest rates because of intense pricing competition. Also, basis risk occurs when assets and liabilities have similar repricing frequencies but are tied to different market interest rate indices that may not move in tandem.
 
•  Short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts, i.e., the shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields and funding costs differently.
 
•  The remaining maturity of various assets and liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change. For example, if long-term mortgage interest rates decline sharply, mortgage-backed securities portfolio may prepay significantly earlier than anticipated, which could reduce portfolio income. If prepayment rates increase, we would be required to amortize net premiums into income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant impact on mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these portfolios.
 
•  Interest rates may have an indirect impact on loan demand, credit losses, loan origination volume, the value of financial assets and financial liabilities, gains and losses on sales of securities and loans, the value of mortgage servicing rights and other sources of earnings.
 
In limiting interest rate risk to an acceptable level, management may alter the mix of floating and fixed rate assets and liabilities, change pricing schedules, adjust maturities through sales and purchases of investment securities, and enter into derivative contracts, among other alternatives. The Group may suffer losses or experience lower spreads than anticipated in initial projections as management implement strategies to reduce future interest rate exposure.
 
The hedging transactions the Group enters into may not be effective in managing the exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk.
 
The Group offers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index and uses derivatives, such as option agreements with major broker-dealer companies, to manage the exposure to changes in the value of the index. The Group may also use derivatives, such as interest rate swaps and options on interest rate swaps, to manage part of its exposure to market risk caused by changes in interest rates. The


21


Table of Contents

derivative instruments that the Group may utilize also have their own risks, which include: (1) basis risk, which is the risk of loss associated with variations in the spread between the asset yield and the funding and/or hedge cost; (2) credit or default risk, which is the risk of insolvency or other inability of the counterparty to a particular transaction to perform its obligations thereunder; and (3) legal risk, which is the risk that the Group is unable to enforce certain terms of such instruments. All or any of such risks could expose the Group to losses. There were no derivatives designated as a hedge as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
If the counterparty to a derivative contract fails to perform, the Group’s credit risk is equal to the net fair value of the contract. Although the Group deals with counterparties that have high quality credit ratings at the time the Group enters into the counterparty relationships, there can be no assurances that the counterparties will have the ability to perform under their contracts. If the counterparty fails to perform, including as a result of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the counterparty, the Group would incur losses as a result.
 
The Group may incur a significant impairment charge in connection with a decline in the market value of its investment securities portfolio.
 
The majority of the Group’s earnings come from the Treasury business segment, which encompasses the investment securities portfolio. The determination of fair value for investment securities involves significant judgment due to the complexity of factors contributing to the valuation, many of which are not readily observable in the market. In addition, the Group utilizes and reviews information obtained from third-party sources to measure fair values. Third-party sources also use assumptions, judgments and estimates in determining securities values, and different third parties may provide different prices for securities. Moreover, depending upon, among other things, the measurement date of the security, the subsequent sale price of the security may be different from its recorded fair value. These differences may be significant, especially if the security is sold during a period of illiquidity or market disruption.
 
When the fair value of a security declines, management must assess whether the decline is “other-than-temporary.” When the decline in fair value is deemed “other-than-temporary,” the amortized cost basis of the investment security is reduced to its then current fair value. The term “other-than-temporary impairments” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component being recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, computed using original yield as the discount rate, to the amortized cost basis of the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.” Such impairment charges reflect non-cash losses at the time of recognition. Subsequent disposition or sale of such assets could further affect the Group’s future results of operations, as they are based on the difference between the sale prices received and adjusted amortized cost of such assets at the time of sale. The review of whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary considers numerous factors and many of these factors involve significant judgment.
 
The Group’s risk management policies, procedures and systems may be inadequate to mitigate all risks inherent in the Group’s various businesses.
 
A comprehensive risk management function is essential to the financial and operational success of the Group’s business. The types of risk the Group monitors and seeks to manage include, but are not limited to, operational risk, market risk, fiduciary risk, legal and compliance risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The Group has adopted various policies, procedures and systems to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that those policies, procedures and systems are adequate to identify and mitigate all risks inherent in the Group’s various businesses. In addition, the Group’s businesses and the markets in which the Group operates are continuously evolving. If the Group fails to fully understand the implications of changes in the Group’s business or the financial markets and to adequately or timely enhance the risk framework to address those changes, the Group could incur losses.


22


Table of Contents

A prolonged economic downturn or recession or a continuing decline in the real estate market would likely result in an increase in delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures and in a reduction in loan origination activity which would adversely affect the Group’s financial results.
 
The residential mortgage loan origination business has historically been cyclical, enjoying periods of strong growth and profitability followed by periods of lower volumes and industry-wide losses. The market for residential mortgage loan originations is currently in decline, and this trend could also reduce the level of mortgage loans that the Group may originate in the future and may adversely impact its business. During periods of rising interest rates, refinancing originations for many mortgage products tend to decrease as the economic incentives for borrowers to refinance their existing mortgage loans are reduced. In addition, the residential mortgage loan origination business is impacted by home values. A significant trend of decreasing values in certain housing segments in Puerto Rico has also been noted. There is a risk that a reduction in housing values could negatively impact the Group’s loss levels on the mortgage portfolio because the value of the homes underlying the loans is a primary source of repayment in the event of foreclosure.
 
Any sustained period of increased delinquencies, foreclosures or losses could harm the Group’s ability to sell loans, the price received on the sale of such loans, and the value of the mortgage loan portfolio, all of which could have a negative impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any material decline in real estate values would weaken the Group’s collateral loan-to-value ratios and increase the possibility of loss if a borrower defaults.
 
A continuing decline in the real estate market in the U.S. mainland and ongoing disruptions in the capital markets may harm the Group’s investment securities and wholesale funding portfolios.
 
The housing market in the U.S. is undergoing a correction of historic proportions. After a period of several years of booming housing markets, fueled by liberal credit conditions and rapidly rising property values, the sector has been in the midst of a substantial correction since early 2007. The general level of property values in the U.S., as measured by several indices widely followed by the market, has declined. These declines are the result of ongoing market adjustments that are aligning property values with income levels and home inventories. The supply of homes in the market has increased substantially, and additional property value decreases may be required to clear the overhang of excess inventory in the U.S. market.
 
The Group’s business could be adversely affected if the Group cannot maintain access to stable funding sources.
 
The Group’s business requires continuous access to various funding sources. While the Group is able to fund its operations through deposits as well as through advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and other alternative sources, the Group’s business is significantly dependent upon other wholesale funding sources, such as repurchase agreements and brokered deposits. While most of the Group’s repurchase agreements have been structured with initial terms to maturity of between three and ten years, the counterparties have the right to exercise put options before the contractual maturities.
 
Brokered deposits are typically sold through an intermediary to small retail investors. The Group’s ability to continue to attract brokered deposits is subject to variability based upon a number of factors, including volume and volatility in the global securities markets, the Group’s credit rating and the relative interest rates that the Group is prepared to pay for these liabilities. Brokered deposits are generally considered a less stable source of funding than core deposits obtained through retail bank branches. Investors in brokered deposits are generally more sensitive to interest rates and will generally move funds from one depository institution to another based on small differences in interest rates offered on deposits.
 
Although the Group expects to have continued access to credit from the foregoing sources of funds, there can be no assurance that such financing sources will continue to be available or will be available on favorable terms. In a period of financial disruption, or if negative developments occur with respect to the Group, the availability and cost of funding sources could be adversely affected. In that event, the Group’s cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing the net interest income, or the Group may need to dispose of a portion of the investment portfolio, which, depending upon market conditions, could result in realizing a loss or experiencing other adverse accounting


23


Table of Contents

consequences upon the dispositions. The Group’s efforts to monitor and manage liquidity risk may not be successful to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in the global securities markets or other reductions in liquidity driven by the Group or market related events. In the event that such sources of funds are reduced or eliminated and the Group is not able to replace them on a cost-effective basis, the Group may be forced to curtail or cease its loan origination business and treasury activities, which would have a material adverse effect on operations and financial condition.
 
The Group’s decisions regarding credit risk and the allowance for loan and lease losses may materially and adversely affect the Group’s business and results of operations.
 
Making loans is an essential element of the Group’s business and there is a risk that the loans will not be repaid. This default risk is affected by a number of factors, including:
 
•  the duration of the loan;
 
•  credit risks of a particular borrower;
 
•  changes in economic or industry conditions; and
 
•  in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral.
 
The Group strives to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The Group periodically determines the amount of the allowance based on consideration of several factors such as default frequency, internal risk ratings, expected future cash collections, loss recovery rates and general economic factors, among others, as are the size and diversity of individual credits. The Group’s methodology for measuring the adequacy of the allowance relies on several key elements which include a specific allowance for identified problem loans, a general systematic allowance, and an unallocated allowance.
 
Although the Group believes that its allowance for loan and lease losses is currently sufficient given the constant monitoring of the risk inherent in the loan portfolio, there is no precise method of predicting loan losses and therefore the Group always faces the risk that charge-offs in future periods will exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses will be required. In addition, the FDIC as well as the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico may require the Group to establish additional reserves. Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses would result in a decrease of net earnings and capital and could hinder the Group’s ability to pay dividends.
 
The Group is subject to default and other risks in connection with mortgage loan originations.
 
From the time that the Group funds the mortgage loans originated to the time that they are sold, the Group is generally at risk for any mortgage loan defaults. Once the Group sells the mortgage loans, the risk of loss from mortgage loan defaults and foreclosures passes to the purchaser or insurer of the mortgage loans. However, in the ordinary course of business, the Group makes representations and warranties to the purchasers and insurers of mortgage loans relating to the validity of such loans. If there is a breach of any of these representations or warranties, the Group may be required to repurchase the mortgage loan and bear any subsequent loss on the mortgage loan. In addition, the Group incurs higher liquidity risk with respect to the non-conforming mortgage loans originated by the Group, because of the lack of a favorable secondary market in which to sell them.
 
Competition with other financial institutions could adversely affect the Group’s profitability.
 
The Group faces substantial competition in originating loans and in attracting deposits and assets to manage. The competition in originating loans and attracting assets comes principally from other U.S., Puerto Rico and foreign banks, investment advisors, broker/dealers, mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions, insurance companies, and other institutional lenders and purchasers of loans. The Group will encounter greater competition as it expands its operations. Increased competition may require the Group to increase the rates paid on deposits or lower the rates charged on loans which could adversely affect the Group’s profitability.


24


Table of Contents

The Group operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in federal and local laws and regulations.
 
The Group’s operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of the Group’s operations. Because the Group’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Group are subject to regular modification and change. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act will have a broad impact on the wealth managements industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes, such as: (1) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (2) enhanced lending limits strengthening the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower; (3) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (4) increased regulatory examination fees; (5) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; (6) prohibiting bank holding companies, such as the Group, from including in regulatory Tier 1 capital future issuances of trust preferred securities or other hybrid debt and equity securities; and (7) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the wealth managements sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC. It also creates a new consumer financial services regulator, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, which will assume most of the consumer financial services regulatory responsibilities currently exercised by federal banking regulators and other agencies. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act addresses many corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including the Group. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations within 18 months after its enactment.
 
Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on the Group’s operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of the Group’s business activities, require changes to certain of the Group’s business practices, impose upon the Group more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect the Group’s business. In particular, the potential impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Group’s operations and activities, both currently and prospectively, include, among others:
 
•  a reduction in the Group’s ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets as a result of compliance with heightened capital standards;
 
•  increased cost of operations due to greater regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks and bank holding companies, and higher deposit insurance premiums;
 
•  the limitation on the Group’s ability to raise capital through the use of trust preferred securities as these securities may no longer be included as Tier I capital going forward; and
 
•  the limitation on the Group’s ability to expand consumer product and service offerings due to anticipated stricter consumer protection laws and regulations.
 
Further, the Group may be required to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact the Group’s results of operations and financial condition. While the Group cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on the Group, these changes could be materially adverse to the Group’s investors.
 
Legislative and other measures that may be taken by Puerto Rico governmental authorities could materially increase the Group’s tax burden or otherwise adversely affect the Group’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
The Group operates an international banking entity pursuant to the International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico that provides the Group with significant tax advantages. The international banking entity has the


25


Table of Contents

benefits of exemptions from Puerto Rico income taxes on interest earned on, or gain realized from the sale of, non-Puerto Rico assets, including U.S. government obligations and certain mortgage backed securities. This exemption has allowed the Group to have effective tax rates significantly below the maximum statutory tax rates. In the past, the legislature of Puerto Rico has considered proposals to curb the tax benefits afforded to international banking entities. In the event legislation passed in Puerto Rico to eliminate or modify the tax exemption enjoyed by international banking entities, the consequences could have a materially adverse impact on the Group, including increasing the tax burden or otherwise adversely affecting the Group’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Competition in attracting talented people could adversely affect the Group’s operations.
 
The Group depends on its ability to attract and retain key personnel and the Group relies heavily on its management team. The inability to recruit and retain key personnel or the unexpected loss of key managers may adversely affect the operations. The Group’s success to date has been influenced strongly by the ability to attract and retain senior management experienced in banking and wealth management. Retention of senior managers and appropriate succession planning will continue to be critical to the successful implementation of the Group’s strategies.
 
The Group may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the FDIC-assisted acquisition.
 
The success of the FDIC-assisted acquisition will depend on, among other things, the Group’s ability to realize anticipated cost savings in a manner that permits growth opportunities and does not materially disrupt the Group’s existing customer relationships or result in decreased revenues resulting from any loss of customers. If the Group is not able to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected. Additionally, the Group made fair value estimates of certain assets and liabilities in recording the acquisition. Actual values of these assets and liabilities could differ from the Group’s estimates, which could result in not achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.
 
The Group cannot assure that the FDIC-assisted acquisition will have positive results, including results relating to: correctly assessing the asset quality of the assets acquired; management attention and resources; the amount of longer-term cost savings; being able to profitably deploy funds acquired in the transaction; or the overall performance of the combined business. The Group’s future growth and profitability depend, in part, on the ability to successfully manage the combined operations.
 
Given the continued economic recession in Puerto Rico, notwithstanding the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC with respect to certain Eurobank assets that the Group acquired, the Group may continue to experience increased credit costs or need to take additional markdowns and make additional provisions to the allowance for loan and lease losses on the assets and loans acquired that could adversely affect the Group’s financial condition and results of operations in the future. There is no assurance that other unanticipated costs or losses will not be incurred.
 
To the extent credit deterioration occurs in covered loans after the date of acquisition, the Group would record an allowance for loan and lease losses. Also, the Group would record an increase in the FDIC loss-share indemnification asset for the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2010, there have been deviations between actual and expected cash flows in several pools of loans acquired under the FDIC-assisted acquisition. These deviations are both positive and negative in nature. Even though actual cash flows for the aggregate pools acquired, were more than the expected cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 the Group continues to evaluate these deviations to assess whether there have been additional deterioration since the acquisition on specific pools. At December 31, 2010, the Group concluded that certain pools reflect a higher than expected credit deterioration and as such has recorded impairment on the pools impacted. In the event that negative trends continue, these could lead to additional recognition of a provision for loan and lease losses and increasing the allowance for loan and lease losses. Inversely, if in the future there are positive trends, there could be the need to adjust the accretable discount which will increase the interest income prospectively on the pools prospectively.


26


Table of Contents

Loans that the Group acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition may not be covered by the shared-loss agreements if the FDIC determines that the Group has not adequately performed under these agreements or if the shared-loss agreements have ended.
 
Although the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Group for 80% of qualifying losses on covered loans, the Group is not protected for all losses resulting from charge-offs with respect to such loans. Also, the FDIC has the right to refuse or delay payment for loan and lease losses if the shared-loss agreements are not performed by the Group in accordance with their terms. Additionally, the shared-loss agreements have limited terms. Therefore, any charge-offs that the Group experiences after the terms of the shared-loss agreements have ended would not be recoverable from the FDIC.
 
Certain provisions of the shared-loss agreements entered into with the FDIC may have anti-takeover effects and could limit the Group’s ability to engage in certain strategic transactions that the Group’s Board of Directors believes would be in the best interests of shareholders.
 
The FDIC’s agreement to bear 80% of qualifying losses on single family residential loans for ten years and commercial loans for five years is a significant asset of the Group and a feature of the FDIC-assisted acquisition without which the Group would not have entered into the transaction. The Group’s agreement with the FDIC requires that the Group receive prior FDIC consent, which may be withheld by the FDIC in its sole discretion, prior to the Group or the Group’s shareholders engaging in certain transactions. If any such transaction is completed without prior FDIC consent, the FDIC would have the right to discontinue the loss sharing arrangement.
 
Among other things, prior FDIC consent is required for (a) a merger or consolidation of the Group with or into another company if the Group’s shareholders will own less than 2/3 of the combined company and (b) a sale of shares by one or more of the Group’s shareholders that will effect a change in control of Oriental Bank, as determined by the FDIC with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act (generally, the acquisition of between 10% and 25% the Group’s voting securities where the presumption of control is not rebutted, or the acquisition of more than 25% the Group’s voting securities). Such a sale by shareholders may occur beyond the Group’s control. If the Group or any shareholder desired to enter into any such transaction, there can be no assurances that the FDIC would grant its consent in a timely manner, without conditions, or at all. If one of these transactions were to occur without prior FDIC consent and the FDIC withdrew its loss share protection, there could be a material adverse impact on the Group.
 
The FDIC-assisted acquisition increases the Group’s commercial real estate and construction loan portfolio, which have a greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans.
 
With the acquisition of most of the former Eurobank’s loan portfolios, the commercial real estate loan and construction loan portfolios represent a larger portion of the Group’s total loan portfolio than prior to such transaction. This type of lending is generally considered to have more complex credit risks than traditional single-family residential or consumer lending because the principal is concentrated in a limited number of loans with repayment dependent on the successful operation or completion of the related real estate or construction project. Consequently, these loans are more sensitive to the current adverse conditions in the real estate market and the general economy. These loans are generally less predictable, more difficult to evaluate and monitor, and their collateral may be more difficult to dispose of in a market decline. Although the negative economic aspects of these risks are substantially reduced as a result of the FDIC shared-loss agreements, changes in national and local economic conditions could lead to higher loan charge-offs in connection with the FDIC-assisted acquisition, all of which would not be supported by the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC.
 
Loans that the Group acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition may be subject to impairment.
 
Although the loan portfolios acquired by the Group were initially accounted for at fair value, there is no assurance that such loans will not become impaired, which may result in additional provision for loan and lease losses related to these portfolios. The fluctuations in economic conditions, including those related to the Puerto Rico residential, commercial real estate and construction markets, may increase the level of provision for credit losses that the Group makes to its loan portfolio, portfolios acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition, and consequently, reduce its net


27


Table of Contents

income. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled, and may have a material adverse impact on the Group’s operations and financial condition even if other favorable events occur.
 
The Group’s decisions regarding the fair value of assets acquired could be inaccurate and its estimated FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset may be inadequate, which could materially and adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
 
The Group makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the acquired loan portfolios, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of secured loans. In the FDIC-assisted acquisition, the Group recorded a shared-loss indemnification asset that it considers adequate to absorb future losses which may occur in the acquired loan portfolios. In determining the size of the shared-loss indemnification asset, the Group analyzed the loan portfolios based on historical loss experience, volume and classification of loans, volume and trends in delinquencies, and nonaccruals, local economic conditions, and other pertinent information. If the Group’s assumptions are incorrect, the current shared-loss indemnification asset may be insufficient to cover future loan losses, and increased loss reserves may be needed to respond to different economic conditions or adverse developments in the acquired loan portfolios. However, in the event expected losses from the acquired loan portfolios were to increase more than originally expected, the related increase in loss reserves would be largely offset by higher than expected indemnity payments from the FDIC. Any increase in future loan losses could have a negative effect on our operating results.
 
The Group’s common stock may be affected by stock price volatility.
 
The trading price of the Group’s common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations due to a change in sentiment in the market regarding the operations, business prospects or industry outlook. Risk factors may include the following:
 
•  operating results that may be worse than the expectations of management, securities analysts and investors;
 
•  developments in the business or in the financial sector in general;
 
•  regulatory changes affecting the industry in general or the business and operations;
 
•  the operating and securities price performance of peer financial institutions;
 
•  announcements of strategic developments, acquisitions and other material events by the Group or its competitors;
 
•  changes in the credit, mortgage and real estate markets, including the markets for mortgage-related securities; and
 
•  changes in global financial markets and global economies and general market conditions.
 
Dividends on the Group’s common stock are payable if and when declared by the Board of Directors.
 
Holders of the Group’s common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as the board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although the Group has historically declared cash dividends on its common stock, the Group is not required to do so. The Group expects to continue to pay dividends but its ability to pay future dividends at current levels will necessarily depend upon its earnings, financial condition, and market conditions.
 
Changes in accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or other standard-setting bodies may adversely affect the Group’s financial statements.
 
The Group’s financial statements are subject to the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), which are periodically revised and/or expanded. Accordingly, from time to time the Group is required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by FASB. Market conditions have prompted accounting standard setters to promulgate new guidance which further interprets or seeks to revise accounting pronouncements related to financial instruments, structures or transactions as well as to issue new standards expanding disclosures. The impact of accounting developments that have been issued but not yet implemented is disclosed in the Group’s annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q. An assessment of


28


Table of Contents

proposed standards is not provided as such proposals are subject to change through the exposure process and, therefore, the effects on the Group’s financial statements cannot be meaningfully assessed. It is possible that future accounting standards that the Group is required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that it applies to the consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES
 
The Group leases its main offices located at 997 San Roberto Street, Oriental Center, Professional Offices Park, San Juan, Puerto Rico. The executive office, treasury, trust division, brokerage, investment banking, commercial banking, insurance services, and back-office support departments are maintained at such location.
 
The Bank owns seven branch premises and leases twenty three branch commercial offices throughout Puerto Rico. The Bank’s management believes that each of its facilities is well maintained and suitable for its purpose and can readily obtain appropriate additional space as may be required at competitive rates by extending expiring leases or finding alternative space.
 
At December 31, 2010, the aggregate future rental commitments under the terms of the leases, exclusive of taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses payable by the Group was $40.9 million.
 
The Group’s investment in premises and equipment, exclusive of leasehold improvements at December 31, 2010, was $37.8 million.
 
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
The Group and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings incidental to their business. The Group is vigorously contesting such claims. Based upon a review by legal counsel and the development of these matters to date, management is of the opinion that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, resulting from these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
The Group’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “OFG”. Information concerning the range of high and low sales prices for the Group’s common stock for each quarter in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, as well as cash dividends declared for such periods are contained in Table 7 (“Capital, Dividends and Stock Data”) and under the “Stockholders’ Equity” caption in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”).
 
Information concerning legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Group and the Bank is contained under the caption “Dividend Restrictions” in Item 1 of this report.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Group had approximately 4,400 holders of record of its common stock, including all directors and officers of the Group, and beneficial owners whose shares are held in “street” name by securities broker-dealers or other nominees.
 
The Group’s Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Performance Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted units, and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to provide flexibility to the Group to attract, retain and motivate directors, officers, and key employees through the grant of awards based on performance and to adjust its compensation practices to the best compensation


29


Table of Contents

practice and corporate governance trends as they develop from time to time. The Omnibus Plan is further intended to motivate high levels of individual performance coupled with increased shareholder returns. Therefore, awards under the Omnibus Plan (each, an “Award”) are intended to be based upon the recipient’s individual performance, level of responsibility and potential to make significant contributions to the Group. Generally, the Omnibus Plan will terminate as of (a) the date when no more of the Group’s shares of common stock are available for issuance under the Omnibus Plan, or, if earlier, (b) the date the Omnibus Plan is terminated by the Group’s Board of Directors. The Omnibus Plan replaced and superseded the Group’s Stock Option Plans. All outstanding stock options under the Group’s Stock Option Plans continue in full force and effect, subject to their original terms.
 
The following table shows certain information pertaining to the awards under Omnibus Plan and the Stock Option Plans as of December 31, 2010:
 
                         
    (a)   (b)   (c)
            Number of Securities
            Remaining Available for
    Number of Securities to
  Weighted-Average
  Future Issuance Under
    Be Issued Upon Exercise of
  Exercise Price of
  Equity Compensation Plans
    Outstanding Options,
  Outstanding Options,
  (excluding those reflected in
    warrants and
  warrants and
  column
Plan Category
  rights   rights   (a))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders:
                       
Omnibus Plan
    575,651 (1)   $ 12.20 (2)     365,156 (3)
Other non-active stock option plans
    433,863     $ 17.58 (2)      
                         
      1,009,514     $ 15.25       365,156  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes 332,126 stock options and 243,525 restricted stock units.
 
(2) Exercise price related to stock options.
 
(3) On April 30, 2010 an additional 420,807 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Plan.
 
The Group recorded approximately $1.194 million, $742,000 and $559,000 related to stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
 
Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers
 
In February 2011, the Group announced that its Board of Directors had approved a new stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group is authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. Any shares of common stock repurchased are to be held by the Group as treasury shares. The new program replaced the prior $15.0 million program, that had unused repurchase authority of $11.3 million as of December 31, 2010, which will no longer be available. There were no repurchases under the previous program in 2009 or 2010.
 
Stock Performance Graph
 
The graph below compares the Group’s cumulative total stockholder return during the measurement period with the cumulative total return, assuming reinvestment of dividends, of the Russel 2000 Index and the SNL Bank Index.
 
The cumulative total stockholder return was obtained by dividing (i) the cumulative amount of dividends per share, assuming dividend reinvestment since the measurement point, December 31, 2005, plus (ii) the change in the per share price since the measurement date, by the share price at the measurement date.


30


Table of Contents

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
 
Total Return Performance
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
                                                 
    Period Ending
  Index   12/31/05   12/31/06   12/31/07   12/31/08   12/31/09   12/31/10
Oriental Financial Group Inc. 
    100.00       109.42       118.69       56.07       102.05       119.56  
                                                 
Russell 2000
    100.00       118.37       116.51       77.15       98.11       124.46  
                                                 
SNL Bank
    100.00       116.98       90.90       51.87       51.33       57.52  
                                                 


31


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under Item 7 and “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” under Item 8 of this report.
 
ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 AND 2006
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
EARNINGS DATA:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 303,801     $ 319,480     $ 339,039     $ 289,364     $ 232,311  
Interest expense
    168,601       188,468       227,728       215,634       188,185  
                                         
Net interest income
    135,200       131,012       111,311       73,730       44,126  
Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses
    15,914       15,650       8,860       6,550       4,388  
Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net
    6,282                          
                                         
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    113,004       115,362       102,451       67,180       39,738  
Non-interest income (loss)
    5,130       (2,067 )     (12,242 )     42,502       17,238  
Non-interest expenses
    112,598       83,378       72,742       66,859       63,713  
                                         
Income before taxes
    5,536       29,917       17,467       42,823       (6,737 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (4,298 )     6,972       (9,323 )     1,558       (1,631 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
    9,834       22,945       26,790       41,265       (5,106 )
Less: Dividends on preferred stock
    (5,334 )     (4,802 )     (4,802 )     (4,802 )     (4,802 )
Less: Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature
    (22,711 )                        
                                         
Income available (loss) to common shareholders
  $ (18,211 )   $ 18,143     $ 21,988     $ 36,463     $ (9,908 )
                                         
PER SHARE DATA:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.50 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.91     $ 1.50     $ (0.40 )
                                         
Diluted
  $ (0.50 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.90     $ 1.50     $ (0.40 )
                                         
Average common shares outstanding and equivalents
    36,810       24,306       24,327       24,367       24,663  
                                         
Book value per common share
  $ 14.33     $ 10.82     $ 7.96     $ 12.08     $ 10.98  
                                         
Market price at end of period
  $ 12.49     $ 10.80     $ 6.05     $ 13.41     $ 12.95  
                                         
Cash dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.17     $ 0.16     $ 0.56     $ 0.56     $ 0.56  
                                         
Cash dividends declared on common shares
  $ 6,820     $ 3,888     $ 13,608     $ 13,611     $ 13,753  
                                         
PERFORMANCE RATIOS:
                                       
Return on average assets (ROA)
    0.14 %     0.35 %     0.43 %     0.76 %     −0.11 %
                                         
Return on average common equity (ROE)
    −3.63 %     7.16 %     9.51 %     13.52 %     −3.59 %
                                         
Equity-to-assets ratio
    10.01 %     5.04 %     4.21 %     5.99 %     7.69 %
                                         
Efficiency ratio
    64.53 %     51.74 %     52.65 %     65.93 %     84.69 %
                                         
Expense ratio
    1.14 %     0.87 %     0.77 %     0.77 %     0.73 %
                                         
Interest rate spread
    2.17 %     2.00 %     1.62 %     1.27 %     0.70 %
                                         
Interest rate margin
    2.11 %     2.14 %     1.86 %     1.44 %     0.98 %
                                         


32


Table of Contents

 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
PERIOD END BALANCES AND CAPITAL RATIOS:
                                       
Investments and loans
                                       
Investments securities
  $ 4,413,957     $ 4,974,269     $ 3,945,626     $ 4,585,610     $ 2,992,236  
Non-covered loans
    1,151,838       1,140,069       1,219,112       1,179,566       1,212,370  
Covered loans
    620,732                          
Securities and loans sold but not yet delivered
                834,976             6,430  
                                         
    $ 6,186,527     $ 6,114,338     $ 5,999,714     $ 5,765,176     $ 4,211,036  
Deposits and borrowings
                                       
Deposits
  $ 2,588,887     $ 1,745,501     $ 1,785,300     $ 1,246,420     $ 1,232,988  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    3,456,781       3,557,308       3,761,121       3,861,411       2,535,923  
Other borrowings
    466,140       472,888       373,718       395,441       247,140  
Securities purchased but not yet received
          413,359       398       111,431        
                                         
    $ 6,511,808     $ 6,189,056     $ 5,920,537     $ 5,614,703     $ 4,016,051  
Stockholders’ equity
                                       
Preferred equity
    68,000       68,000       68,000       68,000       68,000  
Common equity
    664,331       262,166       193,317       291,461       268,426  
                                         
    $ 732,331     $ 330,166     $ 261,317     $ 359,461     $ 336,426  
                                         
Capital ratios
                                       
Leverage capital
    9.56 %     6.52 %     6.38 %     6.69 %     8.42 %
                                         
Tier 1 risk-based capital
    30.98 %     18.79 %     17.11 %     18.59 %     21.57 %
                                         
Total risk-based capital
    32.26 %     19.84 %     17.73 %     19.06 %     22.04 %
                                         
Other ratios
                                       
Tangible common equity to total assets
    9.02 %     3.97 %     3.08 %     4.82 %     6.09 %
                                         
Tangible common equity to total risk weighted assets
    29.23 %     11.79 %     8.40 %     13.48 %     12.49 %
                                         
Total equity to total assets
    10.01 %     5.04 %     4.21 %     5.99 %     7.70 %
                                         
Total equity to risk weighted assets
    32.47 %     14.96 %     11.47 %     16.74 %     15.78 %
                                         
Financial assets managed
                                       
Trust assets managed
  $ 2,175,270     $ 1,818,498     $ 1,706,286     $ 1,962,226     $ 1,848,596  
                                         
Broker-dealer assets gathered
  $ 1,695,635     $ 1,269,284     $ 1,195,739     $ 1,281,168     $ 1,143,668  
                                         


33


Table of Contents

The ratios shown below demonstrate the Group’s ability to generate sufficient earnings to pay the fixed charges or expenses of its debt and preferred stock dividends. The Group’s consolidated ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends were computed by dividing earnings by combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, as specified below, using two different assumptions, one excluding interest on deposits and the second including interest on deposits:
 
                                         
Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Combined
  Year Ended December 31,
Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends:
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
 
Excluding Interest on Deposits
    (A )     1.18 x     1.07 x     1.22 x     (A )
Including Interest on Deposits
    (A )     1.13 x     1.05 x     1.17 x     (A )
 
 
(A) In 2010 and 2006, earnings were not sufficient to cover preferred dividends, and the ratio was less than 1:1. The Group would have had to generate additional earnings of $15.0 million and $10.0 million to achieve a ratio of 1:1 in 2010 and 2006, respectively.
 
For purposes of computing these consolidated ratios, earnings represent income before income taxes plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less interest capitalized. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, amortization of debt issuance costs, and the Group’s estimate of the interest component of rental expense. The term “preferred stock dividends” is the amount of pre-tax earnings that is required to pay dividends on the Group’s outstanding preferred stock. As of the dates presented above, the Group had noncumulative perpetual preferred stock issued and outstanding amounting to $68.0 million, as follows: (1) Series A amounting to $33.5 million or 1,340,000 shares at a $25 liquidation value; and (2) Series B amounting to $34.5 million or 1,380,000 shares at a $25 liquidation value.
 
ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
 
OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
 
The following discussion of the Group’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Item 6, “Selected Financial Data,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Item 8. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for discussions of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.
 
From time to time, the Group uses certain non-GAAP measures of financial performance to supplement the financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP. The Group presents non-GAAP measures when its management believes that the additional information is useful and meaningful to investors. Non-GAAP measures do not have any standardized meaning and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. The presentation of non-GAAP measures is not intended to be a substitute for, and should not be considered in isolation from, the financial measures reported in accordance with GAAP.
 
The Group’s management has reported and discussed the results of operations herein both on a GAAP basis and on a pre-tax operating income basis (defined as net interest income, less provision for non-covered loan and lease losses, plus banking and wealth management revenues, less non-interest expenses, and calculated on the accompanying table). The Group’s management believes that, given the nature of the items excluded from the definition of pre-tax operating income, it is useful to state what the results of operations would have been without these so that investors can see the financial trends from the Group’s continuing business.
 
Tangible common equity consists of common equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles. Management believes that the ratios of tangible common equity to total assets and to risk-weighted assets assist investors in analyzing the Group’s capital position.


34


Table of Contents

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group continued to perform well despite the turbulent credit market and the recession in Puerto Rico. Highlights of the year included:
 
•  Pre-tax operating income (net interest income after provision for non-covered loan and lease losses, core non-interest income from banking and wealth management revenues, less non-interest expenses) of approximately $46.0 million decreased 26.0% compared to $62.1 million in the previous year. Pre-tax operating income is calculated as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
PRE-TAX OPERATING INCOME
                       
Net interest income
  $ 135,200     $ 131,012     $ 111,311  
Less provision for non-covered loan and lease losses
    (15,914 )     (15,650 )     (8,860 )
Core non-interest income
                       
Wealth management revenues
    17,849       14,473       16,481  
Banking service revenues
    11,772       5,942       5,726  
Mortgage banking activities
    9,554       9,728       3,685  
Investment banking revenues (losses)
    118       (4 )     950  
                         
Total core non-interest income
    39,293       30,139       26,842  
Less non-interest expenses
    (112,598 )     (83,378 )     (72,742 )
                         
Total Pre-tax operating income
  $ 45,981     $ 62,123     $ 56,551  
                         
 
•  With the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010, the Group added total loans with a fair value of $785.9 million. In addition to these loans, the Group acquired $10.1 million in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, foreclosed real estate and other repossessed properties of $17.7 million and recorded an FDIC loss-share indemnification asset of $545.2 million.
 
•  Net credit impairment of $6.3 million, attributable to various pools of loans covered under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, was recorded during the quarter ended December 31, 2010.
 
•  Net interest income increased 3.2%, to $135.2 million, due to an improvement in the net interest spread to 2.17% from 2.00%, primarily reflecting the addition of covered loans from the FDIC-assisted acquisition. In addition, the Group paid off a 4.39%, $100.0 million repurchase agreement that matured on August 16, 2010 and redeemed the $595.0 million remaining balance of its 0.88% note to the FDIC, which originated as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition.
 
•  Core banking and wealth management revenues increased 30.4%, to $39.3 million, primarily reflecting a $5.8 million increase in banking service revenues, to $11.8 million and a $3.4 million increase in wealth management revenues, to $17.9 million.
 
•  Retail deposits, reflecting growth in both Group customers and core deposits assumed on the FDIC-assisted acquisition, grew 44.2% or $621.6 million, to $2.0 billion, enabling the Group to reduce higher cost deposits.
 
•  Non-interest expenses increased 35.0%, to $112.6 million, largely the result of expenses associated with the former Eurobank operations. As of year end 2010, the Group had achieved approximately 30% annualized Eurobank cost savings, as previously planned.
 
•  Results for the year also include gains on sales of agency securities of $15.0 million, and losses in derivative activities of $36.9 million.
 
•  Strategic decision in December 2010 to sell the remaining balance of the BALTA private label collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO). The proceeds from such sale amounted to approximately $63.5 million, which were slightly higher than the $63.2 million fair value at which this instrument was carried in books. This $300,000 difference represents a positive effect on stockholders’ equity of this transaction for the Group. A loss of


35


Table of Contents

  $22.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010 for the difference between the amortized cost and the sales price.
 
•  In early January 2010, the Group sold $374.3 million of non-agency CMOs at a loss of $45.8 million. This loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2009 and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2010, since these assets were sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2009.
 
•  After giving effect to these transactions approximately 98% of the Group’s investment securities portfolio consist of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities or notes, guaranteed or issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, and U.S. agency senior debt obligations, backed by a U.S. government sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. This compares to 89% at December 31, 2009.
 
•  Stockholders’ equity increased $402.2 million, or 121.8%, to $732.3 million, at December 31, 2010, compared to a year ago. This increase reflects capital raises of $94.5 million in March 2010 and $189.4 million in April 2010, the net income for the year, and an improvement of approximately $119.7 million in the fair value of the investment securities portfolio.
 
•  On March 19, 2010, the Group completed the public offering of 8,740,000 shares of its common stock. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $94.5 million after deducting offering costs. The Group made a capital contribution of $93.0 million to its banking subsidiary.
 
•  On April 30, 2010, the Group issued 200,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, through a private placement. The preferred stock had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $189.4 million, after deducting offering costs. On May 13, 2010, the Group made a capital contribution of $179.0 million to its banking subsidiary. At a special meeting of shareholders of the Group held on June 30, 2010, the shareholders approved the issuance of 13,320,000 shares of the Group’s common stock upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, which was converted on July 8, 2010 at a conversion price of $15.015 per share. The difference between the $15.015 per share conversion price and the market price of the common stock on April 30, 2010 ($16.72) was considered a contingent beneficial conversion feature on June 30, 2010, when the conversion was approved by the shareholders. Such feature amounted to $22.7 million at June 30, 2010 and was recorded as a dividend of preferred stock.
 
Income Available (Loss) to Common Shareholders
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group’s loss to common shareholders totaled $18.2 million, compared to income available to common shareholders of $18.1 million a year-ago. Earnings per basic and fully diluted common share were ($0.50) and ($0.50), respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to earnings per basic and fully diluted common share of $0.75, in the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Return on Average Assets and Common Equity
 
Return on average common equity (ROE) for the year ended December 31, 2010 was (3.63%), down from 7.16% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Return on average assets (ROA) for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 0.14%, down from 0.35% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease is mostly due to a 57.1% decrease in net income from $22.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 to $9.8 million in 2010.
 
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses decreased 2.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010, totaling $113.0 million, compared with $115.3 million last year. Decrease is mostly due to the provision for covered loan and lease losses amounting to $6.3 million, attributable to credit impairment in various pools of loans covered under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. Taking out this provision from the total amount, the growth in net interest income reflects the significant reduction in cost of funds, which has declined more rapidly than the yield on interest-earning assets.


36


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Expenses
 
Non-interest expenses increased 35.0% to $112.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $83.4 million in the previous year, largely the result of expenses associated with the former Eurobank operations, resulting in an efficiency ratio of 64.53% for the year ended December 31, 2010 (compared to 51.74% for the year ended December 31, 2009).
 
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
 
Income tax benefit was $4.3 million for 2010, compared to an income tax expense of $7.0 million for 2009.
 
Assets Managed
 
Assets managed by the trust division, the pension plan administration subsidiary, and the broker-dealer subsidiary increased from $3.088 billion as of December 31, 2009 to $3.871 billion as of December 31, 2010. The Group’s trust division offers various types of individual retirement accounts (“IRA”) and manages 401(K) and Keogh retirement plans and custodian and corporate trust accounts, while CPC manages the administration of private retirement plans. At December 31, 2010, total assets managed by the Group’s trust division and CPC amounted to $2.175 billion, compared to $1.819 billion at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, total assets gathered by the broker-dealer from its customer investment accounts increased to $1.696 billion, compared to $1.269 billion at December 31, 2009.
 
Interest Earning Assets
 
The investment portfolio amounted to $4.414 billion at December 31, 2010, an 11.3% decrease compared to $4.974 billion at December 31, 2009, while the loan portfolio increased 55.5% to $1.773 billion at December 31, 2010, compared to $1.140 billion at December 31, 2009. The increase in assets owned is mostly due to assets acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010 with total fair value of $909.9 million at acquisition date.
 
The mortgage loan portfolio totaled $872.5 million at December 31, 2010, a 5.1% decrease from $918.9 million at December 31, 2009. Mortgage loan production for the year ended December 31, 2010, totaled $220.3 million, which represents a decrease of 9.6% from the preceding year. The Group sells most of its conforming mortgages, which represented 89% of 2010 production, into the secondary market, retaining servicing rights.
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, the Group purchased FNMA and FHLMC certificates and categorized these as held-to-maturity. At December 31, 2010 the Group’s investment in held-to-maturity FNMA and FHLMC certificates was $689.9 million.
 
Interest Bearing Liabilities
 
Total deposits amounted to $2.589 billion at December 31, 2010, an increase of 48.3% compared to $1.746 billion at December 31, 2009, reflecting growth in both Group customers and core deposits assumed on the FDIC-assisted acquisition. Core deposits assumed on the FDIC-assisted acquisition had a fair value of $729.6 million at April 30, 2010.
 
The Group paid off a 4.39%, $100.0 million repurchase agreement that matured on August 16, 2010 and redeemed the $595.0 million remaining balance of its 0.88% note to the FDIC, which originated as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition.
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2010, was $732.3 million, compared to $330.2 million at December 31, 2009, an increase of $402.2 million or 121.8%. This increase reflects issuances of common and preferred stock, the net income for the year, and an improvement of approximately $119.7 million in the fair value of investment securities portfolio.


37


Table of Contents

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets and total equity to risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2010 increased to 29.23% and 32.47%, respectively, from 11.79% and 14.96% respectively, at December 31, 2009.
 
The Group maintains capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2010, Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 9.56% (2.39 times the requirement of 4.00%), Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 30.98% (7.75 times the requirement of 4.00%), and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 32.26% (4.04 times the requirement of 8.00%).
 
Wealth Management and Banking Franchise
 
The Group’s niche market approach to the integrated delivery of services to mid and high net worth clients performed well as the Group expanded market share in light of the FDIC-assisted acquisition and the Group’s service proposition and capital strength, as opposed to using rates to attract loans or deposits.
 
Lending
 
Total loan production and purchases of $371.6 million for the year remained strong compared to $323.3 million in the previous year, as the Group’s capital levels and low credit losses enabled it to continue prudent lending.
 
The Group sells most of its conforming mortgages, which represented 89% of 2010 production, into the secondary market, and retains servicing rights. As a result, mortgage banking activities now reflect originations as well as a growing servicing portfolio, a source of recurring revenue.
 
Deposits
 
Retail deposits, reflecting growth in both Group customers and core deposits assumed on the FDIC-assisted acquisition, grew 44.2% or $621.6 million, to $2.0 billion, enabling the Group to reduce higher cost deposits. Higher cost brokered deposits and other wholesale institutional deposits also increased 36.8% and 107.6%, respectively, to $278.0 million and $283.7 million, respectively, in December 31, 2010, from $203.3 million and $136.7 million, respectively, in December 31, 2009.
 
Assets Under Management
 
Total client assets managed increased 25.4%, to $3.871 billion as of December 31, 2010, as a result of the FDIC-assisted acquisition and the opening of new trust, Keogh, 401K and wealth management accounts.
 
Credit Quality on Non-Covered Loans
 
Net credit losses increased $1.1 million, to $7.6 million, representing 0.67% of average non-covered loans outstanding, versus 0.57% in 2009. The allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans increased to $31.4 million (2.66% of total non-covered loans) at December 31, 2010, compared to $23.3 million (2.00% of total non-covered loans) a year ago.
 
Non-performing loans (“NPLs”) increased 17.7% or $18.4 million in the year. The Group’s NPLs generally reflect the recessionary economic environment in Puerto Rico. Nonetheless, the Group does not expect non-performing loans to result in significantly higher losses as most are well-collateralized with adequate loan-to-value ratios. In residential mortgage lending, more than 90% of the Group’s portfolio consists of fixed-rate, fully amortizing, fully documented loans that do not have the level of risk generally associated with subprime loans. In commercial lending, more than 90% of all loans are collateralized by real estate. Covered loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method under the ASC 310-30, as discussed in Note 2, “FDIC-assisted acquisition.”
 
The Investment Securities Portfolio
 
Results for the year also include gains on sales of agency securities of $15.0 million, and losses in derivative activities of $36.9 million.


38


Table of Contents

In December 2010, the Group made the strategic decision to sell the remaining balance of the BALTA private label CMO. The proceeds from such sale amounted to $63.2 million. A loss of $22.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2010 for the difference between the amortized cost and the sales price.
 
In early January 2010, the Group sold $374.3 million of non-agency CMOs at a loss of $45.8 million. This loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2009 and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2010, since these assets were sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2009.
 
After giving effect to these transactions approximately 98% of the Group’s investment securities portfolio consist of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities or notes guaranteed or issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, and U.S. agency senior debt obligations, backed by a U.S. government sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. This compares to 89% at December 31, 2009.
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
Highlights of the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008 included:
 
•  Pre-tax operating income (net interest income after provision for loan losses, core non-interest income from banking and wealth management revenues, less non-interest expenses) of approximately $62.1 million increased 9.9% compared to $56.6 million in the previous year.
 
•  Net interest income increased 17.7%, to $131.0 million, due to an improvement in the net interest margin to 2.14% from 1.86%, primarily reflecting lower cost of funds.
 
•  Core banking and wealth management revenues increased 12.3%, to $30.1 million, primarily reflecting a $6.0 million increase in mortgage banking activities, to $9.7 million.
 
•  Retail deposits, benefiting from expanded market share, grew 29.8% or $323.0 million, to $1.4 billion, enabling the Group to reduce higher cost deposits.
 
•  Higher cost brokered deposits decreased 60.8% or $315.2 million, and other wholesale institutional deposits decreased 25.8% or $47.6 million.
 
•  Non-interest expenses increased 14.6%, to $83.4 million, largely the result of the industry-wide increase in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance assessments.
 
•  Results for the year also include gains on: (i) sales of agency securities of $78.3 million, (ii) derivative activities of $28.9 million, and (iii) trading activities of $12.6 million.
 
•  In December 2009, the Group made the strategic decision to sell $116.0 million of CDOs at a loss of $73.9 million, including non-credit portion of impairment value previously recorded as unrealized loss in other comprehensive loss.
 
•  For the same strategic reasons, in early January 2010, the Group sold $374.3 million of non-agency CMOs at a loss of $45.8 million. This loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2009 and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2010, since these assets were sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2009.
 
•  After giving effect to these transactions approximately 96% of the Group’s investment securities portfolio consist of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities or notes, guaranteed or issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, and U.S. agency senior debt obligations, backed by a U.S. government sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. This compares to 85% at September 30, 2009.
 
•  Stockholders’ equity increased $68.8 million or 26.3%, to $330.2 million, at December 31, 2009, compared to a year ago, due to earnings retention and improved mark to market valuation of the Group’s investment securities portfolio.


39


Table of Contents

 
TABLE 1 — YEAR-TO-DATE ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST
INCOME AND CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME/RATE
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
                                                 
    Interest     Average rate     Average balance  
    December
    December
    December
    December
    December
    December
 
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2010     2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
A — TAX EQUIVALENT SPREAD
                                               
Interest-earning assets
  $ 303,801     $ 319,480       4.74 %     5.22 %   $ 6,412,600     $ 6,117,104  
Tax equivalent adjustment
    99,071       105,407       1.54 %     1.72 %            
                                                 
Interest-earning assets — tax equivalent
    402,872       424,887       6.28 %     6.94 %     6,412,600       6,117,104  
Interest-bearing liabilities
    168,601       188,468       2.57 %     3.22 %     6,561,223       5,859,249  
                                                 
Tax equivalent net interest income / spread
    234,271       236,419       3.71 %     3.72 %     (148,623 )     257,855  
                                                 
Tax equivalent interest rate margin
                    3.65 %     3.86 %                
                                                 
B — NORMAL SPREAD
                                               
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Investments:
                                               
Investment securities
    187,930       244,815       4.03 %     5.11 %     4,661,483       4,792,378  
Trading securities
    6       940       2.11 %     3.69 %     284       25,441  
Money market investments
    397       570       0.42 %     0.47 %     93,943       120,395  
                                                 
      188,333       246,325       3.96 %     4.99 %     4,755,710       4,938,214  
                                                 
Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:
                                               
Mortgage
    56,406       60,743       6.11 %     6.27 %     923,345       968,400  
Commercial
    12,022       10,437       5.83 %     5.49 %     206,090       189,951  
Leasing
    319             6.22 %     0.00 %     5,129        
Consumer
    2,563       1,975       9.24 %     9.62 %     27,735       20,539  
                                                 
      71,310       73,155       6.14 %     6.21 %     1,162,299       1,178,890  
                                                 
Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:
                                               
Loans secured by residential properties
    10,029             7.66 %           130,863        
Commercial and construction
    23,331             8.36 %           278,925        
Leasing
    9,280             13.11 %           70,770        
Consumer
    1,518             10.82 %           14,033        
                                                 
      44,158             8.93 %           494,591        
                                                 
Total loans
    115,468       73,155       6.97 %     6.21 %     1,656,890       1,178,890  
                                                 
Total interest earning assets
    303,801       319,480       4.74 %     5.22 %     6,412,600       6,117,104  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Deposits:
                                               
Non-interest bearing deposits
                0.00 %     0.00 %     136,738       46,750  
Now accounts
    14,826       17,205       2.14 %     2.92 %     692,906       588,219  
Savings and money market
    3,055       910       1.67 %     1.43 %     182,973       63,439  
Certificates of deposit
    30,654       36,578       2.40 %     3.49 %     1,276,550       1,047,634  
                                                 
      48,535       54,693       2.12 %     3.13 %     2,289,167       1,746,042  
                                                 
Borrowings:
                                               
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    100,609       116,755       2.84 %     3.19 %     3,545,926       3,659,442  
Advances from FHLB and other borrowings
    12,248       12,380       3.77 %     3.76 %     324,847       328,969  
FDIC-guaranteed term notes
    4,084       3,175       3.87 %     3.58 %     105,597       88,713  
Purchase money note issued to the FDIC
    1,887             0.73 %           259,603        
Subordinated capital notes
    1,238       1,465       3.43 %     4.06 %     36,083       36,083  
                                                 
      120,066       133,775       2.81 %     3.25 %     4,272,056       4,113,207  
                                                 
Total interest bearing liabilities
    168,601       188,468       2.57 %     3.22 %     6,561,223       5,859,249  
                                                 
Net interest income/spread
  $ 135,200     $ 131,012       2.17 %     2.00 %                
                                                 
Interest rate margin
                    2.11 %     2.14 %                
                                                 
Excess of average interest-earning assets over
average interest-bearing liabilities
                                  $ (148,623 )   $ 257,855  
                                                 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-
bearing liabilities ratio
                                    97.73 %     104.40 %
                                                 


40


Table of Contents

C — CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME DUE TO:
 
                         
    Volume     Rate     Total  
 
Interest Income:
                       
Investments
  $ (9,104 )   $ (48,888 )   $ (57,992 )
Loans
    43,128       (815 )     42,313  
                         
      34,024       (49,703 )     (15,679 )
                         
Interest Expense:
                       
Deposits
    8,844       (15,002 )     (6,158 )
Repurchase agreements
    (3,622 )     (12,524 )     (16,146 )
Other borrowings
    2,366       71       2,437  
                         
      7,588       (27,455 )     (19,867 )
                         
Net Interest Income
  $ 26,436     $ (22,248 )   $ 4,188  
                         


41


Table of Contents

TABLE 1 A — ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME/RATE:
For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
                                                 
    Interest     Average rate     Average balance  
    December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
A — TAX EQUIVALENT SPREAD
                                               
Interest-earning assets
  $ 319,480     $ 339,039       5.22 %     5.68 %   $ 6,117,104     $ 5,973,225  
Tax equivalent adjustment
    105,407       112,077       1.72 %     1.88 %            
                                                 
Interest-earning assets — tax equivalent
    424,887       451,116       6.94 %     7.56 %     6,117,104       5,973,225  
Interest-bearing liabilities
    188,468       227,728       3.22 %     4.06 %     5,859,249       5,602,622  
                                                 
Tax equivalent net interest income / spread
  $ 236,419     $ 223,388       3.72 %     3.50 %   $ 257,855     $ 370,603  
                                                 
Tax equivalent interest rate margin
                    3.86 %     3.74 %                
                                                 
B — NORMAL SPREAD
                                               
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Investments:
                                               
Investment securities
  $ 244,815     $ 257,947       5.11 %     5.49 %   $ 4,792,378     $ 4,702,428  
Trading securities
    940       20       3.69 %     3.70 %     25,441       540  
Money market investments
    570       1,907       0.47 %     3.35 %     120,395       56,856  
                                                 
      246,325       259,874       4.99 %     5.46 %     4,938,214       4,759,824  
                                                 
Loans:
                                               
Mortgage
    60,743       66,087       6.27 %     6.44 %     968,400       1,026,779  
Commercial
    10,437       10,610       5.49 %     6.57 %     189,951       161,541  
Consumer
    1,975       2,468       9.62 %     9.84 %     20,539       25,081  
                                                 
      73,155       79,165       6.21 %     6.52 %     1,178,890       1,213,401  
                                                 
      319,480       339,039       5.22 %     5.68 %     6,117,104       5,973,225  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Deposits:
                                               
Non-interest bearing deposits
                            46,750       36,697  
Now accounts
    17,205       4,197       2.92 %     2.44 %     588,219       171,725  
Savings
    910       10,199       1.43 %     3.36 %     63,439       303,298  
Certificates of deposit
    36,578       35,385       3.49 %     3.96 %     1,047,634       894,209  
                                                 
      54,693       49,781       3.13 %     3.54 %     1,746,042       1,405,929  
                                                 
Borrowings:
                                               
Repurchase agreements
    115,653       161,363       3.16 %     4.25 %     3,659,442       3,800,673  
Interest rate risk management
    1,102             0.03 %                  
                                                 
Total repurchase agreements
    116,755       161,363       3.19 %     4.25 %     3,659,442       3,800,673  
FHLB advances
    12,074       13,457       4.18 %     4.20 %     288,830       320,594  
Subordinated capital notes
    1,465       2,304       4.06 %     6.39 %     36,083       36,083  
FDIC-guaranteed term notes
    3,175             3.58 %           88,713        
Other borrowings
    306       823       0.76 %     2.09 %     40,139       39,343  
                                                 
      133,775       177,947       3.25 %     4.24 %     4,113,207       4,196,693  
                                                 
      188,468       227,728       3.22 %     4.06 %     5,859,249       5,602,622  
                                                 
Net interest income/spread
  $ 131,012     $ 111,311       2.00 %     1.62 %                
                                                 
Interest rate margin
                    2.14 %     1.86 %                
                                                 
Excess of interest-earning assets over interest-bearing liabilities
                                  $ 257,855     $ 370,603  
                                                 
Interest-earning assets over interest-bearing liabilities ratio
                                    104.40 %     106.61 %
                                                 


42


Table of Contents

C.   CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME DUE TO:
 
                         
    Volume     Rate     Total  
 
Interest Income:
                       
Investments
  $ 8,898     $ (22,447 )   $ (13,549 )
Loans
    (2,139 )     (3,871 )     (6,010 )
                         
      6,759       (26,318 )     (19,559 )
                         
Interest Expense:
                       
Deposits
    10,654       (5,742 )     4,912  
Repurchase agreements
    (4,506 )     (40,102 )     (44,608 )
Other borrowings
    2,166       (1,730 )     436  
                         
      8,314       (47,574 )     (39,260 )
                         
Net Interest Income
  $ (1,555 )   $ 21,256     $ 19,701  
                         


43


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
Net interest income is a function of the difference between rates earned on the Group’s interest-earning assets and rates paid on its interest-bearing liabilities (interest rate spread) and the relative amounts of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (interest rate margin). As further discussed in the Risk Management section of this report, the Group constantly monitors the composition and re-pricing of its assets and liabilities to maintain its net interest income at adequate levels. Table 1 shows the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, their respective interest income, expenses, yields and costs, and their impact on net interest income due to changes in volume and rates for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Net interest income amounted to $135.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of 3.1% from $131.0 million in the same period of 2009. The increase for the year 2010 reflects a 10.5% decrease in interest expense, due to a negative rate variance of interest-bearing liabilities of $27.5 million, partially offset by a positive volume variance of interest-bearing liabilities of $7.6 million. The decrease of 4.9% in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily the result of a decrease of $49.7 million in rate variance, partially offset by an increase of $34.0 million in volume variance. Interest rate spread increased 17 basis points to 2.17% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 2.0% for the same period of 2009. This increase reflects a 65 basis point decrease in the average cost of funds to 2.57% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 3.22% for the same period of 2009, partially offset by a 48 basis point decrease in the average yield of interest earning assets to 4.74% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 5.22% for the same period of 2009.
 
Interest income decreased 4.9% to $303.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $319.5 million for the period of 2009, reflecting the decrease in yields. Interest income is generated by investment securities, which accounted for 62.0% of total interest income, and from loans, which accounted for 38.0% of total interest income. Interest income from investments decreased 23.5% to $188.3 million, due to a decrease in yield of 103 basis points from 4.99% to 3.96%. Decline of $36.5 million during the current year in interest income from mortgage-backed securities was primarily due to higher premium amortization, reflecting increases in pre-payment as well as lower average yield on recently purchased securities. Interest income from loans increased 57.8% to $115.5 million, mainly due to the contribution of loans acquired.
 
On April 30, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets with a book value of $1.690 billion and a fair value of $909.9 million and assumed certain deposits and other liabilities with a book value of $731.9 million and a fair value of $739.0 million in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank. Considering covered loans, the loan portfolio yield increased from 6.21% in 2009 to 6.97% in 2010.
 
Interest expense decreased 10.5%, to $168.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $188.5 million for the same period of 2009. The decrease is due to a significant reduction in cost of funds, which decreased 65 basis points from 3.22% to 2.57%. Reduction in the cost of funds is mostly due to a reduction in the rate paid on deposits, mainly due to the certificates of deposit assumed in the FDIC-assisted acquisition, which were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. In addition, the reduction in cost of funds was also affected by the maturity of $100.0 million in securities sold under agreements to repurchase that occurred in August 2010. For the year 2010 the cost of deposits decreased 101 basis points to 2.12%, as compared to the period of 2009. For the year 2010 the cost of borrowings decreased 44 basis points to 2.81% from 3.25% in the same period of 2009. The net interest income also benefitted from a reduction in the interest expense with reductions of $13.7 million in securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and $6.2 million on deposits.
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
Table 1A shows the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, their respective interest income, expenses, yields and costs, and their impact on net interest income due to changes in volume and rates for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Net interest income amounted to $131.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 17.7% from $111.3 million in the same period of 2008. The increase for the year 2009 reflects a 17.2% decrease in interest expense, due to a negative rate variance of interest-bearing liabilities of $47.6 million, partially offset by a positive


44


Table of Contents

volume variance of interest-bearing liabilities of $8.3 million. The decrease of 5.8% in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily the result of a decrease of $26.3 million in rate variance, partially offset by an increase of $6.8 million in volume variance. Interest rate spread increased 38 basis points to 2.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 1.62% for the same period of 2008. This increase reflects a 84 basis point decrease in the average cost of funds to 3.22% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 4.06% for the same period of 2008, partially offset by a 46 basis point decrease in the average yield of interest earning assets to 5.22% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 5.68% for the same period of 2008.
 
Interest income decreased 5.8% to $319.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $339.0 million for the period of 2008, reflecting the decrease in yields. Interest income is generated by investment securities, which accounted for 77.1% of total interest income, and from loans, which accounted for 22.9% of total interest income. Interest income from investments decreased 5.2% to $246.3 million, due to a decrease in yield of 47 basis points from 5.46% to 4.99%. Interest income from loans decreased 7.7% to $73.1 million, mainly due to a 47.2% increase in loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued, which grew to $57.1 million from $38.8 million. In addition, yields on loans decreased from 6.52% in 2008 to 6.21% in 2009.
 
Interest expense decreased 17.2%, to $188.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from $227.7 million for the same period of 2008. The decrease is due to a significant reduction in cost of funds, which has decreased 84 basis points from 4.06% to 3.25%. Reduction in the cost of funds is mostly due to structured repurchase agreements amounting to $1.25 billion, which reset at the put date at a formula which is based on the three-month LIBOR rate less fifteen times the difference between the ten-year swap rate and the two-year swap rate, with a minimum of 0.00% on $1.0 billion and 0.25% on $250 million, and a maximum of 10.6%. These repurchase agreements bear the respective minimum rates of 0.0% and 0.25% to at least their next put dates scheduled for June 2011. For the year 2009 the cost of deposits decreased 41 basis points to 3.13%, as compared to the period of 2008. The decrease reflects lower average rates paid on higher balances, most significantly in savings and certificates of deposit accounts. For the year 2009 the cost of borrowings decreased 99 basis points to 3.25% from the same period of 2008.


45


Table of Contents

TABLE 2 — NON-INTEREST INCOME(LOSS) SUMMARY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     Variance %     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Wealth management revenues
  $ 17,849     $ 14,473       23.3 %   $ 16,481  
Banking service revenues
    11,772       5,942       98.1 %     5,726  
Investment banking revenues (losses)
    118       (4 )     −100.0 %     950  
Mortgage banking activities
    9,554       9,728       −1.8 %     3,685  
                                 
Total banking and wealth management revenues
    39,293       30,139       30.4 %     26,842  
                                 
Total other-than-temporarily impaired securities
    (39,674 )     (101,472 )     −60.9 %     (58,804 )
Portion of loss on securities recognized in other comprehensive income
    22,508       41,398       −45.6 %      
                                 
Other-than-temporary impairments on securities
    (17,166 )     (60,074 )     −71.4 %     (58,804 )
Accretion of FDIC loss-share indemnification asset
    4,330             100.0 %      
Fair value adjustment on FDIC equity appreciation instrument
    909             100.0 %      
Net gain (loss) on:
                               
Sale of securities
    15,032       4,385       242.8 %     35,070  
Derivatives
    (36,891 )     28,927       −227.5 %     (12,943 )
Early extinguishment of repurchase agreements
          (17,551 )     −100.0 %      
Mortgage tax credits
                0.0 %     (2,480 )
Trading securities
    23       12,564       −99.8 %     (13 )
Foreclosed real estate
    (524 )     (570 )     −8.1 %     (670 )
Other
    124       113       9.7 %     756  
                                 
      (34,163 )     (32,206 )     6.1 %     (39,084 )
                                 
Total non-interest income (loss)
  $ 5,130     $ (2,067 )     −348.2 %   $ (12,242 )
                                 
 
Non-Interest Income
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
Non-interest income is affected by the amount of securities, derivatives and trading transactions, the level of trust assets under management, transactions generated by the gathering of financial assets by the securities broker-dealer subsidiary, the level of investment and mortgage banking activities, and the fees generated from loans, deposit accounts, and insurance activities. As shown in Table 2, the Group recorded non-interest income in the amount of $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a loss of $2.0 million during 2009.
 
Wealth management revenues, which consist of commissions and fees from fiduciary activities, and commissions and fees from securities brokerage and insurance activities, increased 23.3%, to $17.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, from $14.4 million in the same period of 2009. Banking service revenues, which consist primarily of fees generated by deposit accounts, electronic banking services, and customer services, increased 98.1% to $11.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, from $5.9 million in the same period of 2009. These increases are attributable to increases in electronic banking service fees and fees generated from the customers of former Eurobank banking business.


46


Table of Contents

Income generated from mortgage banking activities decreased 1.8% in the year ended December 31, 2010, from $9.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, to $9.6 million in the same period of 2010 mainly the result of a decrease in residential mortgage loan production.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, a loss from securities, derivatives, trading activities and other investment activities was $39.0 million, compared to a loss of $14.2 million in the same period of 2009. The decrease was mostly due to net loss of $36.9 million in derivatives during the year ended December 31, 2010, compared with gains of $28.9 million in the same period in 2009.
 
Net loss on derivative activities of $36.9 million in 2010 mainly reflected realized losses of $42.0 million due to the terminations of forward-settle swaps. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new swap contracts, while effectively reducing the interest rate of the pay-fixed side of such swaps, from an average cost of 3.53% to an average cost of 1.83%. These swaps will enable the Group to fix, at 1.83%, the cost of $1.25 billion in repurchase agreements funding ($900 million maturing in December 2011 and $350 million maturing in May 2012) that currently have a blended cost of approximately 4.40%. These losses were partially offset, mainly by a gain of approximately $6.0 million in the valuation of interest rate swaps and options outstanding as of December 31, 2010.
 
Keeping with the Group’s investment strategy, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were certain sales of available-for-sale securities because the Group felt at the time of such sales that gains could be realized while at the same time having good opportunities to invest the proceeds in other investment securities with attractive yields and terms that would allow the Group to continue to protect its net interest margin. Sale of securities available-for-sale, which generated net gains of $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased 242.8% when compared to $4.4 million for the same period a year ago. Net gains for the year ended December 31, 2010 included gains of $4.7 million in sales of Obligations of U.S. government sponsored agencies and gains of $33.1 million in sales of FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA mortgage-backed securities. The gains realized during the year in the sales of securities available-for-sale allowed the Group to make the strategic decision to sell the remaining balance of the BALTA private label collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) in December 2010. The proceeds from such sale amounted to approximately $63.2 million. A loss of $22.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter for the difference between the security’s amortized cost and the sales price.
 
During 2010, a gain of $23 thousand was recognized in trading securities, compared to a gain of $12.6 million in the previous year.
 
During 2010 and 2009, the Group recorded other-than-temporary impairment losses of $17.2 million and $60.1 million, respectively, for non-agency CMO pools sold during 2010.
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
As shown in Table 2, the Group recorded a loss in non-interest income in the amount of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to a loss of $12.2 million in 2008.
 
Wealth management revenues, which consist of commissions and fees from fiduciary activities, and commissions and fees from securities brokerage and insurance activities, decreased 12.2%, to $14.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, from $16.5 million in the same period of 2008. Banking service revenues, which consist primarily of fees generated by deposit accounts, electronic banking services, and customer services, increased 5.1% to $6.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, from $5.7 million in the same period of 2008. Income generated from mortgage banking activities increased 164.0% in the year ended December 31, 2009, from $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, to $9.7 million in the same period of 2009 mainly the result of increased mortgage banking revenues due to the securitization and sale of mortgage loans held-for-sale into the secondary market and increase in residential mortgage loan production.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, a loss from securities, derivatives, trading activities and other investment activities was $32.2 million, compared to a loss of $39.1 million in the same period of 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2009, a gain of $28.9 million was recognized in derivatives, compared to a loss of $12.9 million in the year 2008. Gains for the year ended December 31, 2009, were mainly due to several interest-rate swap contracts that the Group entered to manage its interest rate risk exposure, which were terminated before December 31, 2009. During the third quarter of 2008, the Group charged $4.9 million as a loss in connection with equity indexed option


47


Table of Contents

agreements. Results for the year ended December 31, 2008 include an interest-rate swap contract that the Group entered into on January 2008 to manage the Group’s interest rate risk exposure with a notional amount of $500.0 million, which was subsequently terminated resulting in a loss to the Group of approximately $7.9 million.
 
Keeping with the Group’s investment strategy, during the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were certain sales of available-for-sale securities because the Group felt at the time of such sales that gains could be realized while at the same time having good opportunities to invest the proceeds in other investment securities with attractive yields and terms that would allow the Group to continue to protect its net interest margin. Sale of securities available-for-sale, which generated gains of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased 87.5% when compared to $35.1 million for the same period a year ago. Benefitting from the strategic positioning of its investment securities portfolio, the Group made the strategic decision to sell $116.0 million of CDOs at a loss of $73.9 million, including non-credit portion of impairment value previously recorded as unrealized loss in other comprehensive loss. For the same strategic reasons, in early January 2010, the Group sold $374.3 million of non-agency CMOs at a loss of $45.8 million. This loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2009 and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2010, since these assets were sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2009, a gain of $12.6 million was recognized in trading securities, compared to a loss of $13 thousand in the previous year. During 2009 and 2008, the Group recorded other-than-temporary impairment losses of $60.1 million and $58.8 million, respectively.
 
The Group adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 320-10-65-1 as of April 1, 2009. For those debt securities for which the fair value of the security is less than its amortized cost, the Group does not intend to sell such security and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell such security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit losses. These provisions require that the credit-related portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses be recognized in earnings while the noncredit-related portion is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of related taxes. As a result of the adoption of FASB ASC 320-10-65-1, in the year 2009 a $60.1 million net credit-related impairment loss was recognized in earnings and a $41.4 million noncredit-related impairment loss was recognized in other comprehensive income for a non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation pool not expected to be sold. Also, during the second quarter of 2009, the Group reclassified the noncredit-related portion of an other-than-temporary impairment loss previously recognized in earnings in the third quarter of 2008. This reclassification was reflected as a cumulative effect adjustment of $14.4 million that increased retained earnings and increased accumulated other comprehensive loss. The amortized cost basis of this non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation pool for which other-than-temporary impairment losses was recognized in the third quarter of 2008 was adjusted by the amount of the cumulative effect adjustment.


48


Table of Contents

TABLE 3 — NON-INTEREST EXPENSES SUMMARY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     Variance %     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Compensation and employee benefits
  $ 41,723     $ 32,020       30.3 %   $ 30,572  
Occupancy and equipment
    18,556       14,763       25.7 %     13,843  
Professional and service fees
    16,491       10,379       58.9 %     9,203  
Insurance
    7,006       7,233       −3.1 %     2,421  
Taxes, other than payroll and income taxes
    5,106       3,004       70.0 %     2,514  
Advertising and business promotion
    4,978       4,208       18.3 %     3,970  
Electronic banking charges
    4,504       2,194       105.3 %     1,726  
Loan servicing and clearing expenses
    3,051       2,390       27.7 %     2,633  
Foreclosure and repossession expenses
    2,830       929       204.6 %     637  
Communication
    2,561       1,567       63.4 %     1,292  
Director and investors relations
    1,463       1,374       6.5 %     1,159  
Other operating expenses
    4,329       3,317       30.5 %     2,772  
                                 
Total non-interest expenses
  $ 112,598     $ 83,378       35.0 %   $ 72,742  
                                 
Relevant ratios and data:
                               
Efficiency ratio
    64.53 %     51.74 %             52.65 %
                                 
Expense ratio
    1.14 %     0.87 %             0.77 %
                                 
Compensation and benefits to non- interest expense
    37.05 %     38.40 %             42.03 %
                                 
Compensation to total assets owned
    0.57 %     0.49 %             0.50 %
                                 
Average number of employees
    725       541               537  
                                 
Average compensation per employee
  $ 57.5     $ 59.2             $ 56.9  
                                 
Assets owned per average employee
  $ 10,087     $ 12,109             $ 11,552  
                                 
 
Non-Interest Expenses
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
Non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased 35.0% to $112.6 million, compared to $83.4 million for the same period of 2009. The increase in non-interest expense is primarily driven by higher compensation and employees’ benefits, professional services fees, and occupancy and equipment expenses.
 
Compensation and employee benefits increased 30.3% to $41.7 million from $32.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is mainly driven by the integration of employees of Eurobank since April 30, 2010. This factor represented an increase of approximately $7.2 million in payroll for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Occupancy and equipment expense increased 25.7% to $18.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is mainly driven by the integration of branches of Eurobank since April 30, 2010. This factor represented an increase of approximately $3.4 million in occupancy and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Professional and service fees increased 58.9% for the year ended December 31, 2010, mainly due to servicing expenses during the year for certain commercial and construction loans acquired from the FDIC-assisted acquisition amounting to $5.2 million. This fluctuation is also affected by a one-time professional expense amounting to approximately $1.2 million, as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition.
 
Increases in taxes, other than payroll and income taxes of 70.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to same period of 2009, are principally due to increase in municipal license tax, based on business volume and assets, which increased compared to previous year. The increase in overall business volume and asset is also related to the addition of new branches and the assets acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition.


49


Table of Contents

Increase in electronic banking charges of 105.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010 against the same period of 2009, are mainly due to increase in point-of-sale (“POS”) transactions, in addition to Eurobank’s increased transactions as the result of the Group’s commercial POS cash management business.
 
In the year ended December 31, 2010, advertising and business promotion expenses, loan servicing and clearing expenses, communication expenses, director and investor relations expenses, foreclosure and repossession expenses, and other operating expenses increased 18.3%, 27.7%, 63.4%, 6.5%, 204.6% and 68.6%, respectively, compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
The non-interest expense results reflect an efficiency ratio of 64.53% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to 51.74% in 2009. The efficiency ratio measures how much of a Group’s revenue is used to pay operating expenses. The Group computes its efficiency ratio by dividing non-interest expenses by the sum of its net interest income and non-interest income, but excluding gains on sale of investments securities, derivatives gains or losses, credit-related other-than-temporary impairment losses, and other income that may be considered volatile in nature. Management believes that the exclusion of those items permit greater comparability. Amounts presented as part of non-interest income that are excluded from the efficiency ratio computation amounted to net losses of $34.2 million and $32.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
Non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased 14.6% to $83.4 million, compared to $72.7 million for the same period of 2008, primarily as a result of higher insurance expense, compensation and employees’ benefits, professional services fees, and occupancy and equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2009, insurance expense increased 198.8% to $7.2 million from $2.4 million, as the result of the industry-wide increase in FDIC insurance assessments. Compensation and employees’ benefits increased 4.6% to $32.0 million from $30.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. Professional fees increased 13.3% from $9.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 to $10.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. Occupancy and equipment increased 6.6% from $13.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 to $14.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. In the year ended December 31, 2009, taxes, other than payroll and income taxes, electronic banking charges, communication, loan servicing expenses, director and investor relations expenses, and other operating expenses increased 19.5%, 27.1%, 21.3%, 14.7%, 18.6% and 13.6%, respectively, compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The non-interest expense results reflect an efficiency ratio of 51.74% for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 52.65% in 2008. The efficiency ratio measures how much of a Group’s revenue is used to pay operating expenses. The Group computes its efficiency ratio by dividing non-interest expenses by the sum of its net interest income and non-interest income, but excluding gains on sale of investments securities, derivatives gains or losses, credit-related other-than-temporary impairment losses, and other income that may be considered volatile in nature. Management believes that the exclusion of those items permit greater comparability. Amounts presented as part of non-interest income that are excluded from the efficiency ratio computation amounted to net losses of $32.2 million and $39.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
The provision for non-covered loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $15.9 million, a 1.7% increase from the $15.7 million reported for 2009. Based on an analysis of the credit quality and the composition of the Group’s loan portfolio, management determined that the provision for 2010 was adequate in order to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at an adequate level.
 
Net credit losses increased $1.1 million, to $7.8 million, representing 0.67% of average non-covered loans outstanding, versus 0.57% in 2009. The allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses increased to $31.4 million (2.65% of total loans) at December 31, 2010, compared to $23.3 million (2.00% of total loans) a year ago.
 
The Group maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses.


50


Table of Contents

The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for non-covered loan and lease losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.
 
Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market. The portfolios of mortgage and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment. For the commercial loans portfolio, all loans over $250 thousand and over 90-days past due are evaluated for impairment. At December 31, 2010, the total investment in impaired commercial loans was $25.9 million, compared to $15.6 million at December 31, 2009. Impaired commercial loans are measured based on the fair value of collateral method, since all impaired loans during the period were collateral dependant. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $823 thousand and $709 thousand at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Net credit losses on impaired commercial loans for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $1.9 million and $776 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $36.1 million (December 31, 2009 — $10.7 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $2.4 million and $683 thousand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each loan portfolio category based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. This calculation is the starting point for management’s systematic determination of the required level of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Other data considered in this determination includes: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, delinquency levels, loss trends and other information including underwriting standards and economic trends.
 
Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP and the Joint Interagency Guidance on the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses available information in estimating probable loan losses, future changes to the allowance may be necessary, based on factors beyond the Group’s control, such as factors affecting general economic conditions.
 
In the current year, the Group has not substantively changed in any material respect of its overall approach in the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses. There have been no material changes in criteria or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
The loans covered by the FDIC shared-loss agreement were recognized at fair value as of April 30, 2010, which included the impact of expected credit losses. As a result of a net credit impairment attributable to various pools of loans covered under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, the Group recorded a provision for covered loan and lease losses of $6.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. This impairment consists of $49.3 million in gross estimated losses, less a $43.0 million increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.
 
Each quarter, actual cash flows on covered loans are reviewed against the cash flows expected to be collected. If it is deemed probable that the Group will be unable to collect all of the cash flows previously expected (e.g., the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition adjusted for any probable changes in estimate thereafter), the covered


51


Table of Contents

loans shall be deemed impaired and an allowance for covered loan and lease losses will be recorded. When there is a probable significant increase in cash flows expected to be collected or if the actual cash flows collected are significantly greater than those previously expected, the Group will reduce any allowance for loan and lease losses established after acquisition for the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, and recalculate the amount of accretable yield for the loan based on the revised cash flow expectations.
 
Please refer to the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Non-Performing Assets section on Table 8 through Table 13 for a more detailed analysis of the allowances for loan and lease losses, net credit losses and credit quality statistics.
 
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $15.7 million, a 76.6% increase from the $8.9 million reported for 2008. Based on an analysis of the credit quality and the composition of the Group’s loan portfolio, management determined that the provision for 2009 was adequate in order to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at an adequate level.
 
Net credit losses increased $1.9 million, to $6.7 million, representing 0.57% of average loans outstanding, versus 0.39% in 2008. The allowance for loan and lease losses stood at $23.3 million (2.00% of total loans) at December 31, 2009, compared to $14.3 million (1.16% of total loans) a year ago.
 
At December 31, 2009, the total investment in impaired commercial loans was $15.6 million, compared to $4.6 million at December 31, 2008. Impaired commercial loans are measured based on the fair value of collateral method, since all impaired loans during the period were collateral dependant. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $709 thousand and $1.1 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Net credit losses on impaired commercial loans for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $776 thousand. There were no credit losses on impaired commercial loans for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. At December 31, 2009, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $10.7 million (December 31, 2008 — $3.0 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $683 thousand and $45 thousand at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Income Taxes
 
The income tax benefit was $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to an expense of $7.0 million for 2009, as a result of decreased operating income and investment gains. The effective income tax rate in 2010 was lower than the 40.95% statutory tax rate for the Group, due to the high level of tax-advantaged interest income earned on certain investments and loans, net of the disallowance of related expenses attributable to exempt income. Exempt interest relates principally to interest earned on obligations of the United States and Puerto Rico governments and certain mortgage-backed securities, including securities held by the Group’s international banking entity.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
Assets Owned
 
At December 31, 2010, the Group’s total assets amounted to $7.3 billion, an increase of 11.6% when compared to $6.6 billion at December 31, 2009, and interest-earning assets reached $6.2 billion, up 1.2%, versus $6.1 billion at December 31, 2009. This increase is mostly due to assets acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010.
 
As detailed in Table 4, investments are the Group’s largest interest-earning assets component. Investments principally consist of money market instruments, U.S. government and agency bonds, mortgage-backed securities and Puerto Rico government and agency bonds. At December 31, 2010, the investment portfolio decreased 11.3% from $5.0 billion to $4.4 billion. This decrease is mostly due to a decrease of $1.0 billion or 99.7% in U.S. Government sponsored-agency bonds, a decrease of $446.0 million or 100.0% in non-agency CMOs, a decrease of $218.4 million or 63.1% in GNMA certificates and a decrease of $108.7 million or 37.9% in CMOs issued by U.S. Government sponsored-agencies, partially offset by an increase of $1.2 billion or 43.7% in FNMA and FHLMC certificates, when compared with December 31, 2009.


52


Table of Contents

TABLE 4 — ASSETS SUMMARY AND COMPOSITION
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND DECEMBER 31, 2009
 
                                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Variance
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009     %     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Investments:
                               
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
  $ 3,972,107     $ 2,764,172       43.7 %   $ 1,546,750  
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
    3,000       1,007,091       −99.7 %     941,916  
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations
          446,037       −100.0 %     529,664  
CMO’s issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    177,804       286,509       −37.9 %     351,027  
GNMA certificates
    127,714       346,103       —63.1 %     335,961  
Structured credit investments
    41,693       38,383       8.6 %     136,181  
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    67,663       65,364       3.5 %     82,927  
FHLB stock
    22,496       19,937       12.8 %     21,013  
Other investments
    1,480       673       119.9 %     187  
                                 
      4,413,957       4,974,269       −11.3 %     3,945,626  
                                 
Loans:
                               
Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:
                               
Loans receivable
    1,149,289       1,136,080       1.2 %     1,206,843  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (31,430 )     (23,272 )     35.1 %     (14,293 )
                                 
Loans receivable, net
    1,117,859       1,112,808       0.5 %     1,192,550  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    33,979       27,261       24.6 %     26,562  
                                 
Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net
    1,151,838       1,140,069       1.0 %     1,219,112  
Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    670,018             100.0 %      
Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans
    (49,286 )           −100.0 %      
                                 
Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net
    620,732             100.0 %      
                                 
Total loans, net
    1,772,570       1,140,069       55.5 %     1,219,112  
                                 
Securities sold but not yet delivered
                0.0 %     834,976  
                                 
Total securities and loans
    6,186,527       6,114,338       1.2 %     5,999,714  
                                 
Other assets:
                               
Cash and due from banks
    337,218       247,691       36.1 %     14,370  
Money market investments
    111,728       29,432       279.6 %     52,002  
Accrued interest receivable
    28,716       33,656       −14.7 %     43,914  
Deferred tax asset, net
    30,350       31,685       −4.2 %     28,463  
Premises and equipment, net
    23,941       19,775       21.1 %     21,184  
FDIC loss-share indemnification asset
    471,872             100.0 %      
Foreclosed real estate covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    15,962             100.0 %      
Foreclosed real estate not covered under share-loss agreements with the FDIC
    11,969       9,347       28.1 %     9,162  
Other assets
    94,494       64,909       45.6 %     33,908  
                                 
Total other assets
    1,126,250       436,495       158.0 %     203,003  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 7,312,777     $ 6,550,833       11.6 %   $ 6,202,717  
                                 
Investments portfolio composition:
                               
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    90.1 %     55.5 %             39.2 %
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
    0.1 %     20.2 %             23.9 %
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    0.0 %     9.0 %             13.4 %
CMO’s issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    4.0 %     5.8 %             8.9 %
GNMA certificates
    2.9 %     7.0 %             8.5 %
Structured credit investments
    0.9 %     0.8 %             3.5 %
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    1.5 %     1.3 %             2.1 %
FHLB stock
    0.5 %     0.4 %             0.5 %
Other investments
    0.0 %     0.0 %             0.0 %
                                 
      100.0 %     100.0 %             100.0 %
                                 


53


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2010, approximately 98% of the Group’s investment securities portfolio consist of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities or notes, guaranteed or issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, and U.S. agency senior debt obligations, backed by a U.S. government-sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. This compares to 89% at December 31, 2009.
 
The Group’s loan portfolio is mainly comprised of residential loans, home equity loans, commercial loans collateralized by mortgages on real estate located in Puerto Rico, and leases, the latter were added as part of the recent FDIC-assisted acquisition. At December 31, 2010, the Group’s loan portfolio, the second largest category of the Group’s interest-earning assets, amounted to $1.8 billion, an increase of 55.5% when compared to the $1.1 billion at December 31, 2009. The loan portfolio increase was mainly attributable to the $785.9 million in Eurobank loans acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition. At December 31, 2010, the balance of these loans amounted to $620.7 million. The fair values initially assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as new information relative to closing date fair values became available. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group recorded preliminary measurement period adjustments to the carrying value of loans, FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset, and deferred income tax liability. This was the result of additional analysis on the estimates of fair value, and the Group’s decision to account for all loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition, except for credit cards balances, in accordance with ASC 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality”. The Bank and the FDIC are engaged in ongoing discussions that may impact certain assets acquired or certain liabilities assumed by the Bank. The amount that the Group realizes on these assets could differ materially from the carrying value included in the consolidated statements of financial condition primarily as a result of changes in the timing and amount of collections on the acquired loans in future periods.
 
As shown in Table 5, the mortgage loan portfolio amounted to $868.1 million or 75.5% of the non-covered loan portfolio as of December 31, 2010, compared to $915.4 million or 80.6% of the non-covered loan portfolio at December 31, 2009. Mortgage production and purchases of $245.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased 4.3%, from $256.3 million, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
The second largest component of the Group’s non-covered loan portfolio is commercial loans. At December 31, 2010, the commercial loan portfolio totaled $235.0 million (2.4% of the Group’s total non-covered loan portfolio), in comparison to $197.8 million at December 31, 2009 (17.4% of the Group’s total non-covered loan portfolio). Commercial loan production increased 74.7% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $57.9 million in 2009 to $101.0 million in 2010.
 
The consumer loan portfolio totaled $35.9 million (3.1% of total non-covered loan portfolio at December 31, 2010), in comparison to $22.9 million at December 31, 2009 (2.0% total non-covered loan portfolio at such date). Consumer loan production increased 49.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $9.2 million in 2009 to $13.8 million in 2010.
 
The leasing portfolio totaled $10.3 million (0.9% of total non-covered loan portfolio at December 31, 2010). This business line was added as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010. Leasing production was $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.


54


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the remaining contractual maturities of the Group’s total gross non-covered loans segmented to reflect cash flows as of December 31, 2010. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the actual term of a loan, considering prepayments.
 
                                                 
          Maturities  
                After One Year to
       
                Five Years     After Five Years  
    Balance
          Fixed
    Variable
    Fixed
    Variable
 
    Outstanding at
    One Year or
    Interest
    Interest
    Interest
    Interest
 
    December 31, 2010     Less     Rates     Rates     Rates     Rates  
    (In thousands)  
 
Non-covered loans
                                               
Mortgage
  $ 872,482     $ 8,399     $ 41,007     $     $ 823,076     $  
Commercial
    234,276       75,565       76,737       51,115       23,608       7,251  
Consumer
    36,628       11,562       22,473       15       1,234       1,344  
Leasing
    10,257       78       8,012             2,167        
                                                 
Total
  $ 1,153,643     $ 95,604     $ 148,229     $ 51,130     $ 850,085     $ 8,595  
                                                 


55


Table of Contents

TABLE 5 — LOANS RECEIVABLE COMPOSITION:
Selected Financial Data
As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Loans not-covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:
                       
Mortgage, mainly residential
  $ 868,128     $ 915,439     $ 996,712  
Commercial
    234,992       197,777       187,077  
Consumer
    35,912       22,864       23,054  
Leasing
    10,257              
                         
Loans receivable
    1,149,289       1,136,080       1,206,843  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (31,430 )     (23,272 )     (14,293 )
                         
Loans receivable, net
    1,117,859       1,112,808       1,192,550  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
    33,979       27,261       26,562  
                         
Total loans not-covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net
    1,151,838       1,140,069       1,219,112  
Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:
                       
Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties
    166,865              
Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties
    17,253              
Commercial and other construction
    388,261              
Leasing
    79,093              
Consumer
    18,546              
                         
Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC
    670,018              
Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans
    (49,286 )              
                         
Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net
    620,732              
                         
Total loans, net
  $ 1,772,570     $ 1,140,069     $ 1,219,112  
                         
Non-covered loans portfolio composition percentages:
                       
Mortgage
    75.5 %     80.6 %     82.6 %
Commercial, mainly real estate
    20.4 %     17.4 %     15.5 %
Consumer
    3.1 %     2.0 %     1.9 %
Leasing
    0.9 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
                         
Total non-covered loans
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
Covered loans portfolio composition percentages:
                       
Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties
    24.9 %            
Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties
    2.6 %            
Commercial and other construction
    57.9 %            
Leasing
    11.8 %            
Consumer
    2.8 %            
                         
Total covered loans
    100.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
                         


56


Table of Contents

Liabilities and Funding Sources
 
As shown in Table 6, at December 31, 2010, the Group’s total liabilities reached $6.6 billion, 5.8% higher than the $6.2 billion reported at December 31, 2009. This increase is mostly due to an increase of $843.4 million in deposits, resulting primarily from the FDIC-assisted acquisition. Deposits and borrowings, the Group’s funding sources, amounted to $6.5 billion at December 31, 2010 versus $5.8 billion at December 31, 2009, a 12.7% increase. Borrowings represented 60.2% of interest-bearing liabilities and deposits represented 37.8%. The increase in total liabilities was partially offset by securities purchased but not yet received at December 31, 2009 amounting to $413.4 million compared to none at December 31, 2010.
 
Borrowings consist mainly of funding sources through the use of repurchase agreements, FHLB advances, FDIC-guaranteed term notes (under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program), subordinated capital notes, and other borrowings. At December 31, 2010, borrowings amounted to $3.9 billion, 2.7% lower than the $4.0 billion recorded at December 31, 2009. Repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2010 amounted to $3.5 billion, a 2.8% decrease when compared to $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2009. The decrease is mainly due to the maturity and pay off of a repurchase agreement in August 2010 amounting to $100.0 million.
 
As part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition, the Bank issued to the FDIC a purchase money promissory note (the “Note”) in the amount of $715.5 million. The Note was secured by the loans (other than certain consumer loans) acquired under the agreement and all proceeds derived from such loans. The entire outstanding principal balance of the Note was due one year from issuance, or such earlier date as such amount became due and payable pursuant to the terms of the Note. The Bank paid interest in arrears on the Note at the annual rate of 0.881% on the 25th of each month or, if such day was not a business day, the next succeeding business day, commencing June 25, 2010, on the outstanding principal amount of the Note. Interest was calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. On September 27, 2010, the Group made the strategic decision to repay the Note prior to maturity. At the time of repayment the Note had an outstanding principal balance of $595.0 million. For the cancelation of the Note, the Group used approximately $200.0 million of proceeds from the sale of available for sale securities, brokered certificates of deposit amounting to $134.7 million, short-term repurchase agreements amounting to $85.0 million, and $175.3 million of cash.
 
The Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system functions as a source of credit for financial institutions that are members of a regional FHLB. As a member of the FHLB, the Group can obtain advances from the FHLB, secured by the FHLB stock owned by the Group, as well as by certain of the Group’s mortgage loans and investment securities. Advances from FHLB amounted to $281.8 million as of December 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. These advances mature from May 2012 through May 2014.
 
The Group’s banking subsidiary issued in March 2009 $105.0 million in notes guaranteed under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. These notes are due on March 16, 2012, bear interest at a 2.75% fixed rate, and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Interest on the note is payable on the 16th of each March and September, beginning September 16, 2009. Shortly after issuance of the notes, the Group paid $3.2 million (equivalent to an annual fee of 100 basis points) to the FDIC to maintain the FDIC guarantee coverage until the maturity of the notes. This cost has been deferred and is being amortized over the term of the notes. The total cost of the notes for 2010 and 2009, including the amount of the debt issuance costs, was 3.87% and 3.58%, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2010, deposits, the second largest category of the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities reached $2.589 billion, up 48.3% from $1.746 billion at December 31, 2009. Deposits increase was mainly attributable to the $729.5 million in Eurobank deposits assumed as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition. Retail deposits increased $621.6 million or 44.2% to $2.0 billion. Institutional deposits increased $147.0 million or 107.6% to $283.7 million. Brokered deposits increased $74.8 million or 36.8% to $278.0 million. This increase in brokered deposits was driven by $134.7 million in new brokered deposits issued during the quarter ended September 30, 2010.


57


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2010, the scheduled maturities of time deposits and individual retirement accounts of $100 thousand or more were as follows:
 
         
    (In thousands)  
 
Three (3) months or less
  $ 132,246  
Over 3 months through 6 months
    154,530  
Over 6 months through 12 months
    143,019  
Over 12 months
    160,212  
         
Total
  $ 590,007  
         


58


Table of Contents

TABLE 6 — LIABILITIES SUMMARY AND COMPOSITION
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
                                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Variance
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009     %     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Deposits:
                               
Non-interest bearing deposits
  $ 170,705     $ 73,548       132.1 %   $ 53,165  
Now accounts
    783,744       619,947       26.4 %     400,623  
Savings and money market accounts
    235,690       86,791       171.6 %     50,152  
Certificates of deposit
    1,393,743       961,344       45.0 %     1,274,862  
                                 
      2,583,882       1,741,630       48.4 %     1,778,802  
                                 
Accrued interest payable
    5,005       3,871       29.3 %     6,498  
                                 
      2,588,887       1,745,501       48.3 %     1,785,300  
                                 
Borrowings:
                               
Short term borrowings
    42,470       49,218       −13.7 %     29,193  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    3,456,781       3,557,308       −2.8 %     3,761,121  
Advances from FHLB
    281,753       281,753       0.0 %     308,442  
FDIC-guaranteed term notes
    105,834       105,834       0.0 %      
Subordinated capital notes
    36,083       36,083       0.0 %     36,083  
                                 
      3,922,921       4,030,196       —2.7 %     4,134,839  
                                 
Total deposits and borrowings
    6,511,808       5,775,697       12.7 %     5,920,139  
                                 
FDIC net settlement payable
    24,839             100.0 %      
Securities and loans purchased but not yet received
          413,359       −100.0 %     398  
Other liabilities
    43,799       31,611       38.4 %     23,682  
                                 
Total liabilities
  $ 6,580,446     $ 6,220,667       5.8 %   $ 5,944,219  
                                 
Deposits portfolio composition percentages:
                               
Non-interest bearing deposits
    6.6 %     4.2 %             3.0 %
Now accounts
    30.3 %     35.6 %             22.5 %
Savings accounts
    9.1 %     5.0 %             2.8 %
Certificates of deposit
    54.0 %     55.2 %             71.7 %
                                 
      100.0 %     100.0 %             100.0 %
                                 
Borrowings portfolio composition percentages:
                               
Federal funds purchases and other short term borrowings
    1.1 %     1.2 %             0.7 %
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    88.1 %     88.3 %             91.0 %
Advances from FHLB
    7.2 %     7.0 %             7.5 %
FDIC-guaranteed term notes
    2.7 %     2.6 %             0.0 %
Subordinated capital notes
    0.9 %     0.9 %             0.8 %
                                 
      100.0 %     100.0 %             100.0 %
                                 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
                               
Amount outstanding at year-end
  $ 3,456,781     $ 3,557,308             $ 3,761,121  
                                 
Daily average outstanding balance
  $ 3,545,926     $ 3,659,442             $ 3,800,673  
                                 
Maximum outstanding balance at any month-end
  $ 3,566,588     $ 3,762,353             $ 3,858,680  
                                 
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
At December 31, 2010, the Group’s total stockholders’ equity was $732.3 million, a 121.8% increase when compared to $330.2 million at December 31, 2009. This increase reflects issuances of common and preferred stock,


59


Table of Contents

the net income for the year, and an improvement of approximately $119.7 million in the fair value of investment securities portfolio.
 
On March 19, 2010, the Group completed the public offering of 8,740,000 shares of its common stock. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $94.5 million after deducting offering costs. The net proceeds of this offering were intended for general corporate purposes, which including funding organic acquisition and acquisition growth opportunities, including the participation in government assisted transactions in Puerto Rico. The Group contributed $93.0 million of the net proceeds in the form of capital to the Group’s banking subsidiary, which used such amount for general corporate purposes and to bolster its regulatory capital needs.
 
On April 30, 2010, the Group issued 200,000 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock through a private placement. The Series C Preferred Stock had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $189.4 million, after deducting offering costs. On May 13, 2010, the Group made a capital contribution of $179.0 million to its banking subsidiary. At a special meeting of shareholders of the Group held on June 30, 2010, the shareholders approved the issuance of 13,320,000 shares of the Group’s common stock upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, which was converted on July 8, 2010 at a conversion price of $15.015 per share. The difference between the $15.015 per share conversion price and the market price of the common stock on April 30, 2010 ($16.72) was considered a contingent beneficial conversion feature on June 30, 2010, when the conversion was approved by the shareholders. Such feature amounted to $22.7 million at June 30, 2010 and was recorded as a deemed dividend on preferred stock.
 
Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets and total equity to risk-weighted assets at December 31, 2010 increased to 29.23% and 32.47%, respectively, from 11.79% and 14.96% respectively, at December 31, 2009.
 
The Group maintains capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2010, Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 9.56% (2.39 times the requirement of 4.00%), Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 30.98% (7.75 times the requirement of 4.00%), and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 32.26% (4.04 times the requirement of 8.00%).
 
Taking into consideration the Group’s strong capital position the quarterly cash dividend per common share was increased by 25%, to $0.05 per share, on November 24, 2010. On an annualized basis, this represents an increase to $0.20 per share, from $0.16, or an estimated annual increase of $1.9 million, based on 46.3 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2010. In addition, on February 3, 2011, the Group’ Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group is authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30.0 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. As part of this repurchase program, during 2011, up to the date of this report, the Group repurchased approximately 606,000 shares at an aggregate cost of $7.4 million, or $12.14 per share.


60


Table of Contents

The following are the consolidated capital ratios of the Group at December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:
 
TABLE 7 — CAPITAL, DIVIDENDS AND STOCK DATA
 
                                         
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Variance
    December 31,
       
    2010     2009     %     2008        
    (In thousands, except for per share data)  
 
Capital data:
                                       
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 732,331     $ 330,166       121.8 %   $ 261,317          
                                         
Regulatory Capital Ratios data:
                                       
Leverage Capital Ratio
    9.56 %     6.52 %     46.6 %     6.38 %        
                                         
Minimum Leverage Capital Ratio Required
    4.00 %     4.00 %             4.00 %        
                                         
Actual Tier 1 Capital
  $ 698,836     $ 414,702       68.5 %   $ 389,235          
                                         
Minimum Tier 1 Capital Required
  $ 292,449     $ 254,323       15.0 %   $ 244,101          
                                         
Excess over regulatory requirement
  $ 406,387     $ 160,379       153.4 %   $ 145,134          
                                         
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
    30.98 %     18.79 %     64.9 %     17.11 %        
                                         
Minimum Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio Required
    4.00 %     4.00 %             4.00 %        
                                         
Actual Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital
  $ 698,836     $ 414,702       68.5 %   $ 389,235          
                                         
Minimum Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Required
  $ 90,228     $ 88,295       2.2 %   $ 91,022          
                                         
Excess over regulatory requirement
  $ 608,608     $ 326,407       86.5 %   $ 298,213          
                                         
Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 2,255,691     $ 2,207,383       2.2 %   $ 2,275,550          
                                         
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
    32.26 %     19.84 %     62.6 %     17.73 %        
                                         
Minimum Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio Required
    8.00 %     8.00 %             8.00 %        
                                         
Actual Total Risk-Based Capital
  $ 727,689     $ 437,975       66.1 %   $ 403,523          
                                         
Minimum Total Risk-Based Capital Required
  $ 180,455     $ 176,591       2.2 %   $ 182,044          
                                         
Excess over regulatory requirement
  $ 547,234     $ 261,384       109.4 %   $ 221,479          
                                         
Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 2,255,691     $ 2,207,383       2.2 %   $ 2,275,550          
                                         
Other ratios:
                                       
Tangible common equity (common equity less goodwill and core deposit intangible) to total assets
    9.02 %     3.97 %     127.7 %     3.08 %        
                                         
Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets
    29.23 %     11.79 %     148.5 %     8.40 %        
                                         
Total equity to total assets
    10.01 %     5.04 %     98.6 %     4.21 %        
                                         
Total equity to risk-weighted assets
    32.47 %     14.96 %     117.0 %     11.48 %        
                                         
Stock data:
                                       
Outstanding common shares
    46,349       24,235       91.2 %     24,297          
                                         
Book value per common share
  $ 14.33     $ 10.82       32.4 %   $ 7.96          
                                         
Market price at end of year
  $ 12.49     $ 10.80       15.6 %   $ 6.05          
                                         
Market capitalization at end of year
  $ 578,899     $ 261,738       121.2 %   $ 146,997          
                                         
Common dividend data:
                                       
Cash dividends declared
  $ 6,820     $ 3,888       75.4 %   $ 13,608          
                                         
Cash dividends declared per share
  $ 0.17     $ 0.16       6.0 %   $ 0.56          
                                         
Payout ratio
    −33.79 %     21.33 %     —258.4 %     61.89 %        
                                         
Dividend yield
    1.36 %     1.48 %     —8.0 %     9.26 %        
                                         
 
 
(1) Tangible common equity consists of common equity less goodwill, less core deposit intangible.


61


Table of Contents

 
The table that follows provides a reconciliation of the Group’s total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except share or per share information)  
 
Total Stockholders’ equity
  $ 732,331     $ 330,166  
Less: Preferred stock
    (68,000 )     (68,000 )
Less: Goodwill
    (3,662 )     (2,006 )
Less: Other intangibles
    (1,328 )      
                 
Total tangible common equity
  $ 659,341     $ 260,160  
                 
Total assets
  $ 7,312,777     $ 6,550,833  
Less: Goodwill
    (3,662 )     (2,006 )
Less: Other intangibles
    (1,328 )      
                 
Total tangible assets
  $ 7,307,787     $ 6,548,827  
                 
Tangible common equity to tangible assets
    9.02 %     3.97 %
                 
Common shares outstanding at end of year
    46,348,667       24,235,088  
                 
Tangible book value per common share
  $ 14.23     $ 10.73  
                 
 
The tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per common share are non-GAAP measures. Management and many stock analysts use the tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per common share in conjunction with more traditional bank capital ratios to compare the capital adequacy of banking organizations. Neither tangible common equity nor tangible assets or related measures should be considered in isolation or as a substitute for stockholders’ equity, total assets or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which the Group calculates its tangible common equity, tangible assets and any other related measures may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names.
 
The Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio is another non-GAAP measure. Ratios calculated based upon Tier 1 common equity have become a focus of regulators and investors, and management believes ratios based on Tier 1 common equity assist investors in analyzing the Group’s capital position. In connection with the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (“SCAP”), the Federal Reserve Board began supplementing its assessment of the capital adequacy of a bank holding company based on a variation of Tier 1 capital, known as Tier 1 common equity.
 
Because Tier 1 common equity is not formally defined by GAAP or, unlike Tier 1 capital, codified in the federal banking regulations, this measure is considered to be a non-GAAP financial measure. Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. To mitigate these limitations, the Group has procedures in place to calculate these measures using the appropriate GAAP or regulatory components. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP.


62


Table of Contents

The table below reconciles the Group’s total common equity (GAAP) at December 31, 2010 and 2009 to Tier 1 common equity as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies (non-GAAP):
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Common stockholder’s equity
  $ 664,331     $ 262,166  
Less: Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax
    (36,987 )     82,739  
Less: Disallowed deferred tax assets
    (25,548 )     (30,485 )
Less: Disallowed servicing assets
    (969 )     (712 )
Less: Intangible assets:
               
Goodwill
    (3,662 )     (2,005 )
Other disallowed intangibles
    (1,328 )      
Add: Subordinated capital notes
    35,000       35,000  
                 
Total Tier 1 common equity
  $ 630,837     $ 346,703  
                 
 
The following table presents the Group’s capital adequacy information for 2010, 2009, and 2008:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Risk-based capital:
                       
Tier 1 capital
  $ 698,836     $ 414,702     $ 389,235  
Supplementary (Tier II) capital
    28,853       23,273       14,288  
                         
Total Capital
  $ 727,689     $ 437,975     $ 403,523  
                         
Risk-weighted assets:
                       
Balance sheet items
  $ 2,216,617     $ 2,199,669     $ 2,269,585  
Off-balance sheet items
    39,074       7,714       8,214  
                         
Total risk-weighted assets
  $ 2,255,691     $ 2,207,383     $ 2,277,799  
                         
Ratios
                       
Tier 1 capital (minimum required — 4%)
    30.98 %     18.79 %     17.11 %
Total capital ( minimum required — 8%)
    32.26 %     19.84 %     17.73 %
Leverage ratio
    9.56 %     6.52 %     6.38 %
Equity to assets
    10.01 %     5.04 %     4.21 %
Tangible equity to assets
    9.02 %     3.97 %     3.08 %
 
To meet minimum, adequately-capitalized regulatory requirements, an institution must maintain a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 4% and a Total Capital ratio of 8%. A “well-capitalized” institution must generally maintain capital ratios 200 basis points higher than the minimum guidelines. The risk-based capital rules have been further supplemented by a Tier 1 Leverage ratio, defined as Tier 1 Capital divided by adjusted quarterly average total assets, after certain adjustments. “Well-capitalized” bank holding companies must have a minimum Tier 1 Leverage ratio of 5%. The Group’s ratios presented in the table above show that the Group is “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes, the highest classification, for all years presented.
 
The Group’s regulatory capital ratios for 2010 were positively impacted by the capital raises of $94.6 million and $189.4 million on March 19, 2010 and April 30, 2010 from the common stock issuance. During 2010, the Group made capital contributions amounting $272.0 million, to its banking subsidiary. In accordance with the Federal Reserve Board guidance, the trust preferred securities represent restricted core capital elements and qualify as Tier 1 capital, subject to quantitative limits. The aggregate amount of restricted core capital elements that may be included in the Tier 1 capital of a banking organization must not exceed 25 percent of the sum of all core capital elements (including cumulative perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities). At December 31, 2010, the Group’s restricted core capital elements did not exceed the 25% limitation. Thus, all trust preferred securities were allowed


63


Table of Contents

as Tier 1 capital. Amounts of restricted core capital elements in excess of this limit generally may be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to further limitations. The Federal Reserve Board revised the quantitative limit which would limit restricted core capital elements included in the Tier 1 capital of a bank holding company to 25% of the sum of core capital elements (including restricted core capital elements), net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. The new limit will be effective on March 31, 2011. Furthermore, the Dodd- Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, enacted in July 2010, has a provision to effectively phase out the use of trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 as Tier 1 capital over a 3-year period commencing on January 1, 2013. Trust preferred securities issued on or after May 19, 2010 no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital. At December 31, 2010, the Group had $35.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Dodd-Frank Act and Consumer Protection Act includes an exemption from the phase-out provision that applies to these capital securities because these were issued prior to October 4, 2010.
 
The following provides the high and low prices and dividend per share of the Group’s stock for each quarter of the last three years:
 
                         
                Cash
 
    Price     Dividend
 
    High     Low     Per share  
 
2010
                       
December 31, 2010
  $ 13.72     $ 11.50     $ 0.05  
                         
September 30, 2010
  $ 14.45     $ 12.13     $ 0.04  
                         
June 30, 2010
  $ 16.72     $ 12.49     $ 0.04  
                         
March 31, 2010
  $ 14.09     $ 10.00     $ 0.04  
                         
2009
                       
December 31, 2009
  $ 13.69     $ 9.43     $ 0.04  
                         
September 30, 2009
  $ 15.41     $ 7.48     $ 0.04  
                         
June 30, 2009
  $ 11.27     $ 4.88     $ 0.04  
                         
March 31, 2009
  $ 7.38     $ 0.91     $ 0.04  
                         
2008
                       
December 31, 2008
  $ 18.56     $ 5.37     $ 0.14  
                         
September 30, 2008
  $ 20.99     $ 14.21     $ 0.14  
                         
June 30, 2008
  $ 20.57     $ 14.26     $ 0.14  
                         
March 31, 2008
  $ 23.28     $ 12.79     $ 0.14  
                         


64


Table of Contents

The Bank is considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective. The table below shows the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:
 
                                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
    Variance
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009     %     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Oriental Bank and Trust Regulatory Capital Ratios:
                               
Total Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets
    9.28 %     5.78 %     60.6 %     5.42 %
                                 
Actual Tier 1 Capital
  $ 665,952     $ 359,339       85.3 %   $ 311,300  
                                 
Minimum Capital Requirement (4%)
  $ 287,060     $ 248,671       15.4 %   $ 229,903  
                                 
Minimum to be well capitalized (5%)
  $ 358,825     $ 310,839       15.4 %   $ 287,378  
                                 
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
    29.89 %     16.52 %     80.9 %     14.21 %
                                 
Actual Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital
  $ 665,952     $ 359,339       85.3 %   $ 311,300  
                                 
Minimum Capital Requirement (4%)
  $ 89,113     $ 87,021       2.4 %   $ 87,640  
                                 
Minimum to be well capitalized (6%)
  $ 133,669     $ 130,532       2.4 %   $ 131,461  
                                 
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
    31.17 %     17.59 %     77.2 %     14.86 %
                                 
Actual Total Risk-Based Capital
  $ 694,461     $ 382,611       81.5 %   $ 325,593  
                                 
Minimum Capital Requirement (8%)
  $ 178,226     $ 174,042       2.4 %   $ 175,281  
                                 
Minimum to be well capitalized (10%)
  $ 222,782     $ 217,553       2.4 %   $ 219,101  
                                 
 
The Group’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol OFG. At December 31, 2010, the Group’s market capitalization for its outstanding common stock was $578.9 million ($12.49 per share). The Oriental Financial Group Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Performance Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”), provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The Omnibus Plan was adopted in 2007 and amended and restated in 2008. It was further amended in 2010.
 
Group’s Financial Assets Managed
 
The Group’s financial assets managed include those managed by the Group’s trust division, the retirement plan administration subsidiary, and the securities broker-dealer subsidiary. Assets managed by the trust division and the broker-dealer subsidiary increased from $3.1 billion as of December 31, 2009 to $3.9 billion as of December 31, 2010.
 
The Group’s trust division offers various types of individual retirement accounts (“IRA”) and manages 401(K) and Keogh retirement plans and custodian and corporate trust accounts, while CPC manages the administration of private pension plans. At December 31, 2010, total assets managed by the Group’s trust division and CPC amounted to $2.2 billion, compared to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2009. The Group’s broker-dealer subsidiary offers a wide array of investment alternatives to its client base, such as tax-advantaged fixed income securities, mutual funds, stocks, bonds and money management wrap-fee programs. At December 31, 2010, total assets gathered by the broker-dealer from its customer investment accounts increased to $1.7 billion, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2009.
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Non-Performing Assets
 
The Group maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses. Tables 8 through 13 set forth an analysis of activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses and present selected loan loss statistics. In addition, refer to Table 5 for the composition (“mix”) of the loan portfolio.


65


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2010, the Group’s allowance for non-covered loan losses amounted to $31.4 million or 2.65% of total non-covered loans versus $23.3 million or 2.00% of total non-covered loans at December 31, 2009. The allowance for residential mortgage loans increased by 7.5% or $1.1 million, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2009. The allowance for commercial loans increased by 56.8% or $4.0 million, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2009. The allowance for consumer loans increased by 164.6% or $1.4 million, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2009.
 
The provision for non-covered loan and lease losses for 2010 totaled $15.9 million, a 1.7% increase from the $15.7 million reported for 2009. Based on an analysis of the credit quality and the composition of the Group’s loan portfolio, management determined that the provision for 2010 was adequate in order to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at an appropriate level.
 
The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for loan losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.
 
Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market. The portfolios of mortgage and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment. For the commercial loans portfolio, all loans over $250 thousand and over 90-days past due are evaluated for impairment. At December 31, 2010, the total investment in impaired commercial loans was $25.9 million, compared to $15.6 million at December 31, 2009. Impaired commercial loans are measured based on the fair value of collateral method, since all impaired loans during the period were collateral dependant. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $823 thousand and $709 thousand at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Net credit losses on impaired commercial loans for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $1.9 million and $776 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $36.1 million (December 31, 2009 — $10.7 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $2.3 million and $683 thousand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each loan portfolio category based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. This calculation is the starting point for management’s systematic determination of the required level of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Other data considered in this determination includes: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, delinquency levels, loss trends and other information including underwriting standards and economic trends.
 
Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP and the Joint Interagency Guidance on the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses available information in estimating probable loan losses, future changes to the allowance may be necessary, based on factors beyond the Group’s control, such as factors affecting general economic conditions.


66


Table of Contents

In the current year, the Group has not substantively changed in any material respect of its overall approach in the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Group refined its methods of quantifying the environmental facts affecting the loan loss experience. There have been no material changes in criteria or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, net credit losses amounted to $7.8 million, a 16.3% increase when compared to $6.7 million reported for the same period of 2009. The increase was primarily due to a $351 thousand increase in net credit losses for mortgage loans and $506 thousand increase in net credit losses for commercial loans. Net credit losses on consumer loans remained stable at $1.3 million. Total charge-offs increased from $7.0 million in 2009 to $8.2 million in 2010, and total recoveries increased from $357 thousand in 2009 to $479 thousand in 2010. As a result, the recoveries to charge-offs ratio increased from 5.1% in 2009, to 5.8% in 2010.
 
The Group’s non-performing assets include non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate (see Tables 11 and 12). At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Group had $63.3 million and $57.1 million, respectively, of non-accrual non-covered loans including credit cards accounted under ASC 310-20. Covered loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method under the ASC 310-30. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, loans of which terms have been extended that are not included in non-performing assets amounted to $29.3 million and $9.9 million, respectively.
 
At December 31 2010, the Group’s non-performing assets totaled $134.8 million (2.03% of total assets) versus $113.7 million (1.74% of total assets) at December 31, 2009. The Group’s non-performing loans generally reflect the recessionary economic environment in Puerto Rico. Nonetheless, the Group does not expect non-performing loans to result in significantly higher losses as most are well-collateralized with adequate loan-to-value ratios.
 
At December 31, 2010, the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses to non-performing loans coverage ratio was 25.6% (22.3% at December 31, 2009).
 
The Group follows a conservative residential mortgage lending policy, with more than 90% of its residential mortgage portfolio consisting of fixed-rate, fully amortizing, fully documented loans that do not have the level of risk associated with subprime loans offered by certain major U.S. mortgage loan originators. Furthermore, the Group has never been active in negative amortization loans or adjustable rate mortgage loans, including those with teaser rates, and does not originate construction and development loans.
 
Detailed information concerning each of the items that comprise non-performing assets follows:
 
•  Mortgage loans are placed on a non-accrual basis when they become 365 days or more past due and are written-down, if necessary, based on the specific evaluation of the collateral underlying the loan. At December 31, 2010, the Group’s non-performing mortgage loans totaled $98.4 million (80.1% of the Group’s non-performing loans), an 11.5% increase from the $88.2 million (84.5% of the Group’s non-performing loans) reported at December 31, 2009. Non-performing loans in this category are primarily residential mortgage loans.
 
•  Commercial loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due and are written-down, if necessary, based on the specific evaluation of the underlying collateral, if any. At December 31, 2010, the Group’s non-performing commercial loans amounted to $23.6 million (19.2% of the Group’s non-performing loans), a 50.6% increase when compared to non-performing commercial loans of $15.7 million reported at December 31, 2009 (15.0% of the Group’s non-performing loans). Most of this portfolio is collateralized by commercial real estate properties.
 
•  Consumer loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and written-off when payments are delinquent 120 days in personal loans and 180 days in credit cards and personal lines of credit. At December 31, 2010, the Group’s non-performing consumer loans amounted to $762 thousand (0.6% of the Group’s total non-performing loans), a 71.2% increase from the $445 thousand reported at December 31, 2009 (0.5% of total non-performing loans).
 
•  Leases are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and written-off when payments are delinquent 120 days. At December 31, 2010, the Group’s non-performing leases amounted to $35 thousand (0.03% of the Group’s total non-performing loans). At December 31, 2009 there were no leases.


67


Table of Contents

 
•  Foreclosed real estate is initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or fair value at the date of foreclosure. Any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Subsequently, any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value less disposition cost is charged to operations. Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate properties during the year ended December 31, 2010, totaled approximately $7.9 million.
 
The Group has two types of mortgage loan modification programs. These are the Loss mitigation program and the Non-traditional mortgage loan program. Both programs are intended to help responsible homeowners to remain in their homes and avoid foreclosure, while also reducing the Group’s losses on non performing mortgage loans. The Loss mitigation program helps mortgage borrowers who are or will become financially unable to meet the current or scheduled mortgage payments. Loans that qualify under this program are those guaranteed by: FHA, VA, RHS, “Banco de la Vivienda de Puerto Rico” conventional loans guaranteed by Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation (MGIC); conventional loans sold to the government-sponsored entities Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; and conventional loans retained by financial institutions. The program offers diversified alternatives such as regular or reduced payment plans, payment moratorium, mortgage loan modification, partial claims (only FHA), short sale, and payment in lieu of foreclosure. Loans classified as Non-traditional mortgage are: balloon payment, interest only/interest first, variable interest rate, adjustable interest rate and other qualified loans. Non-traditional mortgage loan portfolios are segregated into the following categories: performing loans that meet secondary market requirement and are refinanced by the credit underwriting guidelines of FHA/VA/FNMA/FMAC, and performing loans not meeting secondary market guidelines, processed by the Group’s current credit and underwriting guidelines. The Group achieved an affordable and sustainable monthly payment by taking specific, sequential, and necessary steps such as: reducing interest rate, extending the loan term, capitalizing arrearages, deferring the payment of principal or, if borrower qualifies, perform a loan refinance. There may not be a foreclosure sale scheduled within 60 days prior to perform any of the loan modification programs. This requirement does not apply to loans where the foreclosure process has been stopped by the Group. In order to apply to any of the loan modification programs, the borrower may not be in active bankruptcy or have been discharged from Chapter 7 bankruptcy since the loan was originated.
 
The loans covered by the FDIC shared loss agreements were recognized at fair value as of April 30, 2010, which included the impact of expected credit losses. To the extent credit deterioration occurs in covered loans after the date of acquisition, the Group would record an allowance for loan and lease losses. Also, the Group would record an increase in the FDIC loss-share indemnification asset for the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2010, there have been deviations between actual and expected cash flows in several pools of loans acquired under the FDIC-assisted acquisition. These deviations are both positive and negative in nature. Even though actual cash flows for the aggregate pools acquired were more than the expected cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 the Group continues to evaluate these deviations to assess whether there have been additional deterioration since the acquisition. At December 31, 2010 the Group concluded that certain pools reflect a higher than expected credit deterioration and as such has recorded impairment on the pools impacted. The Group recorded a provision for covered loan and lease losses of $6.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. This impairment consists of $49.3 million in gross estimated losses, less a $43.0 million increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.


68


Table of Contents

TABLE 8 — ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES SUMMARY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Non-covered loans
                       
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 23,272     $ 14,293     $ 10,161  
Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses
    15,914       15,650       8,860  
Charge-offs
    (8,235 )     (7,028 )     (5,104 )
Recoveries
    479       357       376  
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 31,430     $ 23,272     $ 14,293  
                         
Covered loans
                       
Balance at beginning of year
  $     $     $  
Provision for covered loan and lease losses
    6,282              
FDIC shared-loss portion on provision for covered loan and lease losses
    43,004              
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 49,286     $     $  
                         


69


Table of Contents

TABLE 9 — ALLOWANCE FOR NON-COVERED LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES BREAKDOWN
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Mortgage
  $ 16,179     $ 15,044     $ 8,514  
Commercial
    11,153       7,112       4,004  
Consumer
    2,286       864       1,714  
Leasing
    860              
Unallocated allowance
    952       252       61  
                         
    $ 31,430     $ 23,272     $ 14,293  
                         
Allowance composition:
                       
Mortgage
    51.48 %     64.60 %     59.60 %
Commercial
    35.49 %     30.60 %     28.00 %
Consumer
    7.27 %     3.70 %     12.00 %
Leasing
    2.74 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Unallocated allowance
    3.02 %     1.10 %     0.40 %
                         
      100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
                         
Allowance coverage ratio at end of period applicable to:
                       
Mortgage
    1.85 %     1.60 %     0.83 %
Commercial
    4.76 %     3.60 %     2.14 %
Consumer
    6.24 %     3.76 %     7.43 %
Leasing
    8.38 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Unallocated allowance
    0.08 %     0.02 %     0.00 %
                         
Total allowance to total loans
    2.72 %     2.00 %     1.16 %
                         
Other selected data and ratios:
                       
Allowance coverage ratio to:
                       
Non-performing loans
    25.59 %     22.30 %     18.50 %
                         
Non-real estate non-performing loans
    128.73 %     144.30 %     239.90 %
                         


70


Table of Contents

TABLE 10 — NET CREDIT LOSSES STATISTICS:
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Mortgage
                       
Charge-offs
  $ (3,867 )   $ (3,493 )   $ (1,977 )
Recoveries
    93       70        
                         
      (3,774 )     (3,423 )     (1,977 )
                         
Commercial
                       
Charge-offs
    (2,833 )     (2,223 )     (459 )
Recoveries
    160       56       52  
                         
      (2,673 )     (2,167 )     (407 )
                         
Consumer
                       
Charge-offs
    (1,535 )     (1,312 )     (2,668 )
Recoveries
    226       231       324  
                         
      (1,309 )     (1,081 )     (2,344 )
                         
Net credit losses
                       
Total charge-offs
    (8,235 )     (7,028 )     (5,104 )
Total recoveries
    479       357       376  
                         
    $ (7,756 )   $ (6,671 )   $ (4,728 )
                         
Net credit losses (recoveries) to average non-covered loans outstanding:
                       
Mortgage
    0.41 %     0.35 %     0.19 %
                         
Commercial
    1.30 %     1.14 %     0.25 %
                         
Consumer
    4.72 %     5.26 %     9.35 %
                         
Total
    0.67 %     0.57 %     0.39 %
                         
Recoveries to charge-off’s
    5.82 %     5.10 %     7.40 %
                         
Average loans:
                       
Mortgage
  $ 923,345     $ 968,400     $ 1,026,779  
Commercial
    206,090       189,951       161,541  
Consumer
    27,735       20,539       25,081  
Leasing
    5,129              
                         
Total
  $ 1,162,299     $ 1,178,890     $ 1,213,401  
                         


71


Table of Contents

TABLE 11 — NON-PERFORMING ASSETS
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Non-performing assets:
                       
Non-accruing loans:
                       
Troubled Debt Restructuring loans
  $ 1,672     $ 214     $ 57  
Other loans
    61,660       56,854       38,722  
Accruing loans:
                       
Troubled Debt Restructuring loans
    9,773       443       882  
Other loans
    49,700       46,860       37,828  
                         
Total non-performing loans
  $ 122,805     $ 104,371     $ 77,489  
                         
Foreclosed real estate not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    11,969       9,347       9,162  
                         
    $ 134,774     $ 113,718     $ 86,651  
                         
Non-performing assets to total assets, excluding covered assets
    2.03 %     1.74 %     1.40 %
                         
Non-performing assets to total capital
    18.40 %     34.44 %     33.16 %
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Interest that would have been recorded in the year if the loans had not been classified as non-accruing
  $ 3,802     $ 3,571     $ 2,545  
                         
 
TABLE 12 — NON-PERFORMING LOANS:
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Non-performing loans:
                       
Mortgage
  $ 98,389     $ 88,238     $ 71,531  
Commercial
    23,619       15,688       5,186  
Consumer
    762       445       772  
Leasing
    35              
                         
Total
  $ 122,805     $ 104,371     $ 77,489  
                         
Non-performing loans composition percentages:
                       
Mortgage
    80.12 %     84.50 %     92.30 %
Commercial
    19.23 %     15.00 %     6.70 %
Consumer
    0.62 %     0.50 %     1.00 %
Leasing
    0.03 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
                         
Total
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
                         
Non-performing loans to:
                       
Total loans, excluding covered loans
    10.38 %     8.97 %     6.28 %
                         
Total assets, excluding covered assets
    1.85 %     1.59 %     1.25 %
                         
Total capital
    18.40 %     31.61 %     29.65 %
                         


72


Table of Contents

TABLE 13 — HIGHER RISK RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010
 
                                                                         
    Higher-Risk Residential Mortgage Loans*  
                                        High Loan-to-Value Ratio Mortgages  
    Junior Lien Mortages     Interest Only Loans     LTV 90% to 100%  
    Carrying
                Carrying
                Carrying
             
    Value     Allowance     Coverage     Value     Allowance     Coverage     Value     Allowance     Coverage  
    (In thousands)  
 
Delinquency:
                                                                       
Up to 90 days
  $ 21,661     $ 247       1.14 %   $ 33,826     $ 927       2.74 %   $ 105,371     $ 1,644       1.56 %
91 - 120 days
    172       3       1.74 %     433       19       4.39 %     1,916       65       3.39 %
121 - 180 days
    167       4       2.40 %     378       36       9.52 %     3,028       202       6.67 %
181 - 365 days
    1,170       30       2.56 %     1,478       142       9.61 %     4,839       198       4.09 %
Over 365 days
    1,855       137       7.39 %     3,467       1,045       30.14 %     9,795       1,244       12.70 %
                                                                         
Total
  $ 25,025     $ 421       1.68 %   $ 39,582     $ 2,169       5.48 %   $ 124,949     $ 3,353       2.68 %
                                                                         
Percentage of total loans not covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements
    2.11 %                     3.33 %                     10.52 %                
                                                                         
Refinanced or Modified Loans:
                                                                       
Amount
  $ 1,824     $ 103       5.65 %   $     $           $ 11,183     $ 699       6.25 %
                                                                         
Percentage of Higher-Risk Loan Category
    7.29 %                     0.00 %                     8.95 %                
                                                                         
Current Loan-to-Value:
                                                                       
Under 70%
  $ 19,058     $ 293       1.54 %   $ 6,188     $ 397       6.42 %   $     $        
70% - 79%
    2,806       48       1.71 %     7,850       520       6.62 %                  
80% - 89%
    2,307       31       1.34 %     9,658       455       4.71 %                  
90% - 100%
    854       49       5.74 %     15,886       797       5.02 %     124,949       3,353       2.68 %
                                                                         
    $ 25,025     $ 421       1.68 %   $ 39,582     $ 2,169       5.48 %   $ 124,949     $ 3,353       2.68 %
                                                                         
 
 
* Loans may be included in more than one higher-risk loan category
 
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
 
As disclosed in the notes to the Group’s consolidated financial statements, the Group has certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts. At December 31, 2010, the aggregate contractual obligations and commercial commitments are:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
    Total     Less than 1 year     1 - 3 years     3 - 5 years     After 5 years  
    (In thousands)  
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS:
                                       
Short term borrowings
  $ 42,470     $ 42,470     $     $     $  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    3,450,000       900,000       700,000       100,000       1,750,000  
Advances from FHLB
    280,000             225,000       55,000        
FDIC-guaranteed term notes
    105,000             105,000                
Subordinated capital notes
    36,083                         36,083  
Annual rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases
    40,850       4,402       8,564       8,176       19,708  
                                         
Total
  $ 3,954,403     $ 946,872     $ 1,038,564     $ 163,176     $ 1,805,791  
                                         
 
As a result of the FDIC-assisted acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2010, the loan commitments, which represents unused lines of credit and letters of credit provided to customers, increased $65.5 million from previous year to $104.3 million. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, bear


73


Table of Contents

variable interest and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire unexercised, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Group evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Group upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Commitments for loans covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements amounted to $42.6 million at December 31, 2010.
 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
 
The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.
 
Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature.
 
As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or with the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services since such prices are affected by inflation.
 
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
 
The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations:
 
TABLE 13A — SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA:
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010
  2010     2010     2010     2010  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest income
  $ 70,336     $ 79,842     $ 81,221     $ 72,402  
Interest expense
    40,859       42,881       43,061       41,800  
                                 
Net interest income
    29,477       36,961       38,160       30,602  
Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses
    4,014       4,100       4,100       3,700  
Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net
                      6,282  
                                 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    25,463       32,861       34,060       20,620  
Non-interest income (loss)
    8,038       (4,331 )     (10,464 )     11,887  
Non-interest expenses
    20,395       27,849       32,705       31,649  
                                 
Income before taxes
    13,106       681       (9,109 )     858  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    1,171       34       (1,287 )     (4,216 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
    11,935       647       (7,822 )     5,074  
Less: Dividends on preferred stock
    (1,201 )     (1,733 )     (1,200 )     (1,200 )
Less: Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature
                (22,711 )      
Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings for participating preferred shares
          (3,104 )            
                                 
Income available (loss) to common shareholders
  $ 10,734     $ (4,190 )   $ (31,733 )   $ 3,874  
PER SHARE DATA:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.42     $ (0.13 )   $ (0.70 )   $ 0.08  
                                 
Diluted
  $ 0.41     $ (0.13 )   $ (0.70 )   $ 0.08  
                                 


74


Table of Contents

During 2010, the Group recorded retrospective adjustments to the preliminary estimated fair values of certain acquired covered loans, the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset including clawback liability, deferred income taxes, and other assets acquired, to reflect new information obtained during the measurement period (as defined by ASC Topic 805), about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the acquisition-date fair value measurements. This was also the result of ongoing discussions between the Bank and the FDIC that have impacted certain assets acquired and certain liabilities assumed by the Bank as part of the one year measurement period under the Purchase and Assumptions agreement with the FDIC. The amount that the Group realizes on these assets could differ materially from the carrying value included in the consolidated statements of financial condition primarily as a result of changes in the timing and amount of collections on the acquired loans in future periods.
 
The following table summarizes the principal changes in the statements of operations as a result of preliminary measurement period adjustments for the quarters ended June 30, 2010 and September 30, 2010:
 
                                                 
          As
                As
       
    As
    Previously
          As
    Previously
       
    Re-measured
    Reported
          Re-measured
    Reported
       
    Quarter ended
    Quarter ended
          Quarter ended
    Quarter ended
       
    June 30, 2010     June 30, 2010     Difference     September 30, 2010     September 30, 2010     Difference  
                (In thousands)              
 
Net interest income
  $ 36,961     $ 38,652     $ (1,691 )   $ 38,160     $ 38,160     $  
Provision for loan losses
    4,100       4,100             4,100       4,100        
                                                 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    32,861       34,552       (1,691 )     34,060       34,060        
Non-interest income (loss)
    (4,331 )     12,303       (16,634 )     (10,464 )     (10,308 )     (156 )
Operating expenses
    27,849       27,872       (23 )     32,705       32,705        
                                                 
Income before income tax expense (benefit)
    681       18,983       (18,302 )     (9,109 )     (8,953 )     (156 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    34       1,634       (1,600 )     (1,287 )     (2,358 )     1,071  
                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 647     $ 17,349     $ (16,702 )   $ (7,822 )   $ (6,595 )   $ (1,227 )
                                                 


75


Table of Contents

TABLE 13B — SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA:
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009
  2009     2009     2009     2009  
    (In thousands, except for per share data)  
 
Interest income
  $ 83,931     $ 82,051     $ 78,553     $ 74,866  
Interest expense
    53,266       46,563       45,659       42,980  
                                 
Net interest income
    30,665       35,488       32,894       31,886  
Provision for loan losses
    (3,200 )     (3,650 )     (4,400 )     (4,400 )
                                 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    27,465       31,838       28,494       27,486  
Total non-interest income (loss)
    17,246       46,051       16,320       (81,605 )
Total non-interest expenses
    19,273       22,214       20,486       21,405  
                                 
Income before taxes
    25,438       55,675       24,328       (75,524 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    690       4,761       3,001       (1,480 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
    24,748       50,914       21,327       (74,044 )
Less: Dividends on preferred stock
    (1,201 )     (1,200 )     (1,201 )     (1,200 )
                                 
Income available to common shareholders
  $ 23,547     $ 49,714     $ 20,126     $ (75,244 )
                                 
Per share data:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.97     $ 2.05     $ 0.83     $ (3.10 )
                                 
Diluted
  $ 0.97     $ 2.04     $ 0.83     $ (3.10 )
                                 


76


Table of Contents

 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Financial Instruments
 
Certain financial instruments, including derivatives, trading securities and investment securities available-for-sale, are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income or as part of non-interest income, as appropriate. Fair values are based on listed market prices, if available. If listed market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on other relevant factors, including price quotations for similar instruments. The fair values of certain derivative contracts are derived from pricing models that consider current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions.
 
The Group determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value measurement framework, which establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
 
Level 1 — Level 1 asset and liabilities include equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.
 
Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include (i) mortgage-backed securities for which the fair value is estimated based on valuations obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, (ii) debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and (iii) derivative contracts and financial liabilities (e.g. callable brokered CDs and medium-term notes elected for fair value option under the fair value measurement framework), whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.
 
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
 
Impairment of Investment Securities
 
The Group conducts periodic reviews to identify and evaluate each investment in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairments. The Group follows ASC 320-10-65-1, which changed the accounting requirements for other-than-temporary impairments for debt securities, and in certain circumstances, separates the amount of total impairment into credit and noncredit-related amounts. The corresponding review takes into consideration current market conditions, issuer rating changes and trends, the creditworthiness of the obligor of the security, current analysts’ evaluations, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, the Group’s intent to not sell the security or whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Group will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery, as well as other qualitative factors. The term “other-than-temporary impairment” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component being recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, discounted at the rate equal to


77


Table of Contents

the yield used to accrete current and prospective beneficial interest for the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.”
 
The Group’s review for impairment generally entails:
 
  •  intent to sell the debt security;
 
  •  if it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the debt securities before the anticipated recovery;
 
  •  identification and evaluation of investments that have indications of possible other-than-temporary impairment;
 
  •  analysis of individual investments that have fair values less than amortized cost, including consideration of the length of time the investment has been in an unrealized loss position and the expected recovery period;
 
  •  discussion of evidential matter, including an evaluation of factors or triggers that could cause individual investments to qualify as having other-than-temporary impairment and those that would not support other-than-temporary impairment.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
As part of the Group’s asset and liability management, the Group may use option agreements and interest rate contracts, which include interest rate swaps to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various assets or liabilities.
 
The Group recognizes all derivative instruments as assets and liabilities at fair value. If certain conditions are met, the derivative may qualify for hedge accounting treatment and be designated as one of the following types of hedges: (a) hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”); (b) a hedge of the exposure to variability of cash flows of a recognized asset, liability or forecasted transaction (“cash flow hedge”) or (c) a hedge of foreign currency exposure (“foreign currency hedge”).
 
In the case of a qualifying fair value hedge, changes in the value of the derivative instruments that have been highly effective are recognized in current period earnings along with the change in value of the designated hedged item. In the case of a qualifying cash flow hedge, changes in the value of the derivative instruments that have been highly effective are recognized in other comprehensive income, until such time as earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows of the underlying hedged item. In either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, net earnings may be impacted to the extent the changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments do not perfectly offset changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged items. If the derivative is not designated as a hedging instrument, the changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded in earnings. There were no derivatives designated as a hedge as of December 31, 2010.
 
Certain contracts contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it is bifurcated and carried at fair value.
 
The Group uses several pricing models that consider current fair value and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions to derive the fair value of certain derivatives contracts.
 
Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
 
Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risks of the Eurobank FDIC-assisted transaction acquired loans are significantly different from those loans not covered under the FDIC loss sharing agreements. Accordingly, the Group presents loans subject to the loss sharing agreements as “covered loans” and loans that are not subject to the FDIC loss sharing agreements as “non-covered loans”. Non-covered loans include any loans made outside of the


78


Table of Contents

FDIC shared-loss agreements before or after the April 30, 2010 FDIC-assisted acquisition. Non-covered loans also include credit cards balances acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition.
 
Non-covered loans
 
Non-covered loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses, unamortized discount related to mortgage servicing right sold and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees and costs and premiums and discounts on loans purchased are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the loans as an adjustment of their yield through interest income using the interest method. When a loan is paid off or sold, any unamortized deferred fee (cost) is credited (charged) to income.
 
Credit cards balances acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition are to be accounted for under the guidance of ASC 310-20, which requires that any differences between the contractually required loan payments in excess of the Group’s initial investment in the loans be accreted into interest income on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan. Loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 are placed on non-accrual status when past due in accordance with the Group’s non-accruing policy and any accretion of discount is discontinued. These assets were written-down to their estimated fair value on their acquisition date, incorporating an estimate of future expected cash flows. To the extent actual or projected cash flows is less than originally estimated, additional provisions for loan and lease losses will be recognized.
 
Interest recognition is discontinued when loans are 90 days or more in arrears on principal and/or interest based on contractual terms, except for well collateralized residential mortgage loans in process of collection for which recognition is discontinued when they become 365 days or more past due based on contractual terms and are then written down, if necessary, based on the specific evaluation of the collateral underlying the loan. Loans for which the recognition of interest income has been discontinued are designated as non-accruing. Collections are accounted for on the cash method thereafter, until qualifying to return to accrual status. Such loans are not reinstated to accrual status until interest is received on a current basis and other factors indicative of doubtful collection cease to exist.
 
The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the non-covered loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for loan and lease losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan and lease losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans.
 
Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.
 
Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250 thousand and over 90-days past-due. The portfolios of mortgage, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment.
 
The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each non-covered loan portfolio segment based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Group over the most


79


Table of Contents

recent 12 months. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.
 
Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated at least quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP as prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses current available information in estimating possible loan and lease losses, factors beyond the Group’s control such as those affecting general economic conditions may require future changes to the allowance.
 
Covered loans
 
Covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition are accounted under the provisions of ASC 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality”, which are applicable when (a) the Group acquires loans deemed to be impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration and it is probable, at the date of acquisition, that the Group would be unable to collect all contractually required payments and (b) as a general policy election for non-impaired loans that the Group acquires.
 
The acquired covered loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition. Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates. Estimated credit losses are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan and lease losses is not recorded on the acquisition date.
 
In accordance with ASC 310-30 and in estimating the fair value of covered loans at the acquisition date, the Group (a) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the non-accretable difference. The non-accretable difference represents an estimate of the loss exposure in the covered loan portfolio, and such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of the covered loans. The carrying value of covered loans is reduced by payments received and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income.
 
The excess of undiscounted expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to acquisition, the Group aggregates loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics to account for the acquired loans. Increases in expected cash flows over those originally estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in expected cash flows compared to those originally estimated decrease the accretable yield and are recognized by recording a provision for loan and lease losses and establishing an allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
Loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 are generally considered accruing and performing loans as the loans accrete interest income over the estimated life of the loan when cash flows are reasonably estimable. Accordingly, acquired impaired loans that are contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing loans. If the timing and amount of cash flows is not reasonably estimable, the loans may be classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income may be recognized on a cash basis or as a reduction of the principal amount outstanding.
 
Under the accounting guidance of ASC 310-30 for acquired loans, the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans is measured at each financial reporting period, or measurement date, based on expected cash flows. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows on the acquired covered loans as of the measurement date compared to those initially estimated are recognized by recording a provision for credit losses on covered loans. The portion of


80


Table of Contents

the loss on covered loans reimbursable from the FDIC is recorded as an offset to provision for credit losses and increases the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.
 
Each quarter, actual cash flows on covered loans are reviewed against the cash flows expected to be collected. If it is deemed probable that the Group will be unable to collect all of the cash flows previously expected (e.g., the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition adjusted for any probable changes in estimate thereafter), the covered loans shall be deemed impaired and an allowance for covered loan and lease losses will be recorded. When there is a probable significant increase in cash flows expected to be collected or if the actual cash flows collected are significantly greater than those previously expected, the Group will reduce any allowance for loan and lease losses established after acquisition for the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, and recalculate the amount of accretable yield for the loan based on the revised cash flow expectations.
 
FDIC Shared-Loss Indemnification Asset
 
The Group has determined that the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset will be accounted for as an indemnification asset measured separately from the covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered loans. The shared-loss indemnification asset related to estimated future loan and lease losses is not transferable should the Group sell a loan prior to foreclosure or maturity. The fair value of the shared-loss indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each covered asset and the loss sharing percentages. These cash flows are then discounted at a market-based rate to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursements from the FDIC. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time, and claims submitted to the FDIC. The time value of money incorporated into the present value computation is accreted into earnings over the shorter of the life of the shared-loss agreements or the holding period of the covered assets.
 
The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset will be reduced as losses are recognized on covered loans and loss sharing payments are received from the FDIC. Realized credit losses in excess of acquisition-date estimates will result in an increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. Conversely, if realized credit losses are less than acquisition-date estimates, the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset will be reduced.
 
Income Taxes
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Group is required to estimate income taxes. This involves an estimate of current income tax expense together with an assessment of temporary differences resulting from differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The determination of current income tax expense involves estimates and assumptions that require the Group to assume certain positions based on its interpretation of current tax laws and regulations. Changes in assumptions affecting estimates may be required in the future and estimated tax assets or liabilities may need to be increased or decreased accordingly. The accrual for tax contingencies is adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law and emerging legislation. When particular matters arise, a number of years may elapse before such matters are audited and finally resolved. Favorable resolution of such matters could be recognized as a reduction to the Group’s effective tax rate in the year of resolution. Unfavorable settlement of any particular issue could increase the effective tax rate and may require the use of cash in the year of resolution.
 
The determination of deferred tax expense or benefit is based on changes in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that generate temporary differences. The carrying value of the Group’s net deferred tax assets assumes that the Group will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income based on estimates and assumptions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Group may be required to record valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Management evaluates the realizability of the deferred tax assets on a regular basis and assesses the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is established when management believes that it is more likely than not


81


Table of Contents

that some portion of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowance from period to period are included in the Group’s tax provision in the period of change.
 
In addition to valuation allowances, the Group establishes accruals for uncertain tax positions when, despite the belief that the Group’s tax return positions are fully supported, the Group believes that certain positions are likely to be challenged. The uncertain tax positions accruals are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law, and emerging legislation. The Group’s uncertain tax positions accruals are reflected as income tax payable as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities. These accruals are reduced upon expiration of statute of limitations.
 
The Group follows a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
 
The Group’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits within the provision for income taxes on the consolidated statements of operations.
 
On January 31, 2011, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law the 2011 Code. As such, the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended, (the “1994 Code”) will no longer be in effect, except for transactions or taxable years that have commenced prior to January 1, 2011. For corporate taxpayers, the 2011 Code retains the 20% regular income tax rate but establishes significant lower surtax rates. The 1994 Code provided a surtax rate from 5% to 19% while the 2011 Code provides a surtax rate from 5% to 10% for years starting after December 31, 2010, but before January 1, 2014. That surtax rate may reduce to 5% after December 31, 2013, if certain economic tests are met by the Government of Puerto Rico. If such economic tests are not met, the reduction of the surtax rate will start when such economic tests are met. In the case of a controlled group of corporations the determination of which surtax rate applies will be made by adding the net taxable income of each of the entities members of the controlled group reduced by the surtax deduction. The 2011 Code also provides a significantly higher surtax deduction, the 1994 Code provided for a $25,000 surtax deduction which the 2011 Code increased it to $750,000. In the case of controlled group of corporations, the surtax deduction should be distributed among the members of the controlled group. The alternative minimum tax is also reduced from 22% to 20%. Apart from the reduced rates provided by the 2011 Code, it also eliminates the 5% additional surtax which was established by Act No. 7 of March 9, 2009, and the 5% recapture of the benefit of the income tax tables.
 
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities
 
The Group recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.
 
The Group is not engaged in sales of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities subject to recourse provisions except for those provisions that allow for the repurchase of loans as a result of a breach of certain representations and warranties other than those related to the credit quality of the loans included in the sale transactions.
 
A transfer of financial assets (all or a portion of the financial asset) in which the Group surrenders control over these financial assets will be accounted for as a sale to the extent that consideration, other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets, is received in exchange. The Group has surrendered control over transferred assets if all of the following conditions are met:
 
a. The transferred assets have been isolated from the Group — put presumptively beyond the reach of the Group and its creditors even in bankruptcy or other receivership.
 
b. Each transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets it received and no condition both constrains the transferee from taking advantage of its rights to pledge or exchange and provided more than a deminimis benefit to the Group.
 
c. The Group does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (1) an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Group to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (2) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets other than through a cleanup call.


82


Table of Contents

If a transfer of financial assets in exchange for cash or other consideration (other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets) does not meet the criteria for a sale as described above, the Group would account for the transfer as a secured borrowing.
 
When the Group sells or securitizes mortgage loans, it generally makes customary representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the loans sold. The Group’s mortgage operations group conforming conventional mortgage loans into pools which are exchanged for FNMA and GNMA mortgage-backed securities, which are generally sold to private investors, or may sell the loans directly to FNMA or other private investors for cash. To the extent the loans do not meet specified characteristics, investors are generally entitled to require the Group to repurchase such loans or indemnify the investor against losses if the assets do not meet certain guidelines. GNMA programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the Group provides servicing. At the Group’s option and without GNMA prior authorization, the Group may repurchase such delinquent loans for an amount equal to 100% of the loan’s remaining principal balance. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria is met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When the loans backing a GNMA security are initially securitized, the Group treats the transaction as a sale for accounting purposes because the conditional nature of the buy-back option means that the Group does not maintain effective control over the loans and therefore these are derecognized from the balance sheet. When individual loans later meet GNMA’s specified delinquency criteria and are eligible for repurchase, the Group is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans and they must be brought back onto the Group’s books as assets at fair value, regardless of whether the Group intends to exercise the buy-back option. Quality review procedures are performed by the Group as required under the government agency programs to ensure that assets guideline qualifications are met. The Group has not recorded any specific contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these customary representation and warranties related to loans sold by the Group, and management believes that, based on historical data, the probability of payments and expected losses under these representation and warranty arrangements is not significant.
 
Recent Accounting Developments:
 
Transfers of Financial Assets — In June 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-16, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets (FASB ASC Subtopic 860-10)”, a revision which eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity” (“QSPEs”), changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets, and includes additional disclosures requiring more information about transfers of financial assets in which entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to the transferred financial assets. This guidance must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application was prohibited. The Group has adopted this guidance for transfers of financial assets commencing on January 1, 2010. The adoption of the new accounting guidance on accounting for transfers of financial assets did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Variable Interest Entities — The FASB amended on June 2009 the guidance applicable to variable interest entities (“VIE”) and changed how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated, ASU 2009-17, “Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities (FASB ASC Subtopic 860-10). The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. The amendments to the consolidated guidance affect all entities that were within the scope of the original guidance, as well as qualifying special-purpose entities (“QSPEs”) that were previously excluded from the guidance. The new guidance requires a reporting entity to provide additional disclosures about its involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity’s financial statements. The new guidance requires ongoing evaluation of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The guidance was effective for the Group commencing on January 1, 2010. The adoption of the new accounting guidance on variable interest entities did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.


83


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures — FASB Accounting Standards Update 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (FASB ASC Topic 820) — Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” , issued in January 2010, requires new disclosures and clarifies some existing disclosure requirements about fair value measurements as set forth in FASB ASC Subtopic 820-10. This update amends Subtopic 820-10 and now requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfer. Also in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. In addition, this update clarifies existing disclosures as follows: (i) for purposes of reporting fair value measurement for each class of assets and liabilities, a reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets and liabilities, and (ii) a reporting entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. This update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll-forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. This guidance did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Consolidation — In February 2010, FASB issued ASU 2010-10, Amendments for Certain Investment Funds, that clarifies the amendments to the consolidation requirements of Topic 810 resulting from the issuance of Statement 167, which makes the consolidation requirements deferred for a reporting entity’s interest in an entity (1) that has all the attributes of an investment company or (2) for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles for financial reporting purposes that are consistent with those followed by investment companies. The deferral does not apply in situations in which a reporting entity has the explicit or implicit obligation to fund losses of an entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. The deferral also does not apply to interests in securitization entities, asset-backed financing entities, or entities formerly considered qualifying special-purpose entities. The amendments in this update are effective as of the beginning of a reporting entity’s first annual period that begins after November 15, 2009, and for interim periods within that first annual reporting period. The effective date coincides with the effective date for the Statement 167 amendments to Topic 810. Early application is not permitted. This guidance did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Derivatives and Hedging — In March 2010, FASB issued a clarification on the scope exception for embedded credit derivatives. The guidance eliminates the scope exception for bifurcation of embedded credit derivatives in interests in securitized financial assets, unless they are created solely by subordination of one financial debt instrument to another. The guidance is effective beginning in the first reporting period after June 15, 2010, with earlier adoption permitted for the quarter beginning after March 31, 2010. This clarification did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Loan Modification — In April 2010, FASB issued an update affecting accounting for loan modifications for those loans that are acquired with deteriorated credit quality and are accounted for on a pool basis. It clarifies that the modifications of such loans do not result in the removal of those loans from the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a troubled debt restructuring. An entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if expected cash flows for the pool change. The new guidance is effective prospectively for modifications occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010. Early application is permitted. The Group adopted this guidance for loans acquired on the FDIC-assisted acquisition accounted for under ASC 310-30. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.


84


Table of Contents

Credit Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses Disclosures — In July 2010, FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Disclosures about Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses. The ASU requires a greater level of disaggregated information about the allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of financing receivables. The period-end balance disclosure requirements for loans and the allowance for loan and lease losses is effective for reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010, while disclosures for activity during a reporting period that occurs in the loan and allowance for loan and lease losses accounts will be effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Group adopted this guidance for period-end balance disclosures for loans and the allowance for loan and lease losses. In January 2011, FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01, Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20, which temporarily delays the effective date of the disclosures regarding troubled debt restructurings in ASU No. 2010-20 for public entities. The anticipated effective date is for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2011.
 
Other accounting standards that have been issued by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
RISK MANAGEMENT
 
Background
 
The Group’s risk management policies are established by its Board of Directors (the “Board”), implemented by management, through the adoption of a risk management program, which is overseen and monitored by the Chief Risk Officer and the Risk and Compliance Management Committee. The Group has continued to refine and enhance its risk management program by strengthening policies, processes and procedures necessary to maintain effective risk management.
 
All aspects of the Group’s business activities are susceptible to risk. Consequently, risk identification and monitoring are essential to risk management. As more fully discussed below, the Group’s primary risks exposure include, market, interest rate, credit, liquidity, operational and concentration risks.
 
Market Risk
 
Market risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates or prices. The Group evaluates market risk together with interest rate risk.
 
The Group’s financial results and capital levels are constantly exposed to market risk. The Board and management are primarily responsible for ensuring that the market risk assumed by the Group complies with the guidelines established by Board approved policies. The Board has delegated the management of this risk to the Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which is composed of certain executive officers from the business, treasury and finance areas. One of ALCO’s primary goals is to ensure that the market risk assumed by the Group is within the parameters established in such policies.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Interest rate risk is the exposure of the Group’s earnings or capital to adverse movements in interest rates. It is a predominant market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. The Group manages its asset/liability position in order to limit the effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income.
 
ALCO oversees interest rate risk, liquidity management and other related matters.
 
In discharging its responsibilities, ALCO examines current and expected conditions in world financial markets, competition and prevailing rates in the local deposit market, liquidity, unrealized gains and losses in securities, recent or proposed changes to the investment portfolio, alternative funding sources and their costs, hedging and the possible purchase of derivatives such as swaps, and any tax or regulatory issues which may be pertinent to these areas.


85


Table of Contents

Each quarter, the Group performs a net interest income simulation analysis to estimate the potential change in future earnings from projected changes in interest rates. These simulations are carried out over a one-year time horizon, assuming gradual upward and downward interest rate movements of 200 basis points, achieved during a twelve-month period. Simulations are carried out in two ways:
 
(1) using a static balance sheet as the Group had on the simulation date, and
 
(2) using a dynamic balance sheet based on recent growth patterns and business strategies.
 
The balance sheet is divided into groups of assets and liabilities detailed by maturity or re-pricing and their corresponding interest yields and costs. As interest rates rise or fall, these simulations incorporate expected future lending rates, current and expected future funding sources and cost, the possible exercise of options, changes in prepayment rates, deposits decay and other factors which may be important in projecting the future growth of net interest income.
 
The Group uses a software application to project future movements in the Group’s balance sheet and income statement. The starting point of the projections generally corresponds to the actual values of the balance sheet on the date of the simulations.
 
These simulations are highly complex, and use many simplifying assumptions that are intended to reflect the general behavior of the Group over the period in question. There can be no assurance that actual events will match these assumptions in all cases. For this reason, the results of these simulations are only approximations of the true sensitivity of net interest income to changes in market interest rates. The following table presents the results of the simulations at December 31, 2010, assuming a one-year time horizon:
 
                                 
    Net Interest Income Risk (one year projection)  
    Static Balance Sheet     Growing simulation  
    Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
 
Change in interest rate
  Change     Change     Change     Change  
 
(Dollars in thousands)
                               
+ 200 Basis points
  $ 27,137       21.66 %   $ 22,031       17.04 %
                                 
+ 100 Basis points
  $ 20,295       16.20 %   $ 29,560       22.86 %
                                 
− 100 Basis points
  $ (38,124 )     −30.43 %   $ (39,910 )     −30.86 %
                                 
− 200 Basis points
  $ (60,775 )     −48.52 %   $ (64,997 )     −50.26 %
                                 
 
Future net interest income could be affected by the Group’s investments in callable securities, prepayment risk related to mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, and its structured repurchase agreements and advances from the FHLB. As part of the strategy to limit the interest rate risk and reduce the re-pricing gaps of the Group’s assets and liabilities, the maturity and the re-pricing frequency of the liabilities has been extended to longer terms.
 
The Group uses derivative instruments and other strategies to manage its exposure to interest rate risk caused by changes in interest rates beyond management’s control. The following summarizes strategies, including derivative activities, used by the Group in managing interest rate risk:
 
Interest rate swaps and options on interest rate swaps — Interest rate swap agreements generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating-rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying notional principal. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group had realized losses of $42.0 million due to the terminations of forward-settle swaps with a notional amount of $900.0 million. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new forward-settle swap contracts for the same notional amount and maturity, and effectively reduce the interest rate of the pay-fixed side of such deals from an average rate of 3.53% to an average rate of 1.83%. At December 31, 2010, there were open forward settlement swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $1.250 billion, of which $900 million had a forward settlement date of December 28, 2011, and the remaining $350 million had a forward settlement date of May 9, 2012. The final maturity dates of the forward-settle swaps ranges from December 28, 2013 to December 28, 2015. The forward settlement date for the interest rate swaps is the same date as the maturity date of five repurchase agreements with an aggregate balance of $1.250 billion. The Group’s current strategy is to refinance such borrowings as short term


86


Table of Contents

repurchase agreements, and utilize those interest rate swaps to convert the short term repurchase agreements into a fixed rate borrowing at a cost of 283 basis points lower than the cost of the current long term repurchase agreements. A derivative asset of $11.0 million was recognized on December 31, 2010 related to the valuation of these forward-settle swaps. At December 31, 2009, a derivative asset of $8.5 million was recognized related to the valuation of interest rate swaps sold during the year 2010.
 
In November 2010, the Group purchased two options to enter into interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional balance of $250 million. The options, which expire on August 10, 2012, and December 6, 2012, provide the Group the ability to enter into pay-fixed/receive-float interest rate swaps with underlying notional balances of $100.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively; and final maturity dates of May 14, 2015 and June 6, 2016, respectively. A derivative asset of $7.4 million was recognized at December 31, 2010 related to the valuation of these options.
 
Structured borrowings — The Group uses structured repurchase agreements and advances from FHLB, with embedded put options, to reduce the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk by lengthening the contractual maturities of its liabilities.
 
The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index. At the end of five years, the depositor receives a minimum return or a specified percentage of the average increase of the month-end value of the stock index. The Group uses option agreements with major money center banks and major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in that index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives the average increase in the month-end value of such index in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the options purchased and the options embedded in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings.
 
Derivatives instruments are generally negotiated over-the-counter (“OTC”) contracts. Negotiated OTC derivatives are generally entered into between two counterparties that negotiate specific contractual terms, including the underlying instrument, amount, exercise price and maturity.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the fair value of the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented an asset of $9.9 million, and $6.5 million, respectively; and the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit represented a liability of $12.8 million and $9.5 million, respectively, recorded in deposits.
 
Credit Risk
 
Credit risk is the possibility of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty in a credit-related contract failing to perform in accordance with its terms. The principal source of credit risk for the Group is its lending activities.
 
The Group manages its credit risk through a comprehensive credit policy which establishes sound underwriting standards, by monitoring and evaluating loan portfolio quality, and by the constant assessment of reserves and loan concentrations. The Group also employs proactive collection and loss mitigation practices.
 
The Group may also encounter risk of default in relation to its securities portfolio. The securities held by the Group are principally mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasury and agency securities. Thus, a substantial portion of these instruments are guaranteed by mortgages, a U.S. government-sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, and are deemed to be of the highest credit quality. The available-for-sale securities portfolio also includes approximately $41.2 million in structured credit investments that are considered of a higher credit risk than agency securities.
 
Management’s Credit Committee, composed of the Group’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Risk Officer and other senior executives, has primary responsibility for setting strategies to achieve the Group’s credit risk goals and objectives. Those goals and objectives are set forth in the Group’s Credit Policy as approved by the Board.
 
Liquidity Risk
 
Liquidity risk is the risk of the Group not being able to generate sufficient cash from either assets or liabilities to meet obligations as they become due, without incurring substantial losses. The Board has established a policy to


87


Table of Contents

manage this risk. The Group’s cash requirements principally consist of deposit withdrawals, contractual loan funding, repayment of borrowings as they mature, and funding of new and existing investments as required.
 
The Group’s business requires continuous access to various funding sources. While the Group is able to fund its operations through deposits as well as through advances from the FHLB of New York and other alternative sources, the Group’s business is significantly dependent upon other wholesale funding sources, such as repurchase agreements and brokered deposits. While most of the Group’s repurchase agreements have been structured with initial terms to maturity of between three and ten years, the counterparties have the right to exercise put options before the contractual maturities.
 
Brokered deposits are typically offered through an intermediary to small retail investors. The Group’s ability to continue to attract brokered deposits is subject to variability based upon a number of factors, including volume and volatility in the global securities markets, the Group’s credit rating and the relative interest rates that it is prepared to pay for these liabilities. Brokered deposits are generally considered a less stable source of funding than core deposits obtained through retail bank branches. Investors in brokered deposits are generally more sensitive to interest rates and will generally move funds from one depository institution to another based on small differences in interest rates offered on deposits.
 
Although the Group expects to have continued access to credit from the foregoing sources of funds, there can be no assurance that such financing sources will continue to be available or will be available on favorable terms. In a period of financial disruption or if negative developments occur with respect to the Group, the availability and cost of the Group’s funding sources could be adversely affected. In that event, the Group’s cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing its net interest income, or the Group may need to dispose of a portion of its investment portfolio, which, depending upon market conditions, could result in realizing a loss or experiencing other adverse accounting consequences upon the dispositions. The Group’s efforts to monitor and manage liquidity risk may not be successful to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in the global securities markets or other reductions in liquidity driven by the Group or market-related events. In the event that such sources of funds are reduced or eliminated and the Group is not able to replace them on a cost-effective basis, the Group may be forced to curtail or cease its loan origination business and treasury activities, which would have a material adverse effect on its operations and financial condition.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Group had approximately $422.1 million in investment securities, $394.4 million in mortgage loans, and $448.9 in cash and cash equivalents available to cover liquidity needs.
 
The terms of the Group’s structured repurchase agreements range between three and ten years, and the counterparties have the right to exercise at par on a quarterly basis put options before their contractual maturity from one to three years after the agreements’ settlement date.
 
As a result of the FDIC-assisted acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2010, the loan commitments, which represents unused lines of credit and letters of credit provided to customers, increased $65.5 million from previous year to $104.3 million. Commitments for loans covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements amounted to $42.6 million at December 31, 2010.
 
Operational Risk
 
Operational risk is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel and systems or from external events. All functions, products and services of the Group are susceptible to operational risk.
 
The Group faces ongoing and emerging risk and regulatory pressure related to the activities that surround the delivery of banking and financial products. Coupled with external influences such as market conditions, security risks, and legal risk, the potential for operational and reputational loss has increased. In order to mitigate and control operational risk, the Group has developed, and continues to enhance, specific internal controls, policies and procedures that are designed to identify and manage operational risk at appropriate levels throughout the organization. The purpose of these policies and procedures is to provide reasonable assurance that the Group’s business operations are functioning within established limits.


88


Table of Contents

The Group classifies operational risk into two major categories: business specific and corporate-wide affecting all business lines. For business specific risks, a risk assessment group works with the various business units to ensure consistency in policies, processes and assessments. With respect to corporate-wide risks, such as information security, business recovery, legal and compliance, the Group has specialized groups, such as Information Security, Corporate Compliance, Information Technology and Operations. These groups assist the lines of business in the development and implementation of risk management practices specific to the needs of the business groups. All these matters are reviewed and discussed in the Information Technology Steering Committee.
 
The Group is subject to extensive federal and Puerto Rico regulation, and this regulatory scrutiny has been significantly increasing over the last several years. The Group has established and continues to enhance procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. The Group has a corporate compliance function, headed by a Compliance Director who reports to the Chief Risk Officer and is responsible for the oversight of regulatory compliance and implementation of a company-wide compliance program.
 
Concentration Risk
 
Substantially all of the Group’s business activities and a significant portion of its credit exposure are concentrated in Puerto Rico. As a consequence, the Group’s profitability and financial condition may be adversely affected by an extended economic slowdown, adverse political or economic developments in Puerto Rico or the effects of a natural disaster, all of which could result in a reduction in loan originations, an increase in non-performing assets, an increase in foreclosure losses on mortgage loans, and a reduction in the value of its loans and loan servicing portfolio.
 
The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is in the fifth year of economic recession, and the central government is currently facing a significant fiscal deficit. The Commonwealth’s access to the municipal bond market and its credit ratings depend, in part, on achieving a balanced budget. In March 2009, the Legislature passed, and Governor signed, laws to reduce spending by 10% in an attempt to control expenditures, including public-sector employment, raise revenues through selective tax increases, and stimulate the economy. Although the size of the Commonwealth’s deficit has been reduced by the central government, the Puerto Rico economy continues to struggle.


89


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
FORM-10K
 
FINANCIAL DATA INDEX
 
         
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       
    91  
    92  
    93  
    94  
    95  
    96  
    97  
    98  
    101 to 178  
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (See Tables 13A and 13B under Item 7 of this report)
       


90


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Oriental Financial Group Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Oriental Financial Group Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 9, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  KPMG LLP
 
San Juan, Puerto Rico
March 9, 2011
 
Stamp No. 2530998 of the Puerto Rico
Society of Certified Public Accountants
was affixed to the record copy of this report.


91


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
To the Board of Directors and stockholders of Oriental Financial Group Inc.:
 
The management of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and for the assessment of internal control over financial reporting. The Group’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
The Group’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Group;
 
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Group are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and directors of the Group; and
 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Group’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
As called for by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has assessed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Management made its assessment using the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO Criteria”).
 
Based on its assessment, management has concluded that the Group maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 based on the COSO Criteria.
 
The effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, has been audited by KPMG LLP, the Group’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report dated March 9, 2011.
 
     
By: 
/s/  José Rafael Fernández

 
By: 
/s/  Norberto González

José Rafael Fernández   Norberto González
President and Chief Executive Officer   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 9, 2011   Date: March 9, 2011


92


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Oriental Financial Group Inc.:
 
We have audited Oriental Financial Group Inc.’s (the “Group”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A Group’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A Group’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Group; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Group are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Group; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Group’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Oriental Financial Group Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 9, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/  KPMG LLP
 
San Juan, Puerto Rico
March 9, 2011
 
Stamp No. 2530997 of the Puerto Rico
Society of Certified Public Accountants was affixed to the record copy of this report.


93


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND DECEMBER 31, 2009
 
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except
 
    share data)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 337,218     $ 247,691  
Money market investments
    111,728       29,432  
                 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    448,946       277,123  
                 
Investments:
               
Trading securities, at fair value, with amortized cost of $1,307 (December 31, 2009 — $522)
    1,330       523  
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value, with amortized cost of $3,661,146 (December 31, 2009 — $5,044,017)
    3,700,064       4,953,659  
Investment securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost, with fair value of $675,721 at December 31, 2010
    689,917        
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, at cost
    22,496       19,937  
Other investments
    150       150  
                 
Total investments
    4,413,957       4,974,269  
                 
Loans:
               
Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or fair value
    33,979       27,261  
Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $31,430 (December 31, 2009 — $23,272)
    1,117,859       1,112,808  
Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $49,286 at December 31, 2010
    620,732        
                 
Total loans, net
    1,772,570       1,140,069  
                 
FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset
    471,872        
Foreclosed real estate covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    15,962        
Foreclosed real estate not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    11,969       9,347  
Accrued interest receivable
    28,716       33,656  
Deferred tax asset, net
    30,350       31,685  
Premises and equipment, net
    23,941       19,775  
Forward settlement swaps
    11,023       8,511  
Investment in equity indexed options
    9,870       6,464  
Investment in swap options
    7,422        
Other assets
    66,179       49,934  
                 
Total assets
  $ 7,312,777     $ 6,550,833  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits:
               
Demand deposits
  $ 954,553     $ 693,506  
Savings accounts
    235,690       86,792  
Certificates of deposit
    1,398,644       965,203  
                 
Total deposits
    2,588,887       1,745,501  
                 
Borrowings:
               
Short-term borrowings
    42,470       49,218  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    3,456,781       3,557,308  
Advances from FHLB
    281,753       281,753  
FDIC-guaranteed term notes
    105,834       105,834  
Subordinated capital notes
    36,083       36,083  
                 
Total borrowings
    3,922,921       4,030,196  
                 
Securities purchased but not yet received
          413,359  
FDIC net settlement payable
    24,839        
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    43,799       31,611  
                 
Total liabilities
    6,580,446       6,220,667  
                 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $1 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,340,000 shares of Series A and 1,380,000 shares of Series B issued and outstanding, $25 liquidation value
    68,000       68,000  
Common stock, $1 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 47,807,734 shares issued; 46,348,667 shares outstanding (December 31, 2009 — 25,739,397; 24,235,088)
    47,808       25,739  
Additional paid-in capital
    498,435       213,445  
Legal surplus
    46,331       45,279  
Retained earnings
    51,502       77,584  
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,459,067 shares (December 31, 2009 — 1,504,309 shares)
    (16,732 )     (17,142 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax of ($2,108) (December 31, 2009 — $7,445)
    36,987       (82,739 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    732,331       330,166  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 7,312,777     $ 6,550,833  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


94


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Interest income:
                       
Loans
                       
Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
  $ 71,310     $ 73,155     $ 79,165  
Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    44,158              
Mortgage-backed securities
    161,518       198,015       184,019  
Investment securities and other
    26,815       48,310       75,855  
                         
Total interest income
    303,801       319,480       339,039  
                         
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
    48,535       54,693       49,781  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    100,609       116,755       161,363  
Advances from FHLB and other borrowings
    12,248       12,380       14,280  
FDIC-guaranteed term notes
    4,084       3,175        
Note payable to the FDIC
    1,887              
Subordinated capital notes
    1,238       1,465       2,304  
                         
Total interest expense
    168,601       188,468       227,728  
                         
Net interest income
    135,200       131,012       111,311  
Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses
    15,914       15,650       8,860  
Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net
    6,282              
                         
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    113,004       115,362       102,451  
                         
Non-interest income:
                       
Wealth management revenues
    17,849       14,473       16,481  
Banking service revenues
    11,772       5,942       5,726  
Mortgage banking activities
    9,554       9,728       3,685  
Investment banking revenues (losses)
    118       (4 )     950  
                         
Total banking and wealth management revenues
    39,293       30,139       26,842  
                         
Total loss on other-than-temporarily impaired securities
    (39,674 )     (101,472 )     (58,804 )
Portion of loss on securities recognized in other comprehensive income
    22,508       41,398        
                         
Other-than-temporary impairments on securities
    (17,166 )     (60,074 )     (58,804 )
                         
Accretion of FDIC loss-share indemnification asset
    4,330              
Fair value adjustment on FDIC equity appreciation instrument
    909              
Net gain (loss) on:
                       
Sale of securities
    15,032       4,385       35,070  
Derivatives
    (36,891 )     28,927       (12,943 )
Mortgage tax credits
                (2,480 )
Early extinguishment of repurchase agreements
          (17,551 )      
Trading securities
    23       12,564       (13 )
Foreclosed real estate
    (524 )     (570 )     (670 )
Other
    124       113       756  
                         
Total non-interest income, net
    5,130       (2,067 )     (12,242 )
                         
Non-interest expenses:
                       
Compensation and employee benefits
    41,723       32,020       30,572  
Occupancy and equipment
    18,556       14,763       13,843  
Professional and service fees
    16,491       10,379       9,203  
Insurance
    7,006       7,233       2,421  
Taxes, other than payroll and income taxes
    5,106       3,004       2,514  
Advertising and business promotion
    4,978       4,208       3,970  
Electronic banking charges
    4,504       2,194       1,726  
Loan servicing and clearing expenses
    3,051       2,390       2,633  
Foreclosure and repossession expenses
    2,830       929       637  
Communication
    2,561       1,567       1,292  
Director and investors relations
    1,463       1,374       1,159  
Printing, postage, stationery and supplies
    1,188       902       988  
Other
    3,141       2,415       1,784  
                         
Total non-interest expenses
    112,598       83,378       72,742  
                         
Income before income taxes
    5,536       29,917       17,467  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (4,298 )     6,972       (9,323 )
                         
Net income
    9,834       22,945       26,790  
Less: Dividends on preferred stock
    (5,335 )     (4,802 )     (4,802 )
Less: Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature
    (22,711 )            
                         
Income available (loss) to common shareholders
  $ (18,212 )   $ 18,143     $ 21,988  
                         
Income (loss) per common share:
                       
Basic
  $ (0.50 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.91  
                         
Diluted
  $ (0.50 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.90  
                         
Average common shares outstanding and equivalents
    36,810       24,306       24,327  
                         
Cash dividends per share of common stock
  $ 0.17     $ 0.16     $ 0.56  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


95


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (In thousands)        
 
Preferred stock:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 68,000     $ 68,000     $ 68,000  
Issuance of preferred stock
    177,289              
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
    (177,289 )            
                         
Balance at end of year
    68,000       68,000       68,000  
                         
Additional paid-in capital from beneficial conversion feature:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
                 
Issuance of preferred stock — beneficial conversion feature
    22,711              
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock — beneficial conversion feature
    (22,711 )            
                         
Balance at end of year
                 
                         
Common stock:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    25,739       25,739       25,557  
Issuance of common stock
    8,740              
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
    13,320              
Exercised stock options
    9             182  
                         
Balance at end of year
    47,808       25,739       25,739  
                         
Additional paid-in capital:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    213,445       212,625       210,073  
Issuance of common stock
    90,896              
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
    186,680              
Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature
    22,711              
Stock-based compensation expense
    1,194       742       559  
Exercised stock options
    63             1,993  
Exercised restricted stock units with treasury shares
    (380 )            
Capital contribution
          78        
Common stock issuance costs
    (5,250 )            
Preferred stock issuance costs
    (10,924 )            
                         
Balance at end of year
    498,435       213,445       212,625  
                         
Legal surplus:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    45,279       43,016       40,573  
Transfer from retained earnings
    1,052       2,263       2,443  
                         
Balance at end of year
    46,331       45,279       43,016  
                         
Retained earnings:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    77,584       51,233       45,296  
Cumulative effect on initial adoption of accounting principle
          14,359        
Net income
    9,834       22,945       26,790  
Cash dividends declared on common stock
    (6,818 )     (3,888 )     (13,608 )
Cash dividends declared on preferred stock
    (5,335 )     (4,802 )     (4,802 )
Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature
    (22,711 )            
Transfer to legal surplus
    (1,052 )     (2,263 )     (2,443 )
                         
Balance at end of year
    51,502       77,584       51,233  
                         
Treasury stock:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    (17,142 )     (17,109 )     (17,023 )
Stock purchased
          (182 )     (235 )
Exercised restricted stock units with treasury shares
    380              
Stock used to match defined contribution plan
    30       149       149  
                         
Balance at end of year
    (16,732 )     (17,142 )     (17,109 )
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
                       
Balance at beginning of year
    (82,739 )     (122,187 )     (13,015 )
Cumulative effect on initial adoption of accounting principle
          (14,359 )      
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    119,726       53,807       (109,172 )
                         
Balance at end of year
    36,987       (82,739 )     (122,187 )
                         
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 732,331     $ 330,166     $ 261,317  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


96


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net income
  $ 9,834     $ 22,945     $ 26,790  
                         
Other comprehensive income:
                       
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale arising during the year
    127,144       (3,323 )     (141,076 )
Realized gain on investment securities included in net income
    (15,032 )     (4,385 )     (35,070 )
Total loss on other- than-temporarily impaired securities
    39,674       101,472       58,804  
Portion of loss on securities recognized in other comprehensive income
    (22,508 )     (41,398 )      
Income tax effect
    (9,552 )     1,441       8,170  
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year
    119,726       53,807       (109,172 )
                         
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 129,560     $ 76,752     $ (82,382 )
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


97


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 9,834     $ 22,945     $ 26,790  
                         
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
Amortization of deferred loan origination fees, net of costs
    211       218       (428 )
Amortization of premiums, net of accretion of discounts
    40,667       13,075       (786 )
Amortization of core deposit intangible
    95              
Accretion of FDIC loss-share indemnification asset
    (4,330 )            
Other-than-temporary impairments on securities
    17,166       60,074       58,804  
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment
    5,764       5,987       5,443  
Deferred income tax benefit
    (10,092 )     (1,782 )     (9,931 )
Provision for loan and lease losses, net
    22,196       15,650       8,860  
Stock-based compensation
    1,194       742       559  
Fair value adjustment of servicing asset
    (1,805 )     (4,301 )     (293 )
(Gain) loss on:
                       
Sale of securities
    (15,032 )     (4,385 )     (35,070 )
Sale of mortgage loans held for sale
    (5,383 )     (3,827 )     (2,408 )
Derivatives
    36,891       (28,927 )     12,943  
Mortgage tax credits
                2,480  
Early extinguishment of repurchase agreements
          17,551        
Sale of foreclosed real estate
    524       570       670  
Sale of premises and equipment
    49       (71 )     1  
Originations and purchases of loans held-for-sale
    (227,401 )     (230,240 )     (140,080 )
Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale
    77,705       106,071       58,355  
Net (increase) decrease in:
                       
Trading securities
    (807 )     (267 )     866  
Accrued interest receivable
    4,940       10,258       8,401  
Other assets
    (332 )     (26,008 )     (10,082 )
Net increase (decrease) in:
                       
Accrued interest on deposits and borrowings
    582       (5,622 )     2,717  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    23,461       8,295       (2,163 )
                         
Net cash used in operating activities
    (23,903 )     (43,994 )     (14,352 )
                         


98


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of:
                       
Investment securities available-for-sale
    (5,630,637 )     (12,577,326 )     (4,159,014 )
Investment securities held-to-maturity
    (703,390 )           (14,000 )
FHLB stock
    (2,560 )     (26,981 )     (22,164 )
Equity options
    (5,899 )     (4,067 )     (5,596 )
Maturities and redemptions of:
                       
Investment securities available-for-sale
    3,011,108       3,825,193       970,543  
Investment securities held-to-maturity
    12,754             304,133  
Other investments
                1,511  
FHLB stock
    10,077       28,057       21,809  
Proceeds from sales of:
                       
Investment securities available-for-sale
    3,689,869       9,101,639       1,687,779  
Investment securities held-to-maturity
                834,975  
Foreclosed real estate
    7,886       9,312       3,264  
Other repossessed assets
    711              
Premises and equipment
    631       128       14  
Origination and purchase of loans, excluding loans held-for-sale
    (144,210 )     (93,093 )     (157,063 )
Principal repayments of loans, including covered loans
    231,976       131,079       111,869  
Shared-loss agreements reimbursements from the FDIC
    120,675              
Additions to premises and equipment
    (9,974 )     (4,636 )     (4,863 )
Cash and cash equivalents received in FDIC-assisted acquisition
    89,777              
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    678,794       389,305       (426,803 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Net increase (decrease) in:
                       
Deposits
    115,377       (26,764 )     564,516  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    (100,000 )     (217,551 )     (100,023 )
Short term borrowings
    (6,709 )     19,986       1,733  
Proceeds from:
                       
Issuance of FDIC-guaranteed term notes
          105,000        
Advances from FHLB
          1,397,880       2,098,070  
Exercise of stock options
    72             2,175  
Issuance of common stock, net
    94,386              
Issuance of preferred stock, net
    189,076              
Capital contribution
          78        
Repayments of advances from FHLB
          (1,424,580 )     (2,121,370 )
Repayments of note payable to the FDIC
    (715,970 )            
Purchase of treasury stock
          (182 )     (235 )
Termination of derivative instruments
    (47,147 )     20,263       (7,912 )
Dividends paid on preferred stock
    (5,335 )     (4,802 )     (4,802 )
Dividends paid on common stock
    (6,818 )     (3,888 )     (13,608 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (483,068 )     (134,560 )     418,544  
                         


99


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    171,823       210,751       (22,611 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    277,123       66,372       88,983  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 448,946     $ 277,123     $ 66,372  
                         
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure and Schedule of Non-cash Activities:
                       
Interest paid
  $ 167,992     $ 191,992     $ 225,011  
                         
Income taxes paid
  $ 6,281     $ 54     $ 54  
                         
Mortgage loans securitized into mortgage-backed securities
  $ 142,907     $ 147,419     $ 72,753  
                         
Investment securities held-to-maturity transferred to available-for-sale
  $     $     $ 375,780  
                         
Securities sold but not yet delivered
  $     $     $ 834,976  
                         
Securities purchased but not yet received
  $     $ 413,359     $ 398  
                         
Transfer from loans to foreclosed real estate
  $ 12,408     $ 10,067     $ 8,889  
                         
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
  $ 200,000     $     $  
                         
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the changes in operating assets and liabilities included in the reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities, as well as the changes in assets and liabilities presented in the investing and financing sections are net of the effect of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Eurobank FDIC-assisted acquisition. Refer to Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the composition and balances of the assets and liabilities recorded at fair value by the Group on April 30, 2010. The cash received in the transaction, which amounted to $89.8 million, is presented in the investing activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as “Cash and cash equivalents received in FDIC-assisted acquisition”.
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


100


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
 
1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The accounting and reporting policies of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group” or “Oriental”) conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and to banking industry practices. The following is a description of the Group’s most significant accounting policies:
 
Nature of Operations
 
The Group is a publicly-owned financial holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. It has four direct subsidiaries, Oriental Bank and Trust (the “Bank”), Oriental Financial Services Corp. (“Oriental Financial Services”), Oriental Insurance, Inc. (“Oriental Insurance”) and Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc., which is located in Boca Raton, Florida. The Group also has a special purpose entity, Oriental Financial (PR) Statutory Trust II (the “Statutory Trust II”). Through these subsidiaries and its divisions, the Group provides a wide range of banking and wealth management services such as mortgage, commercial and consumer lending, leasing, financial planning, insurance sales, money management and investment banking and brokerage services, as well as corporate and individual trust services.
 
The main offices of the Group and its subsidiaries are located in San Juan, Puerto Rico. The Group is subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, which is administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
The Bank operates through 30 financial centers located throughout Puerto Rico and is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico (“OCFI”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank offers banking services such as commercial and consumer lending, leasing, savings and time deposit products, financial planning, and corporate and individual trust services, and capitalizes on its commercial banking network to provide mortgage lending products to its clients. Oriental International Bank Inc. (“OIB”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, operates as an international banking entity (“IBE”) pursuant to the International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico, as amended. OIB offers the Bank certain Puerto Rico tax advantages. OIB activities are limited under Puerto Rico law to persons and assets/liabilities located outside of Puerto Rico.
 
Oriental Financial Services is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the SEC, and the OCFI. Oriental Insurance is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of Puerto Rico.
 
The Group’s mortgage banking activities are conducted through a division of the Bank. The mortgage banking activities consist of the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans for the Group’s own portfolio and, if the conditions so warrant, the Group engages in the sale of such loans to other financial institutions in the secondary market. The Group originates Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”)-insured and Veterans Administration (“VA”)-guaranteed mortgages that are primarily securitized for issuance of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities which can be resold to individual or institutional investors in the secondary market. Conventional loans that meet the underwriting requirements for sale or exchange under standard Federal National Mortgage Association (the “FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “FHLMC”) programs are referred to as conforming mortgage loans and are also securitized for issuance of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Group is an approved seller of FNMA, as well as FHLMC, mortgage loans for issuance of FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Group is also an approved issuer of GNMA mortgage-backed securities. The Group is the master servicer of the GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pools that it issues and of its mortgage loan portfolio but entered into a subservicing arrangement.
 
Effective April 30, 2010, the Bank assumed all of the retail deposits and other liabilities and acquired certain assets and substantially all of the operations of Eurobank from the FDIC as receiver for Eurobank, pursuant to the terms of


101


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
a purchase and assumption agreement entered into by the Bank and the FDIC on April 30, 2010. This transaction is referred to as the “FDIC-assisted acquisition”.
 
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate mainly to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the valuation of securities and derivative instruments, revisions to expected cashflows in covered loans, accounting of indemnification asset, and the determination of income taxes and other-than-temporary impairment of securities.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Group and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The special purpose entity is exempt from the consolidation requirements of GAAP.
 
Cash Equivalents
 
The Group considers as cash equivalents all money market instruments that are not pledged and that have maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition.
 
Earnings per Common Share
 
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing income available to common shareholders (net income reduced by dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average of outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the weighted average of common shares is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares (options) and restricted units had been issued, assuming that proceeds from exercise are used to repurchase shares in the market (treasury stock method). Any stock splits and dividends are retroactively recognized in all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Securities Purchased/Sold Under Agreements to Resell/Repurchase
 
The Group purchases securities under agreements to resell the same or similar securities. Amounts advanced under these agreements represent short-term loans and are reflected as assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition. It is the Group’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under resale agreements while the counterparty retains effective control over the securities. The Group monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared to the related receivable, including accrued interest, and requests additional collateral when deemed appropriate. The Group also sells securities under agreements to repurchase the same or similar securities. The Group retains effective control over the securities sold under these agreements; accordingly, such agreements are treated as financing arrangements, and the obligations to repurchase the securities sold are reflected as liabilities. The securities underlying the financing agreements remain included in the asset accounts. The counterparty to repurchase agreements generally has the right to repledge the securities received as collateral.
 
Investment Securities
 
Securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. Securities for which the Group has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost. Securities


102


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
that might be sold prior to maturity because of interest rate changes, to meet liquidity needs, or to better match the repricing characteristics of funding sources are classified as available-for-sale. These securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported net of tax in other comprehensive income.
 
The Group classified as held-to-maturity agency-issued mortgage-backed securities. The Group has both the intent and ability to hold such securities until their maturities. Furthermore, the Group believes it will be able to recover substantially all of its recorded investment mainly because these are agency-issued mortgage-backed securities, and also because the securities cannot be contractually prepaid or otherwise settled before their stated maturity by the issuing agency, except for the principal prepayments that may occur throughout their life based on the payment behavior of the collateral loans.
 
The Group purchased the securities classified as held-to-maturity during the fourth quarter of 2010, and made the classification in response to management’s asset-liability management (ALM) strategy. The Group believes that it can accomplish its ALM goals and still maximize net interest income without having all its securities classified as available-for-sale. This designation is consistent with held-to-maturity classification requirements, specifically those stated in section 25-18 of ASC 320-10-25.
 
The Group classifies as trading those securities that are acquired and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near future. These securities are carried at fair value with realized and unrealized changes in fair value included in earnings in the period in which the changes occur.
 
The Group’s investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of New York stock, a restricted security, has no readily determinable fair value and can only be sold back to the FHLB at cost. Therefore, the carrying value represents its fair value.
 
Premiums and discounts are amortized to interest income over the life of the related securities using the interest method. Net realized gains or losses on sales of investment securities, and unrealized loss valuation adjustments considered other than temporary, if any, on securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity are reported separately in the statements of operations. The cost of securities sold is determined on the specific identification method.
 
Financial Instruments
 
Certain financial instruments, including derivatives, trading securities and investment securities available-for-sale, are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income or as part of non-interest income, as appropriate. Fair values are based on listed market prices, if available. If listed market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on other relevant factors, including price quotations for similar instruments. The fair values of certain derivative contracts are derived from pricing models that consider current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions.
 
The Group determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value measurement framework, which establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
 
Level 1-Level 1 assets and liabilities include equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.


103


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Level 2-Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include (i) mortgage-backed securities for which the fair value is estimated based on valuations obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, (ii) debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and (iii) derivative contracts and financial liabilities, whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.
 
Level 3-Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
 
A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
On April 1, 2009, the Group changed its method for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifying transactions that are not orderly due to the adoption of FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 820-1-35-51.
 
Impairment of Investment Securities
 
The Group conducts periodic reviews to identify and evaluate each investment in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairments. The Group follows ASC 320-10-65-1, which changed the accounting requirements for other-than-temporary impairments for debt securities, and in certain circumstances, separates the amount of total impairment into credit and noncredit-related amounts. The corresponding review takes into consideration current market conditions, issuer rating changes and trends, the creditworthiness of the obligor of the security, current analysts’ evaluations, failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments, the Group’s intent to not sell the security or whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Group will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery, as well as other qualitative factors. The term “other-than-temporary impairment” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component being recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, discounted at the rate equal to the yield used to accrete current and prospective beneficial interest for the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.”
 
The Group’s review for impairment generally entails:
 
  •  intent to sell the debt security;
 
  •  if it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the debt securities before the anticipated recovery;
 
  •  identification and evaluation of investments that have indications of possible other-than-temporary impairment;
 
  •  analysis of individual investments that have fair values less than amortized cost, including consideration of the length of time the investment has been in an unrealized loss position and the expected recovery period;


104


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
  •  discussion of evidential matter, including an evaluation of factors or triggers that could cause individual investments to qualify as having other-than-temporary impairment and those that would not support other-than-temporary impairment.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
As part of the Group’s asset and liability management, the Group may use option agreements and interest rate contracts, which include interest rate swaps to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various assets or liabilities.
 
The Group recognizes all derivative instruments as assets and liabilities at fair value. If certain conditions are met, the derivative may qualify for hedge accounting treatment and be designated as one of the following types of hedges: (a) hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”); (b) a hedge of the exposure to variability of cash flows of a recognized asset, liability or forecasted transaction (“cash flow hedge”) or (c) a hedge of foreign currency exposure (“foreign currency hedge”).
 
In the case of a qualifying fair value hedge, changes in the value of the derivative instruments that have been highly effective are recognized in current period earnings along with the change in value of the designated hedged item. In the case of a qualifying cash flow hedge, changes in the value of the derivative instruments that have been highly effective are recognized in other comprehensive income, until such time as earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows of the underlying hedged item. In either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, net earnings may be impacted to the extent the changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments do not perfectly offset changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged items. If the derivative is not designated as a hedging instrument, the changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded in earnings. There were no derivatives designated as a hedge as of December 31, 2010.
 
Certain contracts contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it is bifurcated and carried at fair value.
 
The Group uses several pricing models that consider current fair value and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions to derive the fair value of certain derivative contracts.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Group enters into off-balance sheet instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, further discussed in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when these are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The Group periodically evaluates the credit risks inherent in these commitments, and establishes accruals for such risks if and when these are deemed necessary.
 
Mortgage Banking Activities and Loans Held-For-Sale
 
The residential mortgage loans reported as held-for-sale are stated at the lower-of-cost-or-fair value, cost being determined on the outstanding loan balance less unearned income, and fair value determined in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Realized gains or losses on these loans are determined using the specific identification method. Loans held-for-sale include all conforming mortgage loans originated and purchased, which from time to time the Group sells to other financial institutions or securitizes conforming mortgage loans into Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) pass-through certificates.


105


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities
 
The Group recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished.
 
The Group is not engaged in sales of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities subject to recourse provisions except for those provisions that allow for the repurchase of loans as a result of a breach of certain representations and warranties other than those related to the credit quality of the loans included in the sale transactions.
 
The transfer of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset in which the Group surrenders control over the assets is accounted for as a sale if all of the following conditions set forth in ASC Topic 860 are met: (1) the assets must be isolated from creditors of the transferor, (2) the transferee must obtain the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the transferor cannot maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. When the Group transfers financial assets and the transfer fails any one of these criteria, the Group is prevented from derecognizing the transferred financial assets and the transaction is accounted for as a secured borrowing. For federal and Puerto Rico income tax purposes, the Group treats the transfers of loans which do not qualify as “true sales” under the applicable accounting guidance, as sales, recognizing a deferred tax asset or liability on the transaction. For transfers of financial assets that satisfy the conditions to be accounted for as sales, the Group derecognizes all assets sold; recognizes all assets obtained and liabilities incurred in consideration as proceeds of the sale, including servicing assets and servicing liabilities, if applicable; initially measures at fair value assets obtained and liabilities incurred in a sale; and recognizes in earnings any gain or loss on the sale. The guidance on transfer of financial assets requires a true sale analysis of the treatment of the transfer under state law as if the Group was a debtor under the bankruptcy code. A true sale legal analysis includes several legally relevant factors, such as the nature and level of recourse to the transferor, and the nature of retained interests in the loans sold. The analytical conclusion as to a true sale is never absolute and unconditional, but contains qualifications based on the inherent equitable powers of a bankruptcy court, as well as the unsettled state of the common law. Once the legal isolation test has been met, other factors concerning the nature and extent of the transferor’s control over the transferred assets are taken into account in order to determine whether derecognition of assets is warranted.
 
When the Group sells or securitizes mortgage loans, it generally makes customary representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the loans sold. Conforming conventional mortgage loans are combined into pools which are exchanged for FNMA and GNMA mortgage-backed securities, which are generally sold to private investors, or may sell the loans directly to FNMA or other private investors for cash. To the extent the loans do not meet specified characteristics, investors are generally entitled to require the Group to repurchase such loans or indemnify the investor against losses if the assets do not meet certain guidelines. GNMA programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the Group provides servicing. At the Group’s option and without GNMA prior authorization, the Group may repurchase such delinquent loans for an amount equal to 100% of the loan’s remaining principal balance. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria is met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When the loans backing a GNMA security are initially securitized, the Group treats the transaction as a sale for accounting purposes because the conditional nature of the buy-back option means that the Group does not maintain effective control over the loans and therefore these are derecognized from the balance sheet. When individual loans later meet GNMA’s specified delinquency criteria and are eligible for repurchase, the Group is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans and these must be brought back onto the Group’s books as assets at fair value, regardless of whether the Group intends to exercise the buy-back option. Quality review procedures are performed by the Group as required under the government agency programs to ensure that assets guideline qualifications are met. The Group has not recorded any specific contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these customary representation and warranties related to loans sold by the


106


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Group, and management believes that, based on historical data, the probability of payments and expected losses under these representation and warranty arrangements is not significant.
 
Servicing Assets
 
The Group periodically sells or securitizes mortgage loans while retaining the obligation to perform the servicing of such loans. In addition, the Group may purchase or assume the right to service mortgage loans originated by others. Whenever the Group undertakes an obligation to service a loan, management assesses whether a servicing asset and/or liability should be recognized. A servicing asset is recognized whenever the compensation for servicing is expected to more than adequately compensate the Group for servicing the loans. Likewise, a servicing liability would be recognized in the event that servicing fees to be received are not expected to adequately compensate the Group for its expected cost.
 
All separately recognized servicing assets are recognized at fair value using the fair value measurement method. Under the fair value measurement method, the Group measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in fair value of servicing asset in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and includes these changes, if any, with mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of servicing rights is subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.
 
The fair value of servicing rights is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions.
 
On April 30, 2010 the Group acquired a leasing servicing asset as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition. The Group follows the same accounting methodology used for mortgage loans servicing asset, as described above.
 
Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
 
Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risks of the FDIC-assisted transaction acquired loans are significantly different from those loans not covered under the FDIC loss sharing agreements. Accordingly, the Group presents loans subject to the loss sharing agreements as “covered loans” and loans that are not subject to the FDIC loss sharing agreements as “non-covered loans”. Non-covered loans include any loans made outside of the FDIC shared-loss agreements before or after the April 30, 2010 FDIC-assisted acquisition. Non-covered loans also include credit cards balances acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition.
 
Non-Covered Loans
 
Non-covered loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses, unamortized discount related to mortgage servicing right sold and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees and costs and premiums and discounts on loans purchased are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the loans as an adjustment of their yield through interest income using the interest method. When a loan is paid off or sold, any unamortized deferred fee (cost) is credited (charged) to income.
 
Credit cards balances acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition are to be accounted for under the guidance of ASC 310-20, which requires that any differences between the contractually required loan payments in excess of the Group’s initial investment in the loans be accreted into interest income on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan. Loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 are placed on non-accrual status when past due in accordance with the Group’s non-accruing policy and any accretion of discount is discontinued. These assets were written-down to their estimated fair value on their acquisition date, incorporating an estimate of future expected cash flows. To the extent


107


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
actual or projected cash flows is less than originally estimated, additional provisions for loan and lease losses will be recognized.
 
Interest recognition is discontinued when loans are 90 days or more in arrears on principal and/or interest based on contractual terms, except for well collateralized residential mortgage loans in process of collection for which recognition is discontinued when these become 365 days or more past due based on contractual terms and are then written down, if necessary, based on the specific evaluation of the collateral underlying the loan. Loans for which the recognition of interest income has been discontinued are designated as non-accruing. Collections are accounted for on the cash method thereafter, until qualifying to return to accrual status. Such loans are not reinstated to accrual status until interest is received on a current basis and other factors indicative of doubtful collection cease to exist.
 
The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the non-covered loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for loan and lease losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan and lease losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans.
 
Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow, and legal options available to the Group.
 
Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250 thousand and over 90-days past-due. The portfolios of mortgage, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment.
 
The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each non-covered loan portfolio segment based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Group over the most recent 12 months. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. The following portfolio segments have been identified: mortgage loans; commercial loans; consumer loans; and leasing.
 
Mortgage Loans: These loans were further segregated into four sub-segments: traditional mortgages, non-traditional mortgages, loans in loan modification programs and personal mortgage collateral loans. Traditional mortgage loans include loans secured by dwelling, fixed coupons and regular amortization schedules. Non-traditional mortgages include loans with interest-first amortization schedules and loans with balloon considerations as part of their terms. Mortgages in loan modification program are those loans that are being serviced under such program. The personal mortgage collateral loans are mainly equity lines of credits. The allowance factor on these loans is


108


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
impacted by the historical loss factors on the sub-segments, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.
 
Commercial loans: These loans consist mainly of commercial loans secured by real estate. The allowance factor assigned to these loans are impacted by historical loss factors, by the environmental risk factors described above and by the credit risk gradings assigned to the loans. These credit risk gradings are based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans.
 
Consumer loans: these consist of smaller retail loans such as retail credit cards, overdrafts, unsecured personal lines of credit, and personal unsecured loans. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical loss factors on the segment, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.
 
Leasing: This segment consists of personal loans guaranteed by a vehicle in the form of a lease finance or in the form of an auto loan. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical losses on the segment, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets. This is a new business introduced during 2010, as such, the historical loss factor have been matched to consumer loans due to the lack of historical losses on leases.
 
Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated at least quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP as prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses current available information in estimating possible loan and lease losses, factors beyond the Group’s control, such as those affecting general economic conditions, may require future changes to the allowance.
 
Covered Loans
 
Covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition are accounted under the provisions of ASC 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality”, which are applicable when (a) the Group acquires loans deemed to be impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration and it is probable, at the date of acquisition, that the Group would be unable to collect all contractually required payments and (b) as a general policy election for non-impaired loans that the Group acquires.
 
The acquired covered loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition. Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates. Estimated credit losses are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan and lease losses is not recorded on the acquisition date.
 
In accordance with ASC 310-30 and in estimating the fair value of covered loans at the acquisition date, the Group (a) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the non-accretable difference. The non-accretable difference represents an estimate of the loss exposure in the covered loan portfolio, and such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of the covered loans. The carrying value of covered loans is reduced by payments received and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income.
 
The excess of undiscounted expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to acquisition, the Group aggregates loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics to account for the acquired loans.


109


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Increases in expected cash flows over those originally estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in expected cash flows compared to those originally estimated decrease the accretable yield and are recognized by recording a provision for loan and lease losses and establishing an allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
Loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 are generally considered accruing and performing loans as the loans accrete interest income over the estimated life of the loan when cash flows are reasonably estimable. Accordingly, acquired impaired loans that are contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing loans. If the timing and amount of cash flows is not reasonably estimable, the loans may be classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income may be recognized on a cash basis or as a reduction of the principal amount outstanding.
 
Under the accounting guidance of ASC 310-30 for acquired loans, the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans is measured at each financial reporting period, or measurement date, based on expected cash flows. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows on the acquired covered loans as of the measurement date compared to those initially estimated are recognized by recording a provision for credit losses on covered loans. The portion of the loss on covered loans reimbursable from the FDIC is recorded as an offset to provision for credit losses and increases the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.
 
Lease Financing
 
The Group leases vehicles and equipment for personal and commercial use to individual and corporate customers. The finance method of accounting is used to recognize revenue on lease contracts that meet the criteria specified in the guidance for leases in ASC Topic 840. Aggregate rentals due over the term of the leases less unearned income are included in finance lease contracts receivable. Unearned income is amortized using a method over the average life of the lease as an adjustment to the interest yield.
 
Revenue for other leases is recognized as it becomes due under the terms of the relevant agreement.
 
Reserve for Unfunded Commitments
 
The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon an evaluation of the unfunded credit facilities. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
FDIC Shared-Loss Indemnification Asset
 
The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is accounted for as an indemnification asset measured separately from the covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered loans. The shared-loss indemnification asset related to estimated future loan and lease losses is not transferable should the Group sell a loan prior to foreclosure or maturity. The shared-loss indemnification asset was recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each covered asset and the loss sharing percentages. This asset is presented net of any clawback liability due to the FDIC under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. These cash flows are then discounted at a market-based rate to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursements from the FDIC. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time, and claims submitted to the FDIC. The time value of money incorporated into the present value computation is accreted into earnings over the shorter of the life of the shared-loss agreements or the holding period of the covered assets.


110


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is reduced as losses are recognized on covered loans and loss sharing payments are received from the FDIC. Realized credit losses in excess of acquisition-date estimates result in an increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. Conversely, if realized credit losses are less than acquisition-date estimates, the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is amortized.
 
Core Deposit Intangible
 
Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposits acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding, relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized straight-line over a 10 year period. The Group evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when an indication of impairment exists. No impairment charges were required to be recorded in the year ended December 31, 2010. If an impairment loss is determined to exist in the future, the loss would be reflected as a non-interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified.
 
Foreclosed Real Estate and Other Repossessed Property
 
Non-covered Foreclosed Real Estate
 
Foreclosed real estate is initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or the fair value less cost to sell of the real estate at the date of foreclosure. At the time properties are acquired in full or partial satisfaction of loans, any excess of the loan balance over the estimated fair value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans. After foreclosure, these properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell, based on recent appraised values or options to purchase the foreclosed property. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, is charged to non-interest expense. The costs and expenses associated to holding these properties in portfolio are expensed as incurred.
 
Covered Foreclosed Real Estate and Other Repossessed Property
 
Covered foreclosed real estate and other repossessed property were initially recorded at their estimated fair value on the acquisition date, based on appraisal value less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent write downs due to declines in fair value are charged to non-interest expense with a partially offsetting non-interest income for the loss reimbursement under the FDIC shared-loss agreement. Any recoveries of previous write downs are credited to non-interest expense with a corresponding charge to non-interest income for the portion of the recovery that is due to the FDIC.
 
Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each type of asset. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the terms of the leases or estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.
 
Income Taxes
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Group is required to estimate income taxes. This involves an estimate of current income tax expense together with an assessment of temporary differences resulting from differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The determination of current income tax expense involves estimates and assumptions that require the Group to assume certain positions based on its interpretation of current tax laws and regulations. Changes in assumptions affecting estimates may be required in the future and estimated tax assets or liabilities may need to be increased or decreased accordingly. The accrual for tax contingencies is adjusted in light of changing


111


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law and emerging legislation. When particular matters arise, a number of years may elapse before such matters are audited and finally resolved. Favorable resolution of such matters could be recognized as a reduction to the Group’s effective tax rate in the year of resolution. Unfavorable settlement of any particular issue could increase the effective tax rate and may require the use of cash in the year of resolution.
 
The determination of deferred tax expense or benefit is based on changes in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that generate temporary differences. The carrying value of the Group’s net deferred tax assets assumes that the Group will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income based on estimates and assumptions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Group may be required to record valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Management evaluates the realizability of the deferred tax assets on a regular basis and assesses the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is established when management believes that it is more likely than not that some portion of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowance from period to period are included in the Group’s tax provision in the period of change.
 
In addition to valuation allowances, the Group establishes accruals for uncertain tax positions when, despite the belief that the Group’s tax return positions are fully supported, the Group believes that certain positions are likely to be challenged. The uncertain tax positions accruals are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law, and emerging legislation. The Group’s uncertain tax positions accruals are reflected as income tax payable as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities. These accruals are reduced upon expiration of statute of limitations.
 
The Group follows a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
 
The Group’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits within the provision for income taxes on the consolidated statements of operations.
 
On January 31, 2011, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law the Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico (the “2011 Code”). As such, the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended, (the “1994 Code”) will no longer be in effect, except for transactions or taxable years that have commenced prior to January 1, 2011. For corporate taxpayers, the 2011 Code retains the 20% regular income tax rate but establishes significant lower surtax rates. The 1994 Code provided a surtax rate from 5% to 19% while the 2011 Code provides a surtax rate from 5% to 10% for years starting after December 31, 2010, but before January 1, 2014. That surtax rate may reduce to 5% after December 31, 2013, if certain economic tests are met by the Government of Puerto Rico. If such economic tests are not met, the reduction of the surtax rate will start when such economic tests are met. In the case of a controlled group of corporations the determination of which surtax rate applies will be made by adding the net taxable income of each of the entities members of the controlled group reduced by the surtax deduction. The 2011 Code also provides a significantly higher surtax deduction, the 1994 Code provided for a $25,000 surtax deduction which the 2011 Code increased it to $750,000. In the case of controlled group of corporations, the surtax deduction should be distributed among the members of the controlled group. The alternative minimum tax is also reduced from 22% to 20%. Apart from the reduced rates provided by the 2011 Code, it also eliminates the 5% additional surtax which was established by Act No. 7 of March 9, 2009, and the 5% recapture of the benefit of the income tax tables.


112


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Equity-Based Compensation Plan
 
The Group’s Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Performance Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted units and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The Omnibus Plan was adopted in 2007, amended and restated in 2008, and further amended in 2010.
 
The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to provide flexibility to the Group to attract, retain and motivate directors, officers, and key employees through the grant of awards based on performance and to adjust its compensation practices to the best compensation practice and corporate governance trends as they develop from time to time. The Omnibus Plan is further intended to motivate high levels of individual performance coupled with increased shareholder returns. Therefore, awards under the Omnibus Plan (each, an “Award”) are intended to be based upon the recipient’s individual performance, level of responsibility and potential to make significant contributions to the Group. Generally, the Omnibus Plan will terminate as of (a) the date when no more of the Group’s shares of common stock are available for issuance under the Omnibus Plan, or, if earlier, (b) the date the Omnibus Plan is terminated by the Group’s Board of Directors.
 
The Board’s Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), or such other committee as the Board may designate, has full authority to interpret and administer the Omnibus Plan in order to carry out its provisions and purposes. The Committee has the authority to determine those persons eligible to receive an Award and to establish the terms and conditions of any Award. The Committee may delegate, subject to such terms or conditions or guidelines as it shall determine, to any employee or group of employees any portion of its authority and powers under the Omnibus Plan with respect to participants who are not directors or executive officers subject to the reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Only the Committee may exercise authority in respect of Awards granted to such participants.
 
The Omnibus Plan replaced and superseded the Group’s 1996, 1998 and 2000 Incentive Stock Option Plans (the “Stock Option Plans”). All outstanding stock options under the Stock Option Plans continue in full force and effect, subject to their original terms and conditions.
 
The expected term of stock options granted represents the period of time that such options are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Group’s shares of common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected term of the stock options.
 
The Group follows the fair value method of recording stock-based compensation. The Group uses the modified prospective transition method, which requires measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award with the cost to be recognized over the service period. It applies to all awards unvested and granted after this effective date and awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date.
 
Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances, except for those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. GAAP requires that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and on derivative activities that qualify and are designated for cash flows hedge accounting, are reported as a separate component of the stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated statements of financial condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.


113


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Commitments and Contingencies
 
Liabilities for loss contingencies, arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.
 
Subsequent Events
 
The Group has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date and prior to filing of this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, and has adjusted and disclosed those events that have occurred that would require adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current year.
 
Recent Accounting Developments:
 
Transfers of Financial Assets — In June 2009, FASB issued ASU 2009-16, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets (FASB ASC Subtopic 860-10)”. ASU 2009-16 amends previous guidance relating to transfers of financial assets and eliminates the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity, removes the exception for guaranteed mortgage securitizations when a transferor has not surrendered control over the transferred financial assets, changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets, and includes additional disclosures requiring more information about transfers of financial assets in which entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to the transferred financial assets. Among the most significant amendments and additions to this guidance are changes to the conditions for sales of financial assets which objective is to determine whether a transferor and its consolidated affiliates included in the financial statements have surrendered control over transferred financial assets or third-party beneficial interests, and the addition of the meaning of the term participating interest which represents a proportionate (pro rata) ownership interest in an entire financial asset. The requirements for sale accounting must be applied only to a financial asset in its entirety, a pool of financial assets in its entirety, or participating interests as defined in ASC paragraph 860-10-40-6A. This guidance was adopted and has been applied as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period that began on January 1, 2010, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and will be applied for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. The recognition and measurement provisions have been applied to transfers that have occurred on or after the effective date. On and after the effective date, existing qualifying special-purpose entities have been evaluated for consolidation in accordance with the applicable consolidation guidance in the Codification. The Group evaluated transfers of financial assets executed during the year ended December 31, 2010 pursuant to the new accounting guidance, principally consisting of guaranteed mortgage securitizations (Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) mortgage-backed securities), and determined that the adoption of ASU 2009-16 did not have a significant impact on the Group’s accounting for such transactions or results of operations or financial condition for such period.
 
A securitization of a financial asset, a participating interest in a financial asset, or a pool of financial assets in which the Group (and its consolidated affiliates) (a) surrenders control over the transferred assets and (b) receives cash or other proceeds is accounted for as a sale. Control is considered to be surrendered only if all three of the following conditions are met: (1) the assets have been legally isolated; (2) the transferee has the ability to pledge or exchange the assets; and (3) the transferor no longer maintains effective control over the assets. When the Group transfers financial assets and the transfer fails any one of the above criteria, the Group is prevented from derecognizing the transferred financial assets and the transaction is accounted for as a secured borrowing.
 
The Group recognizes and initially measures at fair value a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract in either of the following


114


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
situations: (1) a transfer of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset that meets the requirements for sale accounting; or (2) an acquisition or assumption of a servicing obligation of financial assets that do not pertain to the Group or its consolidated subsidiaries. Upon adoption of ASU 2009-16, the Group does not recognize either a servicing asset or a servicing liability if it transfers or securitizes financial assets in a transaction that does not meet the requirements for sale accounting and is accounted for as a secured borrowing.
 
Variable Interest Entities — FASB amended on June 2009 the guidance applicable to variable interest entities (“VIE”) and changed how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated, ASU 2009-17, “Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities (FASB ASC Subtopic 860-10). The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. The amendments to the consolidated guidance affect all entities that were within the scope of the original guidance, as well as qualifying special-purpose entities (“QSPEs”) that were previously excluded from the guidance. The new guidance requires a reporting entity to provide additional disclosures about its involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity’s financial statements. The new guidance requires ongoing evaluation of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. The guidance was effective for the Group commencing on January 1, 2010. The adoption of the new accounting guidance on variable interest entities did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures — FASB Accounting Standards Update 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (FASB ASC Topic 820) — Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements” , issued in January 2010, requires new disclosures and clarifies some existing disclosure requirements about fair value measurements as set forth in FASB ASC Subtopic 820-10. This update amends Subtopic 820-10 and now requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfer. Also in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. In addition, this update clarifies existing disclosures as follows: (i) for purposes of reporting fair value measurement for each class of assets and liabilities, a reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets and liabilities, and (ii) a reporting entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. This update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll-forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. This guidance did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Consolidation — In February 2010, FASB issued ASU 2010-10, Amendments for Certain Investment Funds, that clarifies the amendments to the consolidation requirements of Topic 810 resulting from the issuance of Statement 167, which makes the consolidation requirements deferred for a reporting entity’s interest in an entity (1) that has all the attributes of an investment company or (2) for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles for financial reporting purposes that are consistent with those followed by investment companies. The deferral does not apply in situations in which a reporting entity has the explicit or implicit obligation to fund losses of an entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. The deferral also does not apply to interests in securitization entities, asset-backed financing entities, or entities formerly considered qualifying special-purpose entities. The amendments in this update are effective as of the beginning of a reporting entity’s first annual period that begins after November 15, 2009, and for interim periods within that first annual reporting period. The effective date coincides


115


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
with the effective date for the Statement 167 amendments to Topic 810. Early application is not permitted. This guidance did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Derivatives and Hedging — In March 2010, FASB issued a clarification on the scope exception for embedded credit derivatives. The guidance eliminates the scope exception for bifurcation of embedded credit derivatives in interests in securitized financial assets, unless they are created solely by subordination of one financial debt instrument to another. The guidance is effective beginning in the first reporting period after June 15, 2010, with earlier adoption permitted for the quarter beginning after March 31, 2010. This clarification did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Loan Modification — In April 2010, FASB issued an update affecting accounting for loan modifications for those loans that are acquired with deteriorated credit quality and are accounted for on a pool basis. It clarifies that the modifications of such loans do not result in the removal of those loans from the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a troubled debt restructuring. An entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if expected cash flows for the pool change. The new guidance is effective prospectively for modifications occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010. Early application is permitted. The Group adopted this guidance for loans acquired on the FDIC-assisted acquisition accounted for under ASC 310-30. Its adoption did not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Credit Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses Disclosures — In July 2010, FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Disclosures about Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses. The ASU requires a greater level of disaggregated information about the allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of financing receivables. The period-end balance disclosure requirements for loans and the allowance for loan and lease losses is effective for reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010, while disclosures for activity during a reporting period that occurs in the loan and allowance for loan and lease losses accounts will be effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Group adopted this guidance for period-end balance disclosures for loans and the allowance for loan and lease losses. Refer to Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. In January 2011, FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01, Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20, which temporarily delays the effective date of the disclosures regarding troubled debt restructurings in ASU No. 2010-20 for public entities. The anticipated effective date is for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2011.
 
Other accounting standards that have been issued by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
2.   FDIC-ASSISTED ACQUISITION
 
On April 30, 2010 the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain deposits and other liabilities of Eurobank from the FDIC as receiver of Eurobank, San Juan, Puerto Rico. As part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement between the Bank and the FDIC (the “Purchase and Assumption Agreement”), the Bank and the FDIC entered into shared-loss agreements (each, a “shared-loss agreement” and collectively, the “shared-loss agreements”), whereby the FDIC covers a substantial portion of any future losses on loans (and related unfunded loan commitments), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed properties.
 
The acquired loans, foreclosed real estate, and other repossessed property subject to the shared-loss agreements are collectively referred as “covered assets.” Under the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC absorbs 80% of losses and shares in 80% of loss recoveries on covered assets. The term for loss share on single family residential mortgage loans is ten years with respect to losses and loss recoveries, while the term for loss share on commercial loans is five years with respect to losses and eight years with respect to loss recoveries, from the April 30, 2010 acquisition date. The shared-loss agreements also provide for certain costs directly related to the collection and preservation of covered assets to be reimbursed at an 80% level.


116


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The operating results of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2010 include the operating results produced by the acquired assets and liabilities assumed for the period of May 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010. The Group believes that given the nature of assets and liabilities assumed, the significant amount of fair value adjustments, the nature of additional consideration provided to the FDIC and the FDIC shared-loss agreements now in place, historical results of Eurobank are not meaningful to the Group’s results, and thus no pro-forma information is presented.
 
The assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 30, 2010 were presented at their fair value. In many cases, the determination of these fair values required management to make estimates about discount rates, expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. The fair values initially assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as new information relative to closing date fair values became available. During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, the Group recorded retrospective adjustments to the preliminary estimated fair values of certain acquired covered loans, the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset including clawback liability, deferred income taxes, and other assets acquired, to reflect new information obtained during the measurement period (as defined by ASC Topic 805), about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the acquisition-date fair value measurements. This was also the result of ongoing discussions between the Bank and the FDIC that have impacted certain assets acquired and certain liabilities assumed by the Bank as part of the one year measurement period under the Purchase and Assumptions agreement with the FDIC. The amount that the Group realizes on these assets could differ materially from the carrying value included in the consolidated statements of financial condition primarily as a result of changes in the timing and amount of collections on the acquired loans in future periods.
 
The Bank has agreed to make a true-up payment, also known as clawback liability, to the FDIC on the date that is 45 days following the last day of the final shared loss month, or upon the final disposition of all covered assets under the loss sharing agreements in the event losses thereunder fail to reach expected levels. Under the loss sharing agreements, the Bank will pay to the FDIC 50% of the excess, if any, of: (i) 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate of $906.0 million (or $181.2 million) (as determined by the FDIC) less (ii) the sum of: (A) 25% of the asset discount (per bid) (or ($227.5 million)); plus (B) 25% of the cumulative shared-loss payments (defined as the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Bank minus the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the FDIC); plus (C) the sum of the period servicing amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the loss sharing agreements during which the loss sharing provisions of the applicable loss sharing agreement is in effect (defined as the product of the simple average of the principal amount of shared loss loans and shared loss assets at the beginning and end of such period times 1%). The true-up payment represents an estimated liability of $13.8 million at April 30, 2010. This estimated liability is accounted for as part of the indemnification asset. The indemnification asset represents the portion of estimated losses covered by the loss sharing agreements between the Bank and the FDIC.
 
The operating results of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2010 include the operating results produced by the acquired assets and liabilities assumed for the period of May 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010. The Group believes that given the nature of assets and liabilities assumed, the significant amount of fair value adjustments, the nature of additional consideration provided to the FDIC (note payable and equity appreciation instrument) and the FDIC loss sharing agreements now in place, historical results of Eurobank are not meaningful to the Group’s results, and thus no pro forma information is presented.


117


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Net-assets acquired and the respective preliminary measurement period adjustments are reflected in the table below:
 
                                         
                      Preliminary
       
                April 30, 2010
    Measurement
       
    Book value
    Fair Value
    (As initially
    Period
    April 30, 2010
 
    April 30, 2010     Adjustments     reported)     Adjustments     (As remeasured)  
                (In thousands)              
 
Assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 89,777     $     $ 89,777     $     $ 89,777  
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock
    10,077             10,077             10,077  
Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    1,536,416       (699,942 )     836,474       (53,547 )     782,927  
Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    4,275       (1,266 )     3,009       (23 )     2,986  
Foreclosed real estate covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    26,082       (8,555 )     17,527       (2,941 )     14,586  
Other repossessed assets covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
    3,401       (339 )     3,062             3,062  
FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset
          516,250       516,250       28,963       545,213  
Core deposit intangible
          1,423       1,423             1,423  
Deferred tax asset, net
                      1,058       1,058  
Goodwill
                      1,656       1,656  
Other assets
    20,168       (14,867 )     5,301       1,176       6,477  
                                         
Total assets acquired
  $ 1,690,196     $ (207,296 )   $ 1,482,900     $ (23,658 )   $ 1,459,242  
                                         
Liabilities
                                       
Deposits
  $ 722,442     $ 7,104     $ 729,546     $     $ 729,546  
Deferred tax liability, net
                6,419       (6,419 )      
Other liabilities
    9,426             9,426             9,426  
                                         
Total liabilities assumed
  $ 731,868     $ 7,104     $ 745,391     $ (6,419 )   $ 738,972  
                                         
Net assets acquired
  $ 958,328     $ (214,400 )   $ 737,509     $ (17,239 )   $ 720,270  
                                         
Consideration
                                       
Note payable to the FDIC
  $ 715,536     $ 434     $ 715,970     $     $ 715,970  
FDIC settlement payable
    15,244       (4,654 )     10,590       (7,199 )     3,391  
FDIC equity appreciation instrument
          909       909             909  
                                         
    $ 730,780     $ (3,311 )   $ 727,469     $ (7,199 )   $ 720,270  
                                         
Bargain purchase gain from the FDIC-assisted acquisition
                  $ 10,040     $ (10,040 )   $  
                                         


118


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset activity for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at April 30, 2010
  $ 545,213  
Shared-loss agreements reimbursements from the FDIC
    (120,675 )
Credit impairment losses to be covered under shared-loss agreements
    43,004  
Accretion of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset
    4,330  
         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 471,872  
         
 
Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
 
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date reflecting assumptions that a market participant would use when pricing an asset or liability. In some cases, the estimation of fair values requires management to make estimates about discount rates; future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. The methods used to determine the fair values of the significant assets acquired and liabilities assumed are described below.
 
Cash and cash equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, and interest-earning deposits with banks and the Federal Reserve Bank. Cash and cash equivalents have a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase. The fair value of financial instruments that are short-term or re-price frequently and that have little or no risk were considered to have a fair value that approximates to carrying value.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock — The fair value of acquired FHLB stock was estimated to be its redemption value. Subsequent to April 30, 2010 the FHLB stock was redeemed at its carrying amount.
 
Loans — Loans fair values were estimated by discounting the expected cash flows from the portfolio. In estimating such fair value and expected cash flows, management made several assumptions regarding prepayments, collateral cash flows, the timing of defaults, and the loss severity of defaults. Other factors expected by market participants were considered in determining the fair value of acquired loans, including loan pool level estimated cash flows, type of loan and related collateral, risk classification status (i.e. performing or nonperforming), fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan and whether or not the loan was amortizing and current discount rates.
 
The methods used to estimate fair value are extremely sensitive to the assumptions and estimates used. While management attempted to use assumptions and estimates that best reflected the acquired loan portfolios and current market conditions, a greater degree of subjectivity is inherent in these values than in those determined in active markets. Accordingly, readers are cautioned in using this information for purposes of evaluating the financial condition and/or value of the Group in and of itself or in comparison with any other Group.
 
Foreclosed real estate and other repossessed properties — Foreclosed real estate and other repossessed properties (primarily vehicles) are presented at their estimated fair value and are also subject to the FDIC shared-loss agreements. The fair values were determined using expected selling price, less selling and carrying costs, discounted to present value.
 
FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset — The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset, also known as the indemnification asset, is measured separately from each of the covered asset categories as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered asset categories. The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset was recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and represents the present value of the estimated cash payments (net of amount owed to the FDIC) expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets based on the credit assumptions on estimated cash flows for each covered asset pool and the loss sharing percentages. The ultimate collectability of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered loans, the


119


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
passage of time and claims paid by the FDIC which are impacted by the Bank’s adherence to certain guidelines established by the FDIC.
 
Goodwill — The amount of goodwill is the residual difference in the fair value of liabilities assumed and net consideration paid to the FDIC over the fair value of the assets acquired. This goodwill has been assigned to the Bank subsidiary.
 
Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) — CDI is a measure of the value of non-interest checking, savings, and NOW and money market deposits that are acquired in business combinations. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination was based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding, relative to an alternative source of funding.
 
Deposit liabilities — The fair values used for demand and savings deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair values for time deposits were estimated using a discounted cash flow method that applies interest rates currently being offered on time deposits to a schedule of aggregated contractual maturities of such time deposits.
 
Deferred taxes — Deferred taxes relate to the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this transaction. The Group’s effective tax rate used in measuring deferred taxes resulting from the FDIC-assisted acquisition is 39%.
 
Other assets and other liabilities — Given the short-term nature of these financial instruments the carrying amounts reflected in the statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed approximated fair value.
 
3.   INVESTMENTS
 
Money Market Investments
 
The Group considers as cash equivalents all money market instruments that are not pledged and that have maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition. At December 31, 2010, and 2009, cash equivalents included as part of cash and due from banks amounted to $111.7 million and $29.4 million, respectively.


120


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Investment Securities
 
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, fair value, and weighted average yield of the securities owned by the Group at December 31, 2010 and 2009, were as follows:
 
                                         
    December 31, 2010  
          Gross
    Gross
          Weighted
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Average
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Yield  
    (In thousands)  
 
Available-for-sale
                                       
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
  $ 3,000     $     $     $ 3,000       0.01 %
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    71,128       160       3,625       67,663       5.37 %
Structured credit investments
    61,724             20,031       41,693       3.68 %
                                         
Total investment securities
    135,852       160       23,656       112,356          
                                         
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    3,238,802       45,446       2,058       3,282,190       3.70 %
GNMA certificates
    118,191       9,523             127,714       5.19 %
CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    168,301       9,524       21       177,804       5.01 %
                                         
Total mortgage-backed-securities and CMOs
    3,525,294       64,493       2,079       3,587,708          
                                         
Total securities available-for-sale
    3,661,146       64,653       25,735       3,700,064       3.84 %
Held-to-maturity
                                       
Mortgage-backed-securities
                                       
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    689,917             14,196       675,721       3.74 %
                                         
Total
  $ 4,351,063     $ 64,653     $ 39,931     $ 4,375,785       3.82 %
                                         
 
                                         
    December 31, 2009  
          Gross
    Gross
          Weighted
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Average
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value     Yield  
    (In thousands)  
 
Available-for-sale
                                       
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
  $ 1,037,722     $ 359     $ 30,990     $ 1,007,091       3.18 %
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    71,537       9       6,181       65,365       5.37 %
Structured credit investments
    61,722             23,340       38,382       3.69 %
                                         
Total investment securities
    1,170,981       368       60,511       1,110,838          
                                         
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    2,766,317       22,154       24,298       2,764,173       4.62 %
GNMA certificates
    339,830       7,317       1,044       346,103       4.81 %
CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    279,454       7,057       3       286,508       5.20 %
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    487,435             41,398       446,037       5.78 %
                                         
Total mortgage-backed-securities and CMOs
    3,873,036       36,528       66,743       3,842,821          
                                         
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 5,044,017     $ 36,896     $ 127,254     $ 4,953,659       4.48 %
                                         
 
The Bank’s international banking entity generated interest income of $100.9 million and $128.8 million, taxable at 5%, for 2010 and 2009, respectively, and $138.5 million of interest income fully exempt for 2008. Other exempt interest income was generated on Puerto Rico government obligations in the Group’s holding company and its banking subsidiary of $28.6 million, $39.8 million, and $54.9 million for 2010, 2009, and 2008 respectively.


121


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The amortized cost and fair value of the Group’s investment securities at December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity, are shown in the next table. Securities not due on a single contractual maturity date, such as collateralized mortgage obligations, are classified in the period of final contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Available-for-sale
          Held-to-maturity
       
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value     Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)     (In thousands)  
 
Investment securities
                               
Due less than 1 year
                               
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
  $ 3,000     $ 3,000     $     $  
                                 
Due from 1 to 5 years
                               
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    382       388              
                                 
Due after 5 to 10 years
                               
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    13,682       12,658              
Structured credit investments
    11,976       8,379              
                                 
Total due after 5 to 10 years
    25,658       21,037              
                                 
Due after 10 years
                               
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    57,064       54,617              
Structured credit investments
    49,748       33,314              
                                 
Total due after 10 years
    106,812       87,931              
                                 
Total investment securities
    135,852       112,356              
                                 
Mortgage-backed securities
                               
Due after 5 to 10 years
                               
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    14,069       14,868              
                                 
Due after 10 years
                               
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    3,224,733       3,267,322       689,917       675,721  
GNMA certificates
    118,191       127,714              
CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    168,301       177,804              
                                 
Total due after 10 years
    3,511,225       3,572,840       689,917       675,721  
                                 
Total mortgage-backed securities
    3,525,294       3,587,708       689,917       675,721  
                                 
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 3,661,146     $ 3,700,064     $ 689,917     $ 675,721  
                                 
 
Keeping with the Group’s investment strategy, during 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were certain sales of available-for-sale securities because the Group felt at the time of such sales that gains could be realized while at the same time having good opportunities to invest the proceeds in other investment securities with attractive yields and terms that would allow the Group to continue to protect its net interest margin. Also, the Group, as part of


122


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
its asset and liability management, purchases agency discount notes close to their maturities as a short term vehicle to reinvest the proceeds of sale transactions until similar investment securities with attractive yields can be purchased. The discount notes are pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group sold $285.5 million of discount notes with minimal aggregate gross gains amounting to $1 thousand and sold $608.4 million of discounted notes with minimal aggregate gross losses amounting to $1 thousand.
 
In December 2009, the Group made the strategic decision to sell $116.0 million of collateralized debt obligations at a realized loss of $73.9 million. For the same strategic reasons, in early January 2010, the Group sold $374.3 million of non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations with a realized loss of $45.8 million. This realized loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2009 and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2010, since these assets were sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2009.
 
In December 2010, the Group made the strategic decision to sell $85.5 million, amortized cost, of a non-agency mortgage-backed security at a realized loss of $22.8 million. The proceeds from such sale amounted to approximately $63.5 million, which were slightly higher than the $63.2 million fair value at which this instrument was carried in books. This $300 thousand difference represents a positive effect on stockholders’ equity of this transaction for the Group.
 
After giving effect to these transactions, approximately 98% of the Group’s investment securities portfolio consist of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities or notes, guaranteed or issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, and U.S. agency senior debt obligations, backed by a U.S. government sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. This compares to 89% at December 31, 2009.
 
The tables below present an analysis of the gross realized gains and losses by category for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
                                  Gross
 
Description
  Face Value     Cost     Sale Price     Sale Book Value     Gross Gains     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
Sale of Securities Available-for-Sale
                                               
Investment securities
                                               
Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies
  $ 1,168,925     $ 1,191,915     $ 1,196,123     $ 1,191,408     $ 4,716     $ 1  
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    2,295       2,396       2,394       2,395             1  
                                                 
Total investment securities
    1,171,220       1,194,311       1,198,517       1,193,803       4,716       2  
                                                 
Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs
                                               
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    2,070,159       1,940,384       1,783,631       1,755,808       27,823          
GNMA certificates
    307,356       315,911       293,997       288,726       5,271        
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    842,619       840,775       430,926       453,702             22,776  
                                                 
Total mortgage-backed securities and CMOs
    3,220,134       3,097,070       2,508,554       2,498,236       33,094       22,776  
                                                 
Total
  $ 4,391,354     $ 4,291,381     $ 3,707,071     $ 3,692,039     $ 37,810     $ 22,778  
                                                 
 


123


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
Description
  Face Value     Cost     Sale Price     Sale Book Value     Gross Gains     Gross Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
Sale of Securities Available-for-Sale
                                               
Investment securities
                                               
Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies
  $ 3,189,385     $ 3,190,113     $ 3,189,827     $ 3,188,991     $ 856     $ 20  
Structured credit investments
    134,000       114,128       42,210       116,094             73,884  
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    90,000       90,612       90,000       90,000              
                                                 
Total investment securities
    3,413,385       3,394,853       3,322,037       3,395,085       856       73,904  
                                                 
Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs
                                               
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    5,520,419       5,490,838       5,088,807       5,018,408       71,549       1,150  
GNMA certificates
    347,667       355,949       353,801       353,176       625        
CMOs issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
    330,000       330,938       336,994       330,585       6,409        
                                                 
Total mortgage-backed securities and CMOs
    6,198,086       6,177,725       5,779,602       5,702,169       78,583       1,150  
                                                 
Total
  $ 9,611,471     $ 9,572,578     $ 9,101,639     $ 9,097,254     $ 79,439     $ 75,054  
                                                 
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
Description
  Face Value     Cost     Sale Price     Sale Book Value     Gross Gains     Gross Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
Sale of Securities Available-for-Sale
                                               
Investment securities
                                               
Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies
  $ 793,300     $ 792,957     $ 791,278     $ 782,063     $ 9,215     $  
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    1,830       1,843       1,862       1,804       58        
                                                 
Total investment securities
    795,130       794,800       793,140       783,867       9,273        
                                                 
Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs
                                               
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    821,488       817,883       703,921       693,370       10,551        
GNMA certificates
    196,578       199,030       190,718       189,872       907       61  
                                                 
Total mortgage-backed securities and CMOs
    1,018,066       1,016,913       894,639       883,242       11,458       61  
                                                 
      1,813,196       1,811,713       1,687,779       1,667,109       20,731       61  
                                                 
Sale of Securities Held-to-Maturity
                                               
Investment securities
                                               
Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies
    125,000       124,981       127,870       125,000       2,870        
                                                 
Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs
                                               
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    1,028,748       906,544       488,628       481,518       7,110        
GNMA certificates
    319,223       272,090       115,358       113,441       1,917        
CMOs issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
    140,473       140,979       103,119       100,616       2,503        
                                                 
Total mortgage-backed securities and CMOs
    1,488,444       1,319,613       707,105       695,575       11,530        
                                                 
      1,613,444       1,444,594       834,975       820,575       14,400        
                                                 
Total
  $ 3,426,640     $ 3,256,307     $ 2,522,754     $ 2,487,684     $ 35,131     $ 61  
                                                 

124


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table shows the Group’s gross unrealized losses and fair value of investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
 
December 31, 2010
Available-for-sale
 
                         
    Less than 12 months  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Loss     Value  
    (In thousands)  
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
  $ 245,533     $ 2,058     $ 243,475  
CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    2,591       21       2,570  
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
    1,000             1,000  
                         
      249,124       2,079       247,045  
                         
 
                         
    12 months or more  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Loss     Value  
 
Structured credit investments
    61,724       20,031       41,693  
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    50,773       3,625       47,148  
                         
      112,497       23,656       88,841  
                         
 
                         
    Total  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Loss     Value  
 
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    245,533       2,058       243,475  
Structured credit investments
    61,724       20,031       41,693  
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    50,773       3,625       47,148  
CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    2,591       21       2,570  
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
    1,000             1,000  
                         
    $ 361,621     $ 25,735     $ 335,886  
                         
 
December 31, 2010
Held-to-maturity
 
                         
    Less than 12 months  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Loss     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
  $ 689,917     $ 14,196     $ 675,721  
                         


125


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
December 31, 2009
Available-for-sale
 
                         
    Less than 12 months  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Loss     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
  $ 1,772,575     $ 24,287     $ 1,748,288  
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
    602,926       30,990       571,936  
GNMA certificates
    154,916       1,030       153,886  
CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    2,701       3       2,698  
                         
      2,533,118       56,310       2,476,808  
                         
 
                         
    12 months or more  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Loss     Value  
 
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    605       11       594  
GNMA certificates
    350       14       336  
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    113,122       41,398       71,724  
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    71,155       6,181       64,974  
Structured credit investments
    61,722       23,340       38,382  
                         
      246,954       70,944       176,010  
                         
 
                         
    Total  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Loss     Value  
 
FNMA and FHLMC certificates
    1,773,180       24,298       1,748,882  
Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies
    602,926       30,990       571,936  
GNMA certificates
    155,266       1,044       154,222  
Non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations
    113,122       41,398       71,724  
Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations
    71,155       6,181       64,974  
Structured credit investments
    61,722       23,340       38,382  
CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies
    2,701       3       2,698  
                         
    $ 2,780,072     $ 127,254     $ 2,652,818  
                         
 
The Group conducts quarterly reviews to identify and evaluate each investment in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairments. The Group follows FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 320-10-65-1, which changed the accounting requirements for other than temporary impairments for debt securities, and in certain circumstances, separates the amount of total impairment into credit and noncredit-related amounts.
 
ASC 320-10-5-1 requires the Group to consider various factors during its review, which include, but are not limited to:
 
•  analysis of individual investments that have fair values less than amortized cost, including consideration of the length of time the investment has been in an unrealized loss position and the expected recovery period;
 
•  the financial condition of the issuer or issuers;
 
•  the creditworthiness of the obligor of the security;


126


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
•  actual collateral attributes;
 
•  any rating changes by a rating agency;
 
•  the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;
 
•  current market conditions
 
•  adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry, or a geographic area;
 
•  the Group’s intent to sell the debt security;
 
•  whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Group will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery;
 
•  and other qualitative factors that could support or not an other-than-temporary impairment.
 
Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component being recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing such amortized cost with the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, discounted at the rate equal to the yield used to accrete current and prospective beneficial interest for the security. The shortfall, if any, of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.”
 
Other-than-temporary impairment analysis is based on estimates that depend on market conditions and are subject to further change over time. In addition, while the Group believes that the methodology used to value these exposures is reasonable, the methodology is subject to continuing refinement, including those made as a result of market developments. Consequently, it is reasonably possible that changes in estimates or conditions could result in the need to recognize additional other-than-temporary impairment charges in the future.
 
With regards to the structured credit investments with an unrealized loss position, the Group performs a detailed analysis of other-than-temporary impairments, which is explained in the following paragraphs. The Group also performed a detailed analysis of other-than-temporary impairment on the non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation that the Group sold in December 2010, which was in an unrealized loss position during the year. Other securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 are mainly composed of securities issued or backed by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored agencies. These investments are primarily highly liquid securities that have a large and efficient secondary market. Valuations are performed on a monthly basis. The Group’s management believes that the unrealized losses of such other securities at December 31, 2010, are temporary and are substantially related to market interest rate fluctuations and not to deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer or guarantor. At December 31, 2010, the Group does not have the intent to sell these investment securities in an unrealized loss position.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Group’s portfolio of structured credit investments amounted to $61.7 million (amortized cost) in the available-for-sale portfolio, with net unrealized losses of approximately $20.0 million. The Group’s structured credit investments portfolio consist of two types of instruments: synthetic collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and collateralized loan obligations (CLOs).
 
The CLOs are collateralized mostly by senior secured (via first liens) “middle market” commercial and industrial loans, which are securitized in the form of obligations. The Group invested in three of such instruments in 2007, and as of December 31, 2010, have an aggregate amortized cost of $36.2 million and unrealized losses of $10.6 million. These investments are all floating rate notes, which reset quarterly based on the three-month LIBOR rate.
 
The determination of the credit loss assumption in the discounted cash flow analysis related to the Group’s structured credit investments is similar to the one used for the non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations, the


127


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
difference being that the underlying data for each type of security is different, which affects the cash flow calculations. In the case of the CLOs, the determination of the future cash flows is based on the following factors:
 
•  Identification of the estimated fair value of the contractual coupon of the loans underlying the CLO. This information is obtained directly from the trustee’s reports for each CLO security.
 
•  Calculation of the yield-to-maturity for each loan in the CLO, and determination of the interest rate spread (yield less the risk-free rate).
 
•  Estimated default probabilities for each loan in the CLO. These are based on the credit ratings for each company in the structure, and this information also is obtained directly from the trustee’s reports for each CLO security. The default probabilities are adjusted based on the credit rating assuming the highest default probabilities for the loans of those entities with the lowest credit ratings. In addition to determining the current default probabilities, estimates are developed to calculate the cumulative default probabilities in successive years. To establish the reasonability of the default estimates, market-implied default rates are compared to historical credit ratings-based default rates.
 
•  Once the default probabilities are estimated, the average numbers of defaults is calculated for the loans underlying each CLO security. In those cases where defaults are deemed to occur, a recovery rate is applied to the cash flow determination at the time in which the default is expected to occur. The recovery rate is based on average historical information for similar securities, as well as the actual recovery rates for defaults that have occurred within the pool of loans underlying the securities owned by the Group.
 
•  One hundred simulations are carried out and run through a cash flow engine for the underlying pool of loans in each CLO security. Each one of the simulations uses different default estimates and forward yield curve assumptions.
 
The Group estimates that it will recover all interest and principal for the Group’s specific tranches of these securities. This assessment is based on the cash flow analysis mentioned above in which the credit quality of the Group’s positions was evaluated through a determination of the expected losses on the underlying collateral. The model results show that the estimated future collateral losses, if any, are lower than the Group’s subordination levels for each one of these securities. Therefore, these securities are deemed to have sufficient credit support to absorb the estimated collateral losses.
 
The Group owns a corporate bond that is partially invested in a synthetic CDO with an amortized cost of $25.5 million and unrealized losses of $9.4 million as of December 31, 2010. Due to the structure of this corporate bond, the Group’s analysis focuses primarily on the CDO. The basis for the determination of other-than-temporary impairments on this security consists on a series of analyses that include: the ongoing review of the level of subordination (attachment and detachment) that the structure maintains at each quarter-end to determine the level of protection that remains after events of default may affect any of the entities in the CDO’s reference portfolio; simulations performed on such reference portfolio to determine the probability of default by any of the remaining entities; the review of the credit default spreads for each entity in the reference portfolio to monitor their specific performance; and the constant monitoring of the CDO’s credit rating.
 
As a result of the aforementioned analysis, the Group estimates that it will recover all interest and principal invested in the bond. This is based on the results of the analysis mentioned above which show that the subordination level (attachment/detachment) available under the structure of the CDO is sufficient to allow the Group to recover the value of its investment.
 
The credit loss assumptions used by the Group in its discounted cash flow analysis for non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations are based on a model developed by a third party that uses individual loan-level inputs. The Group analyzes the underlying loan data based on the security’s structure and based on the following factors to determine the expected cash flows that the security will receive from the underlying pool of loans: loan stages and transitions; prepayment modeling; and severity modeling.


128


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Residential mortgage loans are identified by transition stages that are based on the delinquency status of each loan, and for modeling purposes, roll rates are used in the model to estimate the transition of such loans from one stage to another as part of a loan default modeling process. Loan transition estimates are based on several drivers that include, to the extent available, the following: property type; product type; occupancy; loan purpose; loan documentation; lien type; time to payment shock (which primarily applies to adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs)); effective loan to value ratio (LTV); change of monthly LTV; credit scores of borrowers; debt to income ratio; mortgage rate; initial interest rate spread; loan age; delinquent history; and macroeconomic factors.
 
Prepayment estimates are applied also on a loan-level basis. The main factor of prepayment modeling is refinancing behavior, which is tied to market interest rates. In addition to market rates and how these affect prepayment modeling, prepayment estimates are calculated based on additional drivers that include the following: housing turnover; refinancing purpose; cash-out purpose; consideration of full pay-offs, partial prepayments and curtailments; and seasonality.
 
In addition to being able to forecast the rate of default on residential mortgage loans, particularly “subprime” loans, the model also includes projections of the realized loss amount on the loans that do default. Such “loss severity” projections are based on the following drivers: property values, which are affected by its location; property type; occupancy type, which relates to whether the properties are for investment purposes, owner-occupied (primary residence) or second homes; and delinquency status at time of liquidation.
 
The Group constantly monitored the BALTA private label non-agency CMO to measure the collateral performance and gauge trends for such positions, and the effect of collateral behavior on credit enhancements, cash flows, and fair values of the bonds. The Group also periodically monitored any rating migration, and took into account the time lag between underlying performance and rating agency actions.
 
The factors listed above were used to determine the security’s future expected cash flows. These future cash flows were then discounted based on the instrument’s book yield to arrive at their present value. The present value was then compared to the amortized cost of the security, and any shortfall in the present value was considered to be the credit loss, which was recognized in earnings.
 
In December 2010, the Group made the strategic decision to sell the BALTA private label non-agency CMO at a loss of $22.8 million. The following table summarizes other-than-temporary impairment losses (in thousands) on this security for the year ended December 31, 2010:
 
         
    Year Ended
    December 31, 2010
 
Total loss other-than-temporarily impaired securities
  $ (39,674 )
Portion of loss on securities recognized in other comprehensive income
    22,508  
         
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
  $ (17,166 )
         
 
4.   PLEDGED ASSETS
 
At December 31, 2010, residential mortgage loans amounting to $512.0 million were pledged to secure advances and borrowings from the FHLB. Investment securities with fair values totaling $3.8 billion, $73.4 million, $19.1 million, and $47.5 million at December 31, 2010, were pledged to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, public fund deposits, Federal Reserve Bank of New York advances, and funds deposited by the Puerto Rico Cash & Money Market Fund Inc., respectively. Also, at December 31, 2010, investment securities with fair values totaling $9.9 million were pledged as collateral for interest rate swaps contracts, while others with fair values of $124 thousand were pledged to the OCFI as a bond for the Bank’s trust operations. At December 31, 2009, residential mortgage loans amounting to $546.7 million were pledged to secure advances and borrowings from the FHLB. Investment securities with fair values totaling $3.9 billion, $72.6 million and $85.3 million at December 31, 2009, were pledged to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, public fund deposits and other funds,


129


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
respectively. Also, at December 31, 2009, investment securities with fair values totaling $8.4 million were pledged as collateral for interest rate swaps contracts, while others with fair value of $128 thousand and $119 thousand, were pledged to the Puerto Rico Treasury Department and to the OCFI as a bond for the Bank’s trust operations, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, investment securities available-for-sale not pledged amounted to $422.1 million and $887.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, mortgage loans not pledged amounted to $394.4 million and $396.2 million, respectively.


130


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
5.   LOANS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
 
Loans Receivable Composition
 
The composition of the Group’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Loans not-covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:
               
Loans secured by real estate:
               
Residential — 1 to 4 family
  $ 847,402     $ 898,790  
Home equity loans, secured personal loans and others
    25,080       20,145  
Commercial
    174,056       157,631  
Deferred loan fees, net
    (3,931 )     (3,318 )
                 
      1,042,607       1,073,248  
                 
Other loans:
               
Commercial
    60,936       40,146  
Personal consumer loans and credit lines
    35,912       22,864  
Leasing
    10,257        
Deferred loan fees, net
    (423 )     (178 )
                 
      106,682       62,832  
                 
Loans receivable
    1,149,289       1,136,080  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (31,430 )     (23,272 )
                 
Loans receivable, net
    1,117,859       1,112,808  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
    33,979       27,261  
                 
Total loans not-covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net
    1,151,838       1,140,069  
Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:
               
Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties
    166,865        
Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties
    17,253        
Commercial and other construction
    388,261        
Leasing
    79,093        
Consumer
    18,546        
                 
Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC
    670,018        
Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans
    (49,286 )      
                 
Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net
    620,732        
                 
Total loans, net
  $ 1,772,570     $ 1,140,069  
                 


131


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in gross loans as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 by class of loans:
 
                                                         
                                        Loans Past
 
                                        Due Over
 
    30-59 Days
    60-89 Days
    Greater than
    Total Past
                90 Days and
 
    Past Due     Past Due     90 Days     Due     Current     Total Loans     Still Accruing  
 
December 31, 2010:
                                                       
Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:
                                                       
Secured by real estate (except commercial)
                                                       
Residential
                                                       
Traditional
  $ 22,093     $ 9,414     $ 76,604     $ 108,111     $ 638,158     $ 746,269     $ 37,850  
Non-traditional
    837       845       12,016       13,698       66,056       79,754       4,953  
Loss mitigation program
    2,528       1,043       9,336       12,907       33,497       46,404       6,060  
                                                         
      25,458       11,302       97,956       134,716       737,711       872,427       48,863  
Home equity loans, secured personal loans
    149             340       489       961       1,450        
Other
                55       55             55        
                                                         
      25,607       11,302       98,351       135,260       738,672       873,932       48,863  
Commercial
    1,123       9,367       13,390       23,880       210,396       234,276        
Consumer
                                                       
Personal consumer loans and credit lines — secured
    23                   23       4,853       4,876        
Personal consumer loans and credit lines — unsecured
    419       207       136       762       17,576       18,338        
Credit cards
    262       173       285       720       3,620       4,340        
Overdrafts
                940       940       6,684       7,624        
                                                         
      704       380       1,361       2,445       32,733       35,178        
Leasing
          79       35       114       10,143       10,257        
                                                         
Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
  $ 27,434     $ 21,128     $ 113,137     $ 161,699     $ 991,944     $ 1,153,643     $ 48,863  
                                                         
 


132


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                         
                                        Loans Past
 
                                        Due Over
 
    30-59 Days
    60-89 Days
    Greater than
                      90 Days and
 
    Past Due     Past Due     90 Days     Total Past Due     Current     Total Loans     Still Accruing  
 
December 31, 2009:
                                                       
Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:
                                                       
Mortgage
                                                       
Residential
                                                       
Traditional
  $ 21,344     $ 12,507     $ 70,255     $ 104,106     $ 704,624     $ 808,730     $ 29,304  
Non-traditional
    1,967       416       14,974       17,357       74,982       92,339       8,011  
Loss mitigation program
    732       522       2,884       4,138       13,536       17,674       2,374  
                                                         
      24,043       13,445       88,113       125,601       793,142       918,743       39,689  
Home equity loans, secured personal loans
          153       271       424       1,086       1,510        
Other
                55       55             55        
                                                         
      24,043       13,598       88,439       126,080       794,228       920,308       39,689  
Commercial
    2,025       6,761       15,687       24,473       173,256       197,729        
Consumer
                                                       
Personal consumer loans and credit lines — secured
    97       15       1       113       3,551       3,664        
Personal consumer loans and credit lines — unsecured
    494       137       160       791       14,282       15,073        
Credit cards
    22       9       12       43       1,072       1,115        
Overdrafts
    16       211       3       230       1,457       1,687        
                                                         
      629       372       176       1,177       20,362       21,539        
Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC
  $ 26,697     $ 20,731     $ 104,302     $ 151,730     $ 987,846     $ 1,139,576     $ 39,689  
                                                         
 
Non-covered Loans
 
The Group’s credit activities are with customers located in Puerto Rico. The Group’s loan transactions are encompassed within four portfolio segments: mortgage, commercial, consumer, and leases. The latter business was added to the Group’s credit activities as a result of the recent FDIC-assisted acquisition.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Group had $63.3 million and $57.1 million, respectively, of non-accrual non-covered loans including credit cards accounted under ASC 310-20. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, loans of which terms have been extended that are not included in non-performing assets amounted to $29.3 million and $9.9 million. The covered loans that may have been classified as non-performing loans by the acquired banks are no longer classified as non-performing because these loans are accounted for on a pooled basis. Management’s judgment is required in classifying loans in pools subject to ASC Subtopic 310-30 as performing loans, and is dependent on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of the pool cash flows to be collected, even if certain loans within the pool are contractually past due.

133


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the recorded investment in non-covered loans on non-accrual status by class of loans as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    Non-accrual  
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Mortgage
               
Residential
               
Traditional
  $ 38,754     $ 33,407  
Non-traditional
    7,063       6,962  
Loss mitigation program
    3,276       510  
                 
      49,093       40,879  
Home equity loans, secured personal loans
    340       271  
Other
    55       55  
                 
      49,488       41,205  
                 
Commercial
    13,390       15,687  
                 
Consumer
               
Personal consumer loans and credit lines — secured
          1  
Personal consumer loans and credit lines — unsecured
    136       160  
Credit cards
    285       12  
Overdrafts
          3  
                 
      421       176  
                 
Leasing
    35        
                 
Total
  $ 63,334     $ 57,068  
                 
 
Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.
 
Credit Quality Indicators
 
The Group categorizes non-covered loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans.
 
Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.
 
Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the


134


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
lower of cost or fair value. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250 thousand and over 90-days past-due. The portfolios of loans secured by real estate (except commercial), leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment.
 
The Group uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
 
Special Mention:  Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.
 
Substandard:  Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
 
Doubtful:  Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, questionable and improbable.
 
ASC 310-10-35:  Loans that are individually measured for impairment.
 
Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans. As of December 31, 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of gross non-covered loans subject to risk rating, by class of loans, is as follows:
 
                                                 
    Balance
                               
    Outstanding at
    Delinquency  
    December 31, 2010     Pass     Special Mention     Substandard     Doubtful     ASC 310-10-35  
    (In thousands)  
 
Commercial
  $ 234,276     $ 188,281     $ 5,908     $ 14,046     $ 143     $ 25,898  
                                                 
 
For residential and consumer loan classes, the Group also evaluates credit quality based on the delinquency status of the loan, which was previously presented. As of December 31, 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of gross non-covered loans not subject to risk rating, by class of loans, is as follows:
 
                                                 
    Balance
                               
    Outstanding at
    Delinquency  
    December 31, 2010     0-90 days     91-120 days     121-365 days     Over 365 days     ASC 310-10-35  
    (In thousands)  
 
Mortgage
                                               
Traditional
  $ 746,269     $ 669,665     $     $ 37,851     $ 38,753     $  
Non-traditional
    79,754       67,738             4,953       7,063        
Loss mitigation program
    46,404       7,767             2,035       2,553       34,049  
                                                 
      872,427       745,170             44,839       48,369       34,049  
Home equity loans, secured personal loans
    1,450       1,110                   340        
Other
    55                         55        
                                                 
      873,932       746,280             44,839       48,764       34,049  
Consumer
    35,178       34,466             697       15        
Leasing
    10,257       10,222             35              
                                                 
Total
  $ 919,367     $ 790,968     $     $ 45,571     $ 48,779     $ 34,049  
                                                 


135


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
For covered loans, the Group also evaluates credit quality based on the delinquency status of the loan, comparing information from acquisition date through December 31, 2010.
 
The Group also evaluates covered loans using severity factors. From the acquisition date through December 31, 2010, there have been no adverse changes from those originally estimated that caused us to change the initial loss severity factors estimated for these loans. In addition, as the majority of covered loans are secured by real estate, no adverse experience than those originally estimated have been seem that required us to change our expectation on collateral values, which would change the initial assumptions. The Group has adjusted the loss default and expectations taking into consideration these facts.
 
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
 
Non-Covered Loans
 
The Group maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses. The analysis includes a review of historical loan loss experience, value of underlying collateral, current economic conditions, financial condition of borrowers and other pertinent factors. While management uses available information in estimating probable loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be required based on factors beyond the Group’s control.
 
The changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 23,272     $ 14,293     $ 10,161  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    15,914       15,650       8,860  
Charge-offs
    (8,235 )     (7,028 )     (5,104 )
Recoveries
    479       357       376  
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 31,430     $ 23,272     $ 14,293  
                         


136


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment in gross loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2010:
 
                                                 
    Mortgage     Commercial     Consumer     Leasing     Unallocated     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
                                               
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
                                               
Individually evaluated for impairment
  $ 2,250     $ 823     $     $     $ 138     $ 3,211  
Collectively evaluated for impairment
    13,929       10,330       2,286       860       814       28,219  
                                                 
Total ending allowance balance
  $ 16,179     $ 11,153     $ 2,286     $ 860     $ 952     $ 31,430  
                                                 
Loans:
                                               
Individually evaluated for impairment
    34,049       25,898                       $ 59,947  
Collectively evaluated for impairment
    838,433       208,378       36,628       10,257               1,093,696  
                                                 
Total ending loans balance
  $ 872,482     $ 234,276     $ 36,628     $ 10,257     $     $ 1,153,643  
                                                 
 
The Group evaluates all loans, some individually and others as homogeneous groups, for purposes of determining impairment. At December 31, 2010, the total investment in impaired commercial loans was $25.9 million (December 31, 2009 — $15.6 million). The impaired commercial loans were measured based on the fair value of collateral. The average investment in impaired commercial loans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, amounted to $22.1 million, $9.0 million, and $1.9 million, respectively. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $823 thousand and $709 thousand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Net credit losses on impaired commercial loans for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were approximately $1.9 million and $776 thousand respectively. At December 31, 2010, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $36.1 million (December 31, 2009 — $10.7 million). The Group has two types of mortgage loan modification programs. These are the loss mitigation program and the non-traditional mortgage loan program. Both programs are intended to help responsible homeowners to remain in their homes and avoid foreclosure, while also reducing the Group’s losses on non performing mortgage loans. Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $2.4 million and $683 thousand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


137


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Group’s recorded investment in commercial and mortgage loans that were individually evaluated for impairment, excluding FDIC covered loans, and the related allowance for loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2010  
                            Average
    Interest
 
    Unpaid
    Recorded
    Specific
          Recorded
    Income
 
    Principal     Investment     Allowance     Coverage     Investment     Recognized  
    (In thousands)  
 
Impaired loans with specific allowance
                                               
Commercial
  $ 11,948     $ 10,070     $ 823       8 %   $ 10,622     $ 158  
Residential — Loss mitigation program
    34,049       34,049       2,250       7 %     16,977       743  
Impaired loans with no specific allowance
                                               
Commercial
    15,828       15,828             0 %     11,472       651  
                                                 
Total investment in impaired loans
  $ 61,825     $ 59,947     $ 3,073       5 %   $ 39,071     $ 1,552  
                                                 
 
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2009  
                            Average
    Interest
 
    Unpaid
    Recorded
    Specific
          Recorded
    Income
 
    Principal     Investment     Allowance     Coverage     Investment     Recognized  
    (In thousands)  
 
Impaired loans with specific allowance
                                               
Commercial
  $ 9,355     $ 9,355     $ 709       8 %   $ 3,138     $ 86  
Residential — Loss mitigation program
    10,139       10,139       684       7 %     6,870       226  
Impaired loans with no specific allowance
                                               
Commercial
    6,227       6,227             0 %     5,818       241  
                                                 
Total investment in impaired loans
  $ 25,721     $ 25,721     $ 1,393       5 %   $ 15,826     $ 553  
                                                 
 
The impaired commercial loans were measured based on the fair value of collateral. Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows.
 
Covered Loans under ASC 310-30
 
The Group’s acquired loans in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank are initially recorded at fair value and no separate valuation allowance is recorded at the date of acquisition. The Group is required to review each loan at acquisition to determine if it should be accounted for under ASC 310-30 and if so, determines whether each loan is to be accounted for individually or whether loans will be aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. The Group has performed its analysis of the loans to be accounted for as impaired under ASC 310-30 (“Impaired Loans” in the tables below). For the loans acquired with the Eurobank acquisition that are not within the scope of ASC 310-30 (“Non-Impaired Loans” in the tables below), the Group followed the income recognition and disclosure guidance in ASC 310-30. During the evaluation of whether a loan was considered impaired under ASC 310-30, the Group considered a number of factors, including the delinquency status of the loan, payment options and other loan features (i.e. reduced documentation, interest only, or negative amortization features), the geographic location of the borrower or collateral and the risk rating assigned to the loans. Based on the criteria, the Group considered the entire Eurobank portfolio, except for credit cards, to be impaired and accounted for under ASC 310-30. Credit cards were accounted under ASC 310-20. During the fourth quarter of 2010 these credit cards were cancelled and new agreements were provided to these customers.


138


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
To the extent credit deterioration occurs in covered loans after the date of acquisition, the Group would record an allowance for loan and lease losses. Also, the Group would record an increase in the FDIC loss-share indemnification asset for the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2010, there have been deviations between actual and expected cash flows in several pools of loans acquired under the FDIC-assisted acquisition. These deviations are both positive and negative in nature. Even though actual cash flows for the aggregate pools acquired, were more than the expected cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group continues to evaluate these deviations to assess whether there have been additional deterioration since the acquisition. At December 31, 2010, the Group concluded that certain pools reflect a higher than expected credit deterioration and as such has recorded impairment on the pools impacted. In addition, for other pools, positive deviations have been also assessed as temporary in nature and no additions to accretable discount have been recorded at December 31, 2010. In the event that in future periods the positive trend continues, there may be additions to the accretable discount which will increase the yield on the pools that have positive deviations between actual and expected cash flows.
 
In conjunction with the FDIC-assisted acquisition, the acquired loan portfolio was accounted for under ASC 310-30 as follows:
 
                         
    At Acquisition date  
          Non-
       
    Impaired
    Impaired
    Total Loans
 
    Loans     Loans     Acquired  
    (In thousands)  
 
Contractually required principal
  $ 1,035,888     $ 504,803     $ 1,540,691  
                         
Fair value
  $ 470,761     $ 315,152     $ 785,913  
                         
 
Preliminary composition of loans acquired, their respective unpaid principal balances, and the fair value reflecting preliminary measurement period adjustments are reflected in the table below:
 
                                 
    At April 30, 2010  
    Unpaid
    Fair
             
    Principal
    Value
    Fair
    Total
 
    Balance     Adjustment     Value     Mark  
    (In thousands)  
 
Covered loans:
                               
Loans secured by residential properties
  $ 299,775     $ (111,615 )   $ 188,160       −37.23 %
Construction secured by residential properties
    87,709       (68,544 )     19,165       −78.15 %
Commercial and other construction
    953,128       (526,427 )     426,701       −55.23 %
Leasing
    160,492       (34,841 )     125,651       −21.71 %
Consumer
    35,312       (12,062 )     23,250       −34.16 %
                                 
      1,536,416       (753,489 )     782,927       −49.04 %
Non-covered loans:
                               
Credit cards
    4,275       (1,289 )     2,986       −30.15 %
                                 
Total loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition
  $ 1,540,691     $ (754,778 )   $ 785,913       −48.99 %
                                 


139


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table includes disclosures related to loans accounted under ASC 310-30 at acquisition date:
 
         
    (In thousands)  
 
Contractually required principal and interest
  $ 1,766,352  
Less: Expected Cash Flows
    983,452  
         
Non-Accretable Discount
    782,900  
         
         
Expected Cash Flows
    983,452  
Less: Fair Value of Loans Acquired under ASC 310-30
    782,927  
         
Accretable Yield
  $ 200,525  
         
 
The carrying amount of these loans is included in the balance sheet amount of total loans at December 31, 2010 is as follows:
 
         
    Total Loans Acquired  
    (In thousands)  
 
Contractual balance
  $ 1,370,942  
         
Carrying amount
  $ 620,732  
         
 
The following tables describe the accretable yield and non-accretable discount activity for the year ended December 31, 2010:
 
         
    Accretable Yield
 
    Activity  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2010
  $  
Additions
    (200,525 )
Accretion
    44,158  
Transfer to non-accretable discount
    9,194  
Cost recovery
    (1,385 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ (148,558 )
         
 
         
    Non-Accretable
 
    Discount Activity  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2010
  $  
Additions
    (782,900 )
Principal losses
    187,400  
Transfer from accretable discount
    (9,194 )
Cost recovery
    1,385  
         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ (603,309 )
         


140


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Group’s recorded investment in covered loan pools that were evaluated for impairment and the related allowance for covered loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 are as follows:
 
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2010  
                            Average
    Interest
 
    Unpaid
    Recorded
    Specific
          Recorded
    Income
 
    Principal     Investment     Allowance     Coverage     Investment     Recognized  
    (In thousands)  
 
Covered Loans
                                               
Impaired covered loans with specific allowance
                                               
Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties
  $ 64,366     $ 38,885     $ 3,582       9 %   $ 38,667     $ 1,941  
Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties
    55,524       11,828       1,939       16 %     12,541       727  
Commercial and other construction
    637,044       318,404       43,748       14 %     324,946       16,629  
                                                 
Total investment in impaired covered loans
  $ 756,934     $ 369,117     $ 49,269       13 %   $ 376,154     $ 19,297  
                                                 
 
As a result of impairment on various pools of covered loans the changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans for the year ended December 31, 2010 was as follows:
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $  
Provision for covered loan and lease losses
    6,282  
FDIC loss-share portion of provision for covered loan and lease losses
    43,004  
         
Balance at end of year
  $ 49,286  
         
 
6.   SERVICING ASSETS
 
The Group periodically sells or securitizes mortgage loans while retaining the obligation to perform the servicing of such loans. In addition, the Group may purchase or assume the right to service mortgage loans originated by others. Whenever the Group undertakes an obligation to service a loan, management assesses whether a servicing asset and/or liability should be recognized. A servicing asset is recognized whenever the compensation for servicing is expected to more than adequately compensate the Group for servicing the loans. Likewise, a servicing liability would be recognized in the event that servicing fees to be received are not expected to adequately compensate the Group for its expected cost.
 
All separately recognized servicing assets are recognized at fair value using the fair value measurement method. Under the fair value measurement method, the Group measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in fair value of servicing asset in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and includes these changes, if any, with mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of servicing rights is subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.
 
The fair value of servicing rights is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration the actual and expected loan


141


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions.
 
At December 31, 2010 servicing assets are composed of $8.9 million ($7.1 million — December 31, 2009) related to residential mortgage loans and $770 thousand of leasing servicing assets acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010.
 
The following table presents the changes in servicing rights measured using the fair value method for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Fair value at beginning of period
  $ 7,120     $ 2,819  
Acquisition of leasing servicing assets from FDIC-assisted acquisition
    1,190        
Servicing from mortgage securitizations or assets transfers
    2,933       3,058  
Changes due to payments on loans
    (869 )     (309 )
Changes in fair value due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions
    (679 )     1,552  
                 
Fair value at end of period
  $ 9,695     $ 7,120  
                 
 
The following table presents key economic assumptions ranges used in measuring the mortgage related servicing asset fair value:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Constant prepayment rate
    9.50% - 37.57%       7.52% - 32.22%  
Discount rate
    11.00% - 14.00%       10.00% - 13.50%  
 
The following table presents key economic assumptions ranges used in measuring the leasing related servicing asset fair value from April 30, 2010 (acquisition date) to December 31, 2010:
 
         
    Year Ended December 31,
 
    2010  
 
Constant prepayment rate
    2.99% - 6.29%  
Discount rate
    13.13% - 17.89%  


142


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The sensitivity of the current fair value of servicing assets to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in the above key assumptions were as follow:
 
         
    December 31, 2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Mortgage related servicing asset
       
Carrying value of mortgage servicing asset
  $ 8,925  
         
Constant prepayment rate
       
Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change
  $ (365 )
Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change
  $ (707 )
Discount rate
       
Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change
  $ (391 )
Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change
  $ (751 )
Leasing servicing asset
       
Carrying value of leasing servicing asset
  $ 770  
         
Discount rate
       
Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change
  $ (9 )
Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change
  $ (19 )
 
These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption.
 
In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which may magnify or offset the sensitivities.
 
Mortgage banking activities, a component of total banking and wealth management revenues in the consolidated statements of operations, include the changes from period to period in the fair value of the servicing rights, which may result from changes in the valuation model inputs or assumptions (principally reflecting changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions) and other changes, including changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows.
 
Servicing fee income is based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal and is recorded as income when earned. Servicing fees on mortgage loans totaled $2.4 million, $1.6 million, and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. There were no late fees and ancillary fees recorded in such periods. Servicing fees on leases amounted to $404 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010. There were no fees during 2009 and 2008.


143


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
7.   PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
Premises and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization as follows:
 
                     
    Useful Life
  December 31,
    December 31,
 
    (Years)   2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Land
    $ 2,328     $ 978  
Buildings and improvements
  40     6,301       2,982  
Leasehold improvements
  5 — 10     20,564       19,198  
Furniture and fixtures
  3 — 7     10,099       8,527  
Information technology and other assets
  3 — 7     19,003       16,944  
Vehicles
        71        
                     
          58,366       48,629  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
        (34,425 )     (28,854 )
                     
        $ 23,941     $ 19,775  
                     
 
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, totaled $5.8 million, $6.0 million, and $5.4 million, respectively. These are included in the consolidated statements of operations as part of occupancy and equipment expenses.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010 the Group exercised its option to acquire $1.4 million in land, $3.2 million in buildings, $384 thousand in furniture and fixtures, and $165 thousand in information technology and other assets from the FDIC, as part of the option granted to the Bank to purchase or lease any branches and related equipment of the former Eurobank.
 
8.   DERIVATIVE ACTIVITIES
 
The Group may use various derivative instruments as part of its asset and liability management process. These transactions involve both credit and market risks. The notional amounts are those on which calculations, payments, and the value of the derivatives are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. Direct credit exposure is limited to the net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid, if any, between the Group and its counterparties in derivative transactions. The actual risk of loss is the cost of replacing, at market, these contracts in the event of default by the counterparties. The Group controls the credit risk of its derivative financial instrument agreements through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures and collateral, when considered necessary.
 
Derivative instruments are generally negotiated over-the-counter (“OTC”) contracts. Negotiated OTC derivatives are generally entered into between two counterparties that negotiate specific contractual terms, including the underlying instrument, amount, exercise price, and maturity.
 
The Group generally uses interest rate swaps and options in managing its interest rate risk exposure. Under the swaps, the Group usually agrees to pay a fixed monthly or quarterly cost and receive a floating thirty or ninety-day payment based on a LIBOR index. Floating rate payments received from the swap counterparties partially offset the interest payments to be made. If market conditions warrant, the Group might terminate the swaps prior to their maturity.
 
At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, there were open forward settlement swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $1.250 billion, and $900 million, respectively. A derivative asset of $11.0 million and


144


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
$8.5 million were recognized at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to the valuation of these swaps. The following table shows a summary of these swaps and their terms, at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
    Notional Amount     Fixed Rate     Trade Date     Settlement Date     Maturity Date  
    (In thousands)                          
 
Forward settlement into two year contract
  $ 300,000       1.5040 %     08/18/10       12/28/11       12/28/13  
Forward settlement into three year contract
    300,000       1.8450 %     08/18/10       12/28/11       12/28/14  
Forward settlement into four year contract
    300,000       2.1550 %     08/18/10       12/28/11       12/28/15  
Forward settlement into two year contract
    350,000       1.8275 %     08/13/10       05/09/12       05/09/14  
                                         
    $ 1,250,000                                  
                                         
 
In November 2010, the Group purchased options to enter into interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $250 million. At December 31, 2010, the purchased options used to manage the exposure on the interest rate swaps represented an asset of $7.4 million in the consolidated statements of financial position. The following table shows a summary of these options and their terms, at December 31, 2010:
 
                                                 
                      Option
          Swap
 
          Fixed
    Trade
    Maturity
    Swap Start
    Maturity
 
    Notional Amount     Rate     Date     Date     Date     Date  
    (In thousands)                                
 
Option to enter into two-year swap contract
  $ 100,000       2.1225 %     11/15/10       08/10/12       08/14/12       05/14/15  
Option to enter into three-year swap contract
    150,000       2.6400 %     11/15/10       12/04/12       12/06/12       06/06/16  
                                                 
    $ 250,000                                          
                                                 
 
The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index. The Group uses option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives the average increase, if any, in the month-end value of the index over a five year period in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the option agreements used to manage the exposure in the stock market in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented an asset of $9.9 million (notional amount of $149.0 million) and $6.5 million (notional amount of $150.7 million), respectively; the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit and recorded as deposits in the consolidated statement of financial condition, represented a liability of $12.8 million (notional amount of $143.4 million) and $9.5 million (notional amount of $145.4 million), respectively and are included in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
During 2010, losses of $36.9 million were recognized and reflected as “Derivative Activities” in the consolidated statements of operations. These losses were mainly due to:
 
(a) Realized losses of $42.0 million due to the terminations of forward-settle swaps with a notional amount of $900.0 million. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new forward-settle swap contracts for the same notional amount and maturity, and effectively reduce the interest rate of the pay-fixed side of such deals from an average rate of 3.53% to an average rate of 1.83%;
 
(b) Unrealized gains of $2.6 million related to the fair value as of December 31, 2010 of open forward settlement swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $1.250 billion; and


145


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(c) Unrealized gains of $3.6 million related to the fair value as of December 31, 2010 of options purchased to enter into interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $250.0 million.
 
During 2009 gains of $28.9 million were recognized and reflected as “Derivative Activities” in the consolidated statements of operations. These gains were mainly due to:
 
(a) Several interest-rate swap contracts that the Group entered to manage its interest rate risk exposure, which were terminated before December 31, 2009 ($20.4 million);and
 
(b) Fair value as of December 31, 2009 of open forward settlement swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $900 million ($8.5 million). The forward settlement date of these swaps, which were terminated during 2010, was December 28, 2011 with final maturities ranging from December 28, 2013 through December 28, 2014. A derivative asset of $8.5 million was recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position, related to the valuation of these swaps.
 
The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index. The Group uses option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives the average increase in the month-end value of the index in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the option agreements used to manage the exposure in the stock market in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented an asset of $9.9 million (notional amount of $149.0 million) and $6.5 million (notional amount of $150.7 million), respectively; the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit and recorded as deposits in the consolidated statement of financial condition, represented a liability of $12.8 million (notional amount of $143.4 million) and $9.5 million (notional amount of $145.4 million), respectively.
 
At December 31, 2010, the yearly contractual maturities of derivative instruments were as follows:
 
                 
Year Ending
  Equity Indexed
    Equity Indexed
 
December 31,
  Options Purchased     Options Written  
    (In thousands)  
 
2011
  $ 21,415     $ 19,902  
2012
    64,285       63,436  
2013
    38,590       35,715  
2014
    17,340       16,898  
2015
    7,330       7,446  
                 
    $ 148,960     $ 143,397  
                 
 
There were no derivatives designated as a hedge as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
9.   ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS
 
Accrued interest receivable at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Loans
  $ 11,068     $ 10,888  
Investments
    17,648       22,768  
                 
    $ 28,716     $ 33,656  
                 


146


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Other assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Prepaid FDIC insurance
  $ 16,796     $ 22,568  
Servicing asset
    9,695       7,120  
Other prepaid expenses
    7,897       4,269  
Goodwill
    3,662       2,006  
Mortgage tax credits
    3,432       3,819  
Other repossessed assets covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements
    2,341        
Debt issuance costs
    2,299       3,531  
FDIC loss share receivable
    1,757        
Core deposit intangible
    1,328        
Investment in Statutory Trusts
    1,086       1,086  
Accounts receivable and other assets
    15,886       5,535  
                 
    $ 66,179     $ 49,934  
                 
 
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012, on December 31, 2009, along with each institution’s risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009. The prepayment balance of the assessment for 2010, 2011 and 2012 amounted to $16.8 million and $22.6 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
In December 2007, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico established mortgage loan tax credits to financial institutions that provided financing for the acquisition of new homeowners. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, mortgage loan tax credits amounted to $3.4 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
 
Other repossessed assets amounting to $2.4 million at December 31, 2010 represent covered assets under the FDIC shared-loss agreements and are related to the Eurobank leasing portfolio acquired under the FDIC-assisted acquisition.
 
In March 2009, the Group’s banking subsidiary issued $105 million in notes guaranteed under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Shortly after issuance of the notes, the Group paid $3.2 million (equivalent to an annual fee of 100 basis points) to the FDIC to maintain the FDIC guarantee coverage until the maturity of the notes. These costs have been deferred and are being amortized over the term of the notes. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, this deferred issue cost was $2.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively.


147


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
10.   DEPOSITS AND RELATED INTEREST
 
Total deposits as of December 31, 2010, and 2009 consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Non-interest bearing demand deposits
  $ 170,649     $ 73,548  
Interest-bearing savings and demand deposits
    1,019,594       706,750  
Individual retirement accounts
    359,730       312,843  
Retail certificates of deposit
    477,180       312,410  
                 
Total retail deposits
    2,027,153       1,405,551  
Institutional deposits
    283,686       136,683  
Brokered deposits
    278,048       203,267  
                 
    $ 2,588,887     $ 1,745,501  
                 
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the weighted average interest rate of the Group’s deposits was 2.12%, and 3.13%, respectively, inclusive of non-interest bearing deposits of $170.6 million, and $73.5 million, respectively. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 is set forth below:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Demand and savings deposits
  $ 17,881     $ 18,115     $ 14,396  
Certificates of deposit
    30,654       36,578       35,385  
                         
    $ 48,535     $ 54,693     $ 49,781  
                         
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, time deposits in denominations of $100 thousand or higher amounted to $590.0 million, and $359.1 million, including public fund deposits from various local government agencies of $65.3 million and $63.4 million at a weighted average rate of 0.00% and 0.62%, which were collateralized with investment securities with fair value of $73.4 million and $72.6 million, respectively.
 
Excluding equity indexed options in the amount of $12.8 million, which are used by the Group to manage its exposure to the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index, and also excluding accrued interest of $5.0 million and unamortized deposit discounts in the amount of $8.4 million, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2010 are as follows:
 
         
    (In thousands)  
 
Within one year:
       
Three (3) months or less
  $ 297,622  
Over 3 months through 1 year
    642,930  
         
      940,552  
Over 1 through 2 years
    260,303  
Over 2 through 3 years
    112,289  
Over 3 through 4 years
    46,694  
Over 4 through 5 years
    29,458  
         
    $ 1,389,296  
         


148


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The aggregate amount of overdraft in demand deposit accounts that were reclassified to loans amounted to $7.6 million as of December 31, 2010, (December 31, 2009 — $1.6 million).
 
11.   BORROWINGS
 
Short Term Borrowings
 
At December 31, 2010, short term borrowings amounted to $42.5 million (December 31, 2009 — $49.2 million) which mainly consist of overnight borrowings with a weighted average rate of 0.60% (December 31, 2009 — 0.44%).
 
Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase
 
At December 31, 2010, securities underlying agreements to repurchase were delivered to, and are being held by, the counterparties with whom the repurchase agreements were transacted. The counterparties have agreed to resell to the Group the same or similar securities at the maturity of the agreements.
 
At December 31, 2010, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (classified by counterparty), excluding accrued interest in the amount of $6.8 million, were as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          Fair Value of
          Fair Value of
 
    Borrowing
    Underlying
    Borrowing
    Underlying
 
    Balance     Collateral     Balance     Collateral  
    (In thousands)     (In thousands)  
 
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
  $ 1,600,000     $ 1,752,619     $ 1,700,000     $ 1,880,838  
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
    1,250,000       1,325,392       1,250,000       1,327,820  
UBS Financial Services Inc. 
    500,000       605,706       500,000       569,726  
JP Morgan Chase Bank NA
    100,000       119,997       100,000       121,649  
                                 
Total
  $ 3,450,000     $ 3,803,714     $ 3,550,000     $ 3,900,033  
                                 


149


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The terms of the Group’s structured repurchase agreements range between three and ten years, and the counterparties have the right to exercise at par on a quarterly basis put options before their contractual maturity from one to three years after the agreements’ settlement dates. The following table shows a summary of these agreements and their terms, excluding accrued interest in the amount of $6.8 million, at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
    Borrowing
    Weighted-Average
                   
Year of Maturity
  Balance     Coupon     Settlement Date     Maturity Date     Next Put Date  
    (In thousands)                          
 
2011
                                       
    $ 100,000       4.17 %     12/28/2006       12/28/2011       3/28/2011  
      350,000       4.13 %     12/28/2006       12/28/2011       3/28/2011  
      100,000       4.29 %     12/28/2006       12/28/2011       3/28/2011  
      350,000       4.25 %     12/28/2006       12/28/2011       3/28/2011  
                                         
      900,000                                  
                                         
2012
                                       
      350,000       4.26 %     5/9/2007       5/9/2012       2/9/2011  
      100,000       4.50 %     8/14/2007       8/14/2012       2/16/2011  
      100,000       4.47 %     9/13/2007       9/13/2012       3/13/2011  
      150,000       4.31 %     3/6/2007       12/6/2012       3/6/2011  
                                         
      700,000                                  
                                         
2014
                                       
      100,000       4.72 %     7/27/2007       7/27/2014       1/27/2011  
                                         
      100,000                                  
                                         
2017
                                       
      500,000       4.67 %     3/2/2007       3/2/2017       3/2/2011  
      250,000       0.25 %     3/2/2007       3/2/2017       3/2/2011  
      100,000       0.00 %     6/6/2007       3/6/2017       3/6/2011  
      900,000       0.00 %     3/6/2007       6/6/2017       3/6/2011  
                                         
      1,750,000                                  
                                         
    $ 3,450,000       2.81 %                        
                                         
 
None of the structured repurchase agreements referred to above with put dates up to the date of this filing were put by the counterparties at their corresponding put dates. Such repurchase agreements include $1.25 billion, which reset at the put date at a formula which is based on the three-month LIBOR rate less fifteen times the difference between the ten-year SWAP rate and the two-year SWAP rate, with a minimum of 0.00% on $1.0 billion and 0.25% on $250 million, and a maximum of 10.6%. These repurchase agreements bear the respective minimum rates of 0.00% and 0.25% to at least their next put dates scheduled for June 2011.


150


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the borrowings organized by type acting as collateral under repurchase agreements, excluding accrued interest in the amount of $6.8 million and $7.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          Fair Value of
          Fair Value of
 
          Underlying
          Underlying
 
    Borrowing Balance     Collateral     Borrowing Balance     Collateral  
    (In thousands)  
 
GNMA certificates
                               
Within 30 days
  $     $ 38,877     $     $ 90,229  
Less than 1 year
    5,275       5,221       5,216       5,349  
1 — 3 years
    16,090       16,537       157,236       110,211  
over 5 years
    45,783       21,303       128,060       105,741  
                                 
      67,148       81,938       290,512       311,530  
                                 
FNMA certificates
                               
Within 30 days
          509,914             144,260  
Less than 1 year
    572,590       547,108       583       603  
1 — 3 years
    769,645       787,326       816,020       838,797  
3 to 5 years
    100,000       78,689       100,000       81,727  
over 5 years
    1,421,948       1,230,407       616,187       585,626  
                                 
      2,864,183       3,153,444       1,532,790       1,651,013  
                                 
FHLMC certificates
                               
Within 30 days
          87,823             75,325  
Less than 1 year
    38,160       39,269       94,201       94,168  
1 — 3 years
    26,060       21,327       147,309       151,919  
3 to 5 years
                       
over 5 years
    282,269       240,570       313,786       252,599  
                                 
      346,489       388,989       555,296       574,011  
                                 
CMOs
                               
Within 30 days
          2,739             22,048  
Less than 1 year
    169,305       171,021              
1 — 3 years
    2,875       2,983              
3 to 5 years
                337,727       335,840  
over 5 years
                       
                                 
      172,180       176,743       337,727       357,888  
                                 
US Agency securities
                               
Within 30 days
                      310,422  
1 — 3 years
          2,600              
3 to 5 years
                141,708       124,776  
over 5 years
                691,967       570,393  
                                 
            2,600       833,675       1,005,591  
                                 
Total
  $ 3,450,000     $ 3,803,714     $ 3,550,000     $ 3,900,033  
                                 


151


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The collateral of the repurchase agreements is available for any borrowing, and is not limited to the maturity buckets outlined above.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the weighted average interest rate of the Group’s repurchase agreements was 2.81% and 2.85%, respectively, and included agreements with interest ranging from 0.00% to 4.72%. The following summarizes significant data on securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, excluding accrued interest:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Average daily aggregate balance outstanding
  $ 3,545,926     $ 3,659,442  
                 
Maximum outstanding balance at any month-end
  $ 3,566,588     $ 3,762,353  
                 
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    2.84 %     3.19 %
                 
Weighted average interest rate at year end
    2.81 %     2.85 %
                 
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
 
Advances are received from the FHLB under an agreement whereby the Group is required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral with a fair value of at least 110% of the outstanding advances. At December 31, 2010, these advances were secured by mortgage loans amounting to $512.0 million. Also, at December 31, 2010, the Group has an additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $79.2 million. At December 31, 2010, the weighted average maturity of FHLB’s advances was 23.15 months (December 31, 2009 — 35.6 months).
 
During 2007, the Group restructured most of its FHLB advances portfolio into longer-term, structured advances. The terms of these advances range between five and seven years, and the FHLB has the right to exercise at par on a quarterly basis put options before the contractual maturity of the advances from six months to one year after the advances’ settlement dates. The following table shows a summary of these advances and their terms, excluding accrued interest in the amount of $1.8 million, at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
          Weighted-Average
                   
Year of Maturity
  Borrowing Balance     Coupon     Settlement Date     Maturity Date     Next Put Date  
    (In thousands)                          
 
2012
                                       
    $ 25,000       4.37 %     5/4/2007       5/4/2012       2/4/2011  
      25,000       4.57 %     7/24/2007       7/24/2012       1/24/2011  
      25,000       4.26 %     7/30/2007       7/30/2012       1/31/2011  
      50,000       4.33 %     8/10/2007       8/10/2012       2/11/2011  
      100,000       4.09 %     8/16/2007       8/16/2012       2/16/2011  
                                         
      225,000                                  
                                         
2014
                                       
      25,000       4.20 %     5/8/2007       5/8/2014       2/8/2011  
      30,000       4.22 %     5/11/2007       5/11/2014       2/10/2011  
                                         
      55,000                                  
                                         
    $ 280,000       4.24 %                        
                                         
 
None of the structured advances from the FHLB referred to above with put dates up to the date of this filing were put by the counterparty at their corresponding put dates.


152


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Subordinated Capital Notes
 
Subordinated capital notes amounted to $36.1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
In August 2003, the Statutory Trust II, special purpose entity of the Group, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust redeemable preferred securities. In September 2003, $35.0 million of trust redeemable preferred securities were issued by the Statutory Trust II as part of pooled underwriting transactions. Pooled underwriting involves participating with other bank holding companies in issuing the securities through a special purpose pooling vehicle created by the underwriters.
 
The proceeds from this issuance were used by the Statutory Trust II to purchase a like amount of floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“subordinated capital notes”) issued by the Group. The subordinated capital note has a par value of $36.1 million, bears interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus 295 basis points (3.25% at December 31, 2010; 3.20% at December 31, 2009), payable quarterly, and matures on September 17, 2033. The subordinated capital note purchased by the Statutory Trust II may be called at par after five years and quarterly thereafter (next call date March 2011). The trust redeemable preferred securities have the same maturity and call provisions as the subordinated capital notes. The subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Group are accounted for as a liability denominated as subordinated capital notes on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
The subordinated capital notes are treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. Under Federal Reserve Board rules, restricted core capital elements, which are qualifying trust preferred securities, qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and related surplus) and certain minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, are limited in the aggregate to no more than 25% of a bank holding company’s core capital elements (including restricted core capital elements), net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. However, under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, bank holding companies are prohibited from including in their Tier 1 capital hybrid debt and equity securities, including trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010. Trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010, by a holding company, such as the Group, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, may continue to be included in Tier 1 capital as a restricted core capital element.
 
FDIC- Guaranteed Term Notes — Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program
 
The Group’s banking subsidiary issued in March 2009 $105 million in notes guaranteed under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. These notes are due on March 16, 2012, bear interest at a 2.75% fixed rate, and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Interest on the notes is payable on the 16th of each March and September, beginning September 16, 2009. Shortly after issuance of the notes, the Group paid $3.2 million (equivalent to an annual fee of 100 basis points) to the FDIC to maintain the FDIC guarantee coverage until the maturity of the notes. This cost has been deferred and is being amortized over the term of the notes.
 
12.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
The Group has a profit sharing plan containing a cash or deferred arrangement qualified under Sections 1165(a) and (e) of the 1994 Code, and Sections 401(a) and (k) of the United States Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “U.S. Code”). This plan is also intended to comply with Sections 1081.01(a) and (d) of the 2011 Code. This plan is subject to the provisions of Title I of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1976, as amended (“ERISA”). This plan covers all full-time employees of the Group who are age twenty-one or older. Under this plan, participants may contribute each year from 2% to 10% of their compensation, as defined in the plan, up to a specified amount. The Group currently contributes 80 cents for each dollar contributed by an employee, up to $832 per employee. The Group’s matching contribution is invested in shares of its common stock. This plan is entitled to acquire and hold qualified employer securities as part of its investment of the trust assets pursuant to ERISA Section 407. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Group contributed 15,242 shares, 37,956 shares, and


153


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
9,697 shares, respectively, of its common stock at a cost of approximately $29,267, $148,700, and $148,600, respectively at the time of contribution. The Group’s contribution becomes 100% vested once the employee completes three years of service.
 
Also, the Group offers to its senior management a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, where executives can defer taxable income. Both the employer and the employee have flexibility because non-qualified plans are not subject to ERISA contribution limits nor are they subject to discrimination tests in terms of who must be included in the plan. Under this plan, the employee’s current taxable income is reduced by the amount being deferred. Funds deposited in a deferred compensation plan can accumulate without current income tax to the individual. Income taxes are due when the funds are withdrawn.
 
13.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The Bank grants loans to its directors, executive officers and to certain related individuals or organizations in the ordinary course of business. These loans are offered at the same terms as loans to non-related parties. The activity and balance of these loans were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at the beginning of year
  $ 3,889     $ 2,151  
New loans
    187       1,809  
Repayments
    (617 )     (71 )
Credits of persons no longer considered related parties
    (7 )      
                 
Balance at the end of year
  $ 3,452     $ 3,889  
                 
 
14.   INCOME TAX
 
Under the Puerto Rico law, all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated returns. The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax or alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) on income earned from all sources. The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax. The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations.
 
The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Current income tax expense
  $ 5,794     $ 8,754     $ 608  
Deferred income tax benefit
    (10,092 )     (1,782 )     (9,931 )
                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (4,298 )   $ 6,972     $ (9,323 )
                         
 
The Group maintained an effective tax rate lower than the maximum marginal statutory rate of 40.95%, 40.95%, and 39% as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, mainly due to the interest income arising from investments exempt from Puerto Rico income taxes, net of expenses attributable to the exempt income. For 2010, 2009, and 2008 the Group’s investment securities portfolio generated tax-exempt interest income of $28.6 million, $39.8 million, and $189.1 million, respectively. Exempt interest relates mostly to interest earned on obligations of the United States and Puerto Rico governments and certain mortgage-backed securities. For the year 2008, exempt income also included interest earned on securities held by the Bank’s international banking entity. For 2010 and


154


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2009 the Group’s investment portfolio generated $100.9 million, $128.8 million in interest income on securities held by the Bank’s international banking entity, which were taxable for those periods at a 5% income tax rate.
 
Pursuant to the Declaration of Fiscal Emergency and Plan for Economic Stabilization and Restoration of the Puerto Rico Credit Act of March 9, 2009, for the 2009 and 2010 taxable years every taxable corporation engaged in trade or business in Puerto Rico, including banks and insurance companies, was subject to an additional 5% surcharge on corporate income tax, increasing the maximum tax rate from 39% to 40.95%. Also, income earned by international banking entities, which was previously fully exempt, is subject to a 5% income tax for tax years beginning after December 31, 2008, and ending before January 1, 2012. These taxes were imposed on a temporary basis as a measure to generate additional revenues to address the fiscal crisis that the government of Puerto Rico is currently facing. Pursuant to the provisions of the 2011 Code, the 5% special surcharge that would otherwise be applicable to regular corporations for the taxable year 2011 was repealed and the maximum tax rate applicable to corporations is being reduced to 30% for taxable years starting after December 31, 2010, but before January 1, 2014. Subject to compliance with certain economic tests by the Puerto Rico government, the maximum corporate income tax rate may be further reduced to 25% for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014.
 
Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 include approximately $4.2 million and $5.6 million, respectively, related to these tax impositions. The tax effect of the income earned by the international banking entity is included in the table below as “Tax effect of exempt income, net”.
 
On January 31, 2011, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law the Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico (the “2011 Code”). As such, the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended, (the “1994 Code”) will no longer be in effect, except for transactions or taxable years that have commenced prior to January 1, 2011. For corporate taxpayers, the 2011 Code retains the 20% regular income tax rate but establishes significant lower surtax rates. The 1994 Code provided a surtax rate from 5% to 19% while the 2011 Code provides a surtax rate from 5% to 10% for years starting after December 31, 2010, but before January 1, 2014. That surtax rate may reduce to 5% after December 31, 2013, if certain economic tests are met by the Government of Puerto Rico. If such economic tests are not met, the reduction of the surtax rate will start when such economic tests are met. In the case of a controlled group of corporations the determination of which surtax rate applies will be made by adding the net taxable income of each of the entities members of the controlled group reduced by the surtax deduction. The 2011 Code also provides a significantly higher surtax deduction, the 1994 Code provided for a $25,000 surtax deduction which the 2011 Code increased it to $750,000. In the case of controlled group of corporations, the surtax deduction should be distributed among the members of the controlled group. The alternative minimum tax is also reduced from 22% to 20%. Apart from the reduced rates provided by the 2011 Code, it also eliminates the 5% additional surtax which was established by Act No. 7 of March 9, 2009, and the 5% recapture of the benefit of the income tax tables.
 
The Group’s income tax expense differs from amounts computed by applying the applicable statutory rate to income before income taxes as follows:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Tax at statutory rates
  $ 2,267       40.95 %   $ 12,251       40.95 %   $ 6,813       39.00 %
Tax effect of exempt income, net
    (5,569 )     −100.59 %     (22,081 )     −73.80 %     (11,285 )     −64.60 %
Effect of tax rate on capital loss carryforwards
    (6,012 )     −108.59 %     16,481       55.10 %            
Change in valuation allowance
    2,929       52.91 %     81       0.30 %     (3,340 )     −19.10 %
Income tax contingencies provision/(credit)
    53       0.95 %     671       2.20 %     (1,956 )     −11.20 %
Other items, net
    2,034       36.72 %     (431 )     −1.40 %     445       2.60 %
                                                 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (4,298 )     −77.64 %   $ 6,972       23.35 %   $ (9,323 )     −53.30 %
                                                 


155


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The determination of deferred tax expense or benefit is based on changes in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that generate temporary differences. The carrying value of the Group’s net deferred tax assets assumes that the Group will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income based on estimates and assumptions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Group may be required to record valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The components of the Group’s deferred tax asset, net at December 31, 2010 and 2009, are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Allowance for loan losses and other reserves
  $ 31,479     $ 9,166  
FDIC-assisted acquisition
    10,399        
Unamortized discount related to mortgage servicing rights sold
    421       700  
Deferred gain on sale of assets
    163       192  
Deferred loan origination fees
    548       377  
Unrealized net loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income
          7,445  
S&P option contracts
    6,731       5,848  
Net capital and operating loss carryforwards
    13,547       14,387  
Other deferred tax assets
    2,141       1,462  
                 
Total gross deferred tax asset
    65,429       39,577  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset
    (20,696 )      
Derivative unrealized net gain
    (5,267 )     (3,319 )
Deferred loan origination costs
    (1,889 )     (1,706 )
Other deferred tax liabilities
    (2,964 )     (1,533 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (30,816 )     (6,558 )
                 
Less: Valuation allowance
    (4,263 )     (1,334 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 30,350     $ 31,685  
                 
 
In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax asset, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax asset are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Group will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2010. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry-forward period are reduced.
 
At December 31, 2010, the holding company and its subsidiaries have operating and capital loss carry-forwards for income tax purposes of approximately $84.1 million and $48.4 million, respectively, which are available to offset future taxable income for up to December 2015. The majority of these are capital losses carry-forwards at the Bank’s IBE subsidiary with a tax rate of 5%. A valuation allowance of $4.3 million was recorded at December 31, 2010, mostly attributed to the capital loss carry forwards on the Bank’s IBE subsidiary.


156


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Group benefits from favorable tax treatment under regulations relating to the activities of the Bank’s IBE subsidiary. Any change in such tax regulations, whether by applicable regulators or as a result of legislation subsequently enacted by the Legislature of Puerto Rico, could adversely affect the Group’s profits and financial condition. Pursuant to the Declaration of Fiscal Emergency and Plan for Economic Stabilization and Restoration of the Puerto Rico Credit Act of March 9, 2009, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2008, and ending before January 1, 2012, every taxable corporation engaged in trade or business in Puerto Rico, including banks and insurance companies, are subject to an additional 5% surcharge on corporate income tax, increasing the maximum tax rate from 39% to 40.95%. Also, income earned by international banking entities, which was previously exempt, is subject to a 5% income tax during the same period. These temporary taxes were enacted as a measure to generate additional revenues to address the fiscal crisis that the government of Puerto Rico is currently facing.
 
For purposes of income taxes associated to the FDIC-assisted acquisition, the Group assumed some tax positions, which are being evaluated by the Puerto Rico Treasury Department and supported by the corresponding technical merits. The Group cannot provide assurance that the Puerto Rico Treasury Department will concur with the Group’s tax positions.
 
The Group follows a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
 
The Group classifies unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes payable. These gross unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate if realized. For the year ended December 31, 2010 $2.5 million in unrecognized tax losses expired due to statute of limitation (year ended December 31, 2009 — $842 thousands in unrecognized tax losses). The balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $6.3 million, including $1.5 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for the payment of interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits. The tax periods from 2006 to 2010 remain subject to examination by the Puerto Rico Department of Treasury.
 
The 2011 Code retains the 20% regular income tax rate, but establishes significant lower surtax rates. The 2011 Code provides a surtax rate 5% to 10% for years starting after December 31, 2010, but before January 1, 2014. Using the new tax rates components of the Group’s deferred tax asset would have been $53.4 million and the deferred tax liability $24.1 million. If those tax rates would have been applied at December 31, 2010, the net deferred tax asset would have been reduced by $5.3 million.
 
15.   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Preferred Stock
 
On May 28, 1999, the Group issued 1,340,000 shares of 7.125% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A, at $25 per share. Proceeds from issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, were $32.4 million, net of $1.1 million of issuance costs. The Series A Preferred Stock has the following characteristics: (1) annual dividends of $1.78 per share, payable monthly, if declared by the Board of Directors; missed dividends are not cumulative, (2) redeemable at the Group’s option beginning on May 30, 2004, (3) no mandatory redemption or stated maturity date and (4) liquidation preference of $25 per share.
 
On September 30, 2003, the Group issued 1,380,000 shares of 7.0% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series B, at $25 per share. Proceeds from issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, were $33.1 million, net of $1.4 million of issuance costs and expenses. The Series B Preferred Stock has the following characteristics: (1) annual dividends of $1.75 per share, payable monthly, if declared by the Board of Directors; missed dividends are not cumulative, (2) redeemable at the Group’s option beginning on October 31, 2008, (3) no mandatory redemption or stated maturity date, and (4) liquidation preference of $25 per share.


157


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
At the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 30, 2010, the shareholders approved an increase of the number of authorized shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, from 5,000,000 to 10,000,000.
 
On April 30, 2010, the Group issued 200,000 shares of Mandatorily Convertible Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), through a private placement. The preferred stock had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $189.4 million after deducting offering costs. On May 13, 2010, the Group made a capital contribution of $179.0 million to its banking subsidiary.
 
The difference between the $15.015 per share conversion price and the market price of the common stock on April 30, 2010 ($16.72) was considered a contingent beneficial conversion feature on June 30, 2010, when the conversion was approved by the majority of the shareholders. Such feature amounted to $22.7 million at June 30, 2010 and was recorded as a deemed dividend on preferred stock.
 
Common Stock
 
On March 19, 2010, the Group completed the public offering of 8,740,000 shares of its common stock. The offering resulted in net proceeds of $94.6 million after deducting offering costs. On March 25, 2010, the Group made a capital contribution of $93.0 million to its banking subsidiary.
 
At the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 30, 2010, the shareholders approved an increase of the number of authorized shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, from 40,000,000 to 100,000,000.
 
At a special meeting of shareholders of the Group held on June 30, 2010, the shareholders approved the issuance of 13,320,000 shares of the Group’s common stock upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, which was converted on July 8, 2010 at a conversion price of $15.015 per share.
 
Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
The Group (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Group’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Group and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. This has changed under the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires federal banking regulators to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements, on a consolidated basis, for insured institutions, depository institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve Bank. The minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements are to be determined based on the minimum ratios established for insured depository institutions under prompt corrective action regulations.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Group and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined in the regulations) and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined in the regulations). As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Group and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
 
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain


158


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. The Group’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
 
                                 
          Minimum Capital
 
    Actual     Requirement  
Group Ratios
  Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
As of December 31, 2010
                               
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 727,689       32.26 %   $ 180,455       8.00 %
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 698,836       30.98 %   $ 90,228       4.00 %
Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets
  $ 698,836       9.56 %   $ 292,449       4.00 %
As of December 31, 2009
                               
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 437,975       19.84 %   $ 176,591       8.00 %
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 414,702       18.79 %   $ 88,295       4.00 %
Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets
  $ 414,702       6.52 %   $ 254,323       4.00 %
 
                                                 
                Minimum to be Well
 
                Capitalized Under
 
          Minimum Capital
    Prompt Corrective
 
    Actual     Requirement     Action Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Bank Ratios
                                               
As of December 31, 2010
                                               
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 694,461       31.17 %   $ 178,226       8.00 %   $ 222,782       10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 665,952       29.89 %   $ 89,113       4.00 %   $ 133,669       6.00 %
Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets
  $ 665,952       9.28 %   $ 287,060       4.00 %   $ 358,825       5.00 %
As of December 31, 2009
                                               
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 382,611       17.59 %   $ 174,042       8.00 %   $ 217,553       10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets
  $ 359,339       16.52 %   $ 87,021       4.00 %   $ 130,532       6.00 %
Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets
  $ 359,339       5.78 %   $ 248,678       4.00 %   $ 310,847       5.00 %
 
The Group’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders and other activities can be restricted if its capital falls below levels established by the Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines. In addition, any bank holding company whose capital falls below levels specified in the guidelines can be required to implement a plan to increase capital.
 
Equity-Based Compensation Plan
 
The Omnibus Plan provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The Omnibus Plan replaced and superseded the Stock Option Plans. All outstanding stock options under the Stock Option Plans continue in full force and effect, subject to their original terms.


159


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The activity in outstanding options for 2010, 2009, and 2008 is set forth below:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
    Number of
    Average
    Number of
    Average
    Number of
    Average
 
    Options     Exercise Price     Options     Exercise Price     Options     Exercise Price  
 
Beginning of year
    514,376     $ 16.86       500,200     $ 17.14       717,700     $ 16.15  
Options granted
    262,700       11.97       15,676       8.28       23,000       17.93  
Options exercised
    (8,337 )     8.60                   (182,200 )     11.93  
Options forfeited
    (2,750 )     23.29       (1,500 )     21.86       (58,300 )     21.49  
                                                 
End of year
    765,989     $ 15.25       514,376     $ 16.86       500,200     $ 17.14  
                                                 
 
The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices and the weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
    Outstanding     Exercisable  
                Weighted Average
             
          Weighted
    Contract Life
          Weighted
 
    Number of
    Average
    Remaining
    Number of
    Average
 
Range of Exercise Prices
  Options     Exercise Price     (Years)     Options     Exercise Price  
 
$ 5.63 to $ 8.45
    15,677     $ 8.28       8.3       1     $ 7.74  
8.45 to  11.27
    2,250       10.29       5.9       750       10.29  
11.27 to  14.09
    508,527       12.18       7.3       154,652       12.40  
14.09 to  16.90
    62,035       15.60       3.6       54,035       15.68  
19.72 to  22.54
    29,600       20.70       4.2       22,100       20.30  
22.54 to  25.35
    88,850       23.98       3.3       88,850       23.98  
25.35 to  28.17
    59,050       27.46       3.8       59,050       27.46  
                                         
      765,989     $ 15.25       6.2       379,438       18.38  
                                         
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
  $ 324,723                     $ 45,826          
                                         
 
The average fair value of each option granted during 2010, 2009, and 2008, was $6.66, $4.49, and $5.39, respectively. The average fair value of each option granted was estimated at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no restrictions and are fully transferable and negotiable in a free trading market. Black-Scholes does not consider the employment, transfer or vesting restrictions that are inherent in the Group’s employee options. Use of an option valuation model, as required by GAAP, includes highly subjective assumptions based on long-term predictions, including the expected stock price volatility and average life of each option grant.
 
The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of the options granted:
 
                         
    2010   2009   2008
 
Weighted Average Assumptions:
                       
Dividend yield
    1.47 %     4.55 %     4.78 %
Expected volatility
    60 %     36 %     35 %
Risk-free interest rate
    3.07 %     4.40 %     3.23 %
Expected life (in years)
    8.0       8.5       8.5  


160


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes the restricted units’ activity under the Omnibus Plan:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
    2010     2009     2008  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
    Restricted
    Grant Date
    Restricted
    Grant Date
    Restricted
    Grant Date
 
    Units     Fair Value     Units     Fair Value     Units     Fair Value  
 
Beginning of period
    147,625     $ 14.64       99,916     $ 18.54       38,006     $ 12.49  
Restricted units granted
    131,000       11.88       53,609       8.18       71,316       21.14  
Restricted units vested
    (30,000 )     12.49                          
Restricted units forfeited
    (5,100 )     14.12       (5,900 )     21.86       (9,406 )     13.88  
                                                 
End of period
    243,525     $ 13.43       147,625     $ 14.64       99,916     $ 18.54  
                                                 
 
Legal Surplus
 
The Banking Act requires that a minimum of 10% of the Bank’s net income for the year be transferred to a reserve fund until such fund (legal surplus) equals the total paid in capital on common and preferred stock. At December 31, 2010, legal surplus amounted to $46.3 million (December 31, 2009 - $45.3 million). The amount transferred to the legal surplus account is not available for the payment of dividends to shareholders. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only from operating earnings of the current and preceding two years.
 
Earnings per Common Share
 
The calculation of earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 is as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Net income
  $ 9,834     $ 22,945     $ 26,790  
Less: Dividends on preferred stock
    (5,334 )     (4,802 )     (4,802 )
Less: Deemed dividend on preferred stock beneficial conversion feature
    (22,711 )            
Income available (loss) to common shareholders
  $ (18,211 )   $ 18,143     $ 21,988  
                         
Average common shares outstanding and equivalents
    36,810       24,306       24,327  
                         
Earnings per common share — basic
  $ (0.50 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.91  
                         
Earnings per common share — diluted
  $ (0.50 )   $ 0.75     $ 0.90  
                         
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, weighted-average stock options with an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share not included in the calculation amounted to 214,256, 355,720, and 193,399, respectively. Also, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group issued 200,000 shares of Mandatorily Convertible Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, described below, which also had anti-dilutive effects on earnings per share for the quarter ended June 30, 2010.
 
Treasury Stock
 
In February 2011, the Group announced that its Board of Directors had approved a new stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group is authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. Any shares of common stock repurchased are to be held by the Group as treasury shares. The new


161


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
program replaced the prior $15.0 million program, which had unused repurchase authority of $11.3 million as of December 31, 2010.
 
The activity in connection with common shares held in treasury by the Group for 2010, 2009, and 2008 is set forth below:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
          Dollar
          Dollar
          Dollar
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Beginning of year
    1,504     $ 17,142       1,442     $ 17,109       1,436     $ 17,023  
Common shares used for exercise of stock options
    (30 )     (380 )                        
Common shares repurchased /(used) to match defined contribution plan, net
    (15 )     (30 )     62       33       6       86  
                                                 
End of year
    1,459     $ 16,732       1,504     $ 17,142       1,442     $ 17,109  
                                                 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, consisted of:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale which are not other-than-temporarily impaired
  $ 39,094     $ (48,786 )
Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment has been recorded in earnings
          (41,398 )
Income tax effect
    (2,107 )     7,445  
                 
    $ 36,987     $ (82,739 )
                 
 
16.   COMMITMENTS
 
Loan Commitments
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were $104.3 million and $38.8 million in loan commitments, respectively, which represents unused lines of credit and letters of credit provided to customers. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, bear variable interest and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire unexercised, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Group evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Group upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Commitments for loans covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements amounted to $42.6 million at December 31, 2010.
 
At December 31, 2010, commitments to sell or securitize mortgage loans, expiring on or before December 31, 2011, amounted to approximately $49.8 million. At December 31, 2009, commitments to sell or securitize mortgage loans amounted to approximately $78.2 million.


162


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Lease Commitments
 
The Group has entered into various operating lease agreements for branch facilities and administrative offices. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 amounted to $10.7 million, $5.6 million, and $5.1 million, respectively. Future rental commitments under terms of leases in effect at December 31, 2010, exclusive of taxes, insurance, and maintenance expenses payable by the Group, are summarized as follows:
 
         
Year Ending December 31,
  Minimum Rent  
    (In thousands)  
 
2011
  $ 4,402  
2012
    4,351  
2013
    4,213  
2014
    4,212  
2015
    3,964  
Thereafter
    19,708  
         
    $ 40,850  
         
 
17.   CONTINGENCIES
 
The Group and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings incidental to their business. In the ordinary course of business, the Group and its subsidiaries are also subject to governmental and regulatory examinations. Certain affiliates and subsidiaries of the Group are banks, registered broker-dealers, investment advisers or other regulated entities and, in those capacities, are subject to regulation by various U.S., state and other regulators.
 
The Group seeks to resolve all litigation and regulatory matters in the manner management believes is in the best interests of the Group and its shareholders, and contests liability, allegations of wrongdoing and, where applicable, the amount of damages or scope of any penalties or other relief sought as appropriate in each pending matter.
 
Accounting and Disclosure Framework
 
ASC 450 (formerly SFAS 5) governs the disclosure and recognition of loss contingencies, including potential losses from litigation and regulatory matters. ASC 450 defines a “loss contingency” as “an existing condition, situation, or set of circumstances involving uncertainty as to possible loss to an entity that will ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur.” It imposes different requirements for the recognition and disclosure of loss contingencies based on the likelihood of occurrence of the contingent future event or events. It distinguishes among degrees of likelihood using the following three terms: “probable,” meaning that “the future event or events are likely to occur” “remote,” meaning that “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight” and “reasonably possible,” meaning that “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely.” These three terms are used below as defined in ASC 450.
 
Accruals.  ASC 450 requires accrual for a loss contingency when it is “probable that one or more future events will occur confirming the fact of loss” and “the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.” In accordance with ASC 450, the Group establishes accruals for all litigation and regulatory matters when the Group believes it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. When the reasonable estimate of the loss is within a range of amounts, the minimum amount of the range is accrued, unless some higher amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount within the range. Once established, accruals are adjusted from time to time, as appropriate, in light of additional information. The amount of loss ultimately incurred in relation to those matters may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued for those matters.


163


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Disclosure.  ASC 450 requires disclosure of a loss contingency if “there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss or an additional loss may have been incurred” and there is no accrual for the loss because the conditions described above are not met or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued. In accordance with ASC 450, if the Group has not accrued for a matter because the Group believes that a loss is reasonably possible but not probable, or that a loss is probable but not reasonably estimable, and the matter therefore does not meet the criteria for accrual, it discloses the loss contingency. In addition, the Group discloses matters for which it has accrued if it believes an exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount accrued. In accordance with ASC 450, the Group’s disclosure includes an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss for those matters as to which an estimate can be made. ASC 450 does not require disclosure of an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss where an estimate cannot be made. Neither accrual nor disclosure is required for losses that are deemed remote.
 
Opinion of Management as to Eventual Outcome.  Subject to the foregoing, it is the opinion of the Group’s management, based on current knowledge and after taking into account its current legal accruals that the eventual outcome of all matters would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Group. Nonetheless, given the substantial or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters, and the inherent unpredictability of such matters, an adverse outcome in certain of these matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Group’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods. The Group has evaluated all litigation and regulatory matters where the likelihood of a potential loss is deemed reasonably possible. The Group has determined that the estimate of the reasonably possible loss is not significant.
 
18.   FAIR VALUE
 
As discussed in Note 1, the Group follows the fair value measurement framework under GAAP.
 
Fair Value Measurement
 
The fair value measurement framework defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This framework also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs previously described that may be used to measure fair value.
 
Money market investments
 
The fair value of money market investments is based on the carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated statements of financial condition as these are reasonable estimates of fair value given the short-term nature of the instruments.
 
Investment securities
 
The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices, when available, or market prices provided by recognized broker dealers. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based upon externally developed models that use both observable and unobservable inputs depending on the market activity of the instrument. Structured credit investments are classified as Level 3. The estimated fair value of the structured credit investments are determined by using a third-party cash flow valuation model to calculate the present value of projected future cash flows. The assumptions, which are highly uncertain and require a high degree of judgment, include primarily market discount rates, current spreads, duration, leverage, default, home price depreciation, and loss rates. The assumptions used are drawn from a wide array of data sources, including the performance of the collateral underlying each deal. The external-based valuation, which is obtained at least on a quarterly basis, is


164


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
analyzed and its assumptions are evaluated and incorporated in either an internal-based valuation model when deemed necessary or compared to counterparties prices and agreed by management.
 
Derivative instruments
 
The fair values of the derivative instruments were provided by valuation experts and counterparties and agreed by management. Certain derivatives with limited market activity are valued using externally developed models that consider unobservable market parameters. Based on the Group’s valuation methodology, derivative instruments are classified as Level 3. The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index (S&P Index), and uses equity indexed option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Their fair value is obtained through the use of an external based valuation that was thoroughly evaluated and adopted by management as its measurement tool for these options. The payoff of these options is linked to the average value of the S&P Index on a specific set of dates during the life of the option. The methodology uses an average rate option or a cash-settled option whose payoff is based on the difference between the expected average value of the S&P Index during the remaining life of the option and the strike price at inception. The assumptions, which are uncertain and require a degree of judgment, include primarily S&P Index volatility, forward interest rate projections, estimated index dividend payout, and leverage.
 
Servicing assets
 
Servicing assets do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Servicing assets are priced using a discounted cash flow model. The valuation model considers servicing fees, portfolio characteristics, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenues, cost to service and other economic factors. Due to unobservable nature of certain valuation inputs, the servicing rights are classified as Level 3.
 
Loans receivable considered impaired that are collateral dependent
 
The impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral, which is derived from appraisals that take into consideration prices in observed transactions involving similar assets in similar locations, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 310-10-35. Currently, the associated loans considered impaired are classified as Level 3.
 
Foreclosed real estate
 
Foreclosed real estate includes real estate properties securing residential mortgage and commercial loans. The fair value of foreclosed real estate may be determined using an external appraisal, broker price option or an internal valuation. These foreclosed assets are classified as Level 3 given certain internal adjustments that may be made to external appraisals.
 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial liabilities for which the Group has elected the fair value option, are summarized below:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Fair Value Measurements  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Investment securities available-for-sale
  $     $ 3,658,371     $ 41,693     $ 3,700,064  
Money market investments
    111,728                   111,728  
Derivative assets
          18,445       9,870       28,315  
Derivative liabilities
          (64 )     (12,830 )     (12,894 )
Servicing assets
                9,695       9,695  
                                 
    $ 111,728     $ 3,676,752     $ 48,428     $ 3,836,908  
                                 


165


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Fair Value Measurements  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Investment securities available-for-sale
  $     $ 4,843,553     $ 110,106     $ 4,953,659  
Money market investments
    29,432                   29,432  
Derivative assets
          8,511       6,464       14,975  
Derivative liabilities
                (9,543 )     (9,543 )
Servicing assets
                7,120       7,120  
                                 
    $ 29,432     $ 4,852,064     $ 114,147     $ 4,995,643  
                                 
 
The table below presents a reconciliation for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                 
    Total Fair Value Measurements
 
    (Year Ended December 31, 2010)  
    Investment
                   
    Securities
                   
Level 3 Instruments Only
  Available-for-Sale     Derivative Asset     Derivative Liability     Servicing Assets  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 110,106     $ 6,464     $ (9,543 )   $ 7,120  
Gains (losses) included in earnings
    (39,942 )     2,587       1,869        
Changes in fair value of investment securities available for sale included in other comprehensive income
    44,707                    
New instruments acquired
          1,147       (5,959 )     4,123  
Principal repayments, sales, and amortization
    (73,178 )     (328 )     803       (869 )
Changes in fair value of servicing assets
                      (679 )
                                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 41,693     $ 9,870     $ (12,830 )   $ 9,695  
                                 
 


166


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    Total Fair Value Measurements
 
    (Year Ended December 31, 2009)  
    Investment
                   
    Securities
                   
Level 3 Instruments Only
  Available-for-Sale     Derivative Asset     Derivative Liability     Servicing Assets  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 665,848     $ 12,801     $ (16,588 )   $ 2,819  
Gains (losses) included in earnings
    (133,943 )     (7,174 )     7,328        
Changes in fair value of investment securities available for sale included in other comprehensive income
    75,713                    
New instruments acquired
          3,460       (3,362 )      
Principal repayments, sales, and amortization
    (137,558 )     (2,623 )     3,079       (1,600 )
Adoption of FASB ASC 320-10-65-1
    14,359                    
Transfer of non-agency CMOs sold in January 2010 (Level 2 at December 31, 2009)
    (374,313 )                  
Servicing from securitization or assets transferred
                      3,058  
Changes in fair value of servicing assets
                      2,843  
                                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 110,106     $ 6,464     $ (9,543 )   $ 7,120  
                                 
 
There were no transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
In early January 2010, the Group sold $374.3 million of non-agency CMOs which were previously included as Level 3 instruments. Since the sales price of these securities was available during the preparation of the consolidated statements of financial condition they were transferred to Level 2 instruments for the December 31, 2009 presentation.
 
The table below presents a detail of investment securities available-for-sale classified as level 3 at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
    December 31, 2010  
    Amortized
    Unrealized
          Weighted Average
    Principal
 
Type
  Cost     Losses     Fair Value     Yield     Protection  
    (In thousands)  
 
Structured credit investments
                                       
CDO
  $ 25,548     $ 9,404     $ 16,144       5.80 %     8.50 %
CLO
    15,000       4,683       10,317       2.44 %     7.60 %
CLO
    11,976       3,597       8,379       1.89 %     26.18 %
CLO
    9,200       2,347       6,853       2.15 %     20.64 %
                                         
    $ 61,724     $ 20,031     $ 41,693       3.68 %        
                                         
 
Additionally, the Group may be required to measure certain assets at fair value in periods subsequent to initial recognition on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. The adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting, identification of impaired loans requiring specific reserves under ASC 310-10-35 or write-downs of individual assets.
 
The following tables present financial and non-financial assets that were subject to a fair value measurement on a nonrecurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and which were still included in the

167


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
consolidated statement of financial condition as such dates. The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate of the fair value measurements of those assets as of the end of the reporting periods.
 
                 
    Carrying Value at  
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    Level 3     Level 3  
    (In thousands)     (In thousands)  
 
Impaired commercial loans
  $ 25,898     $ 26,299  
Foreclosed real estate
    27,931       9,347  
                 
    $ 53,829     $ 35,646  
                 
 
Impaired commercial loans relates mostly to certain impaired collateral dependent loans. The impairment of commercial loans was measured based on the fair value of collateral, which is derived from appraisals that take into consideration prices on observed transactions involving similar assets in similar locations, in accordance with provisions of ASC 310-10-35. Foreclosed real estate represents the fair value of foreclosed real estate (including those covered under FDIC shared-loss agreements) that was measured at fair value less estimated cost to sell.
 
Impaired commercial loans, which are measured using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a carrying amount of $25.9 million and $26.3 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, with a valuation allowance of $823 thousand and $1.4 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the FDIC-assisted acquisition as of April 30, 2010 were presented at their fair value, as discussed in Note 2.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The information about the estimated fair value of financial instruments required by GAAP is presented hereunder. The aggregate fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent management’s estimate of the underlying value of the Group.
 
The estimated fair value is subjective in nature and involves uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could affect these fair value estimates. The fair value estimates do not take into consideration the value of future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments. Other significant tangible and intangible assets that are not considered financial instruments are the value of long-term customer relationships of the retail deposits, and premises and equipment.


168


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The estimated fair value and carrying value of the Group’s financial instruments at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Fair
    Carrying
    Fair
    Carrying
 
    Value     Value     Value     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Financial Assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 448,946     $ 448,946     $ 277,123     $ 277,123  
Trading securities
    1,330       1,330       523       523  
Investment securities available-for-sale
    3,700,064       3,700,064       4,953,659       4,953,659  
Investment securities held-to-maturity
    675,721       689,917              
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock
    22,496       22,496       19,937       19,937  
Total loans (including loans held-for-sale)
                               
Non-covered loans
    1,150,945       1,151,838       1,150,340       1,140,069  
Covered loans
    600,421       620,732              
Investment in equity indexed options
    9,870       9,870       6,464       6,464  
Investment in swap options
    7,422       7,422              
FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset
    430,383       471,872              
Accrued interest receivable
    28,716       28,716       33,656       33,656  
Derivative assets
    11,023       11,023       8,511       8,511  
Servicing assets
    9,695       9,695       7,120       7,120  
Financial Liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    2,585,922       2,588,887       1,741,417       1,745,501  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    3,701,669       3,456,781       3,777,157       3,557,308  
Advances from FHLB
    303,868       281,753       301,004       281,753  
FDIC-guaranteed term notes
    106,428       105,834       111,472       105,834  
Subordinated capital notes
    36,083       36,083       36,083       36,083  
Short term borrowings
    42,470       42,470       49,218       49,218  
Securities purchased but not yet received
                413,359       413,359  
Derivative liabilities
    12,894       12,894       9,543       9,543  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    43,730       43,730       31,611       31,611  
 
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of significant financial instruments at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
•  Cash and cash equivalents, money market investments, time deposits with other banks, securities sold but not yet delivered, accrued interest receivable and payable, securities and loans purchased but not yet received, federal funds purchased, accrued expenses and other liabilities have been valued at the carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated statements of financial condition as these are reasonable estimates of fair value given the short-term nature of the instruments.
 
•  Investments in FHLB stock are valued at their redemption value.
 
•  The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices, when available, or market prices provided by recognized broker dealers. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based upon externally developed models that use both observable and unobservable inputs depending on the market activity of the instrument. The estimated fair value of the structured credit investments and the non-agency collateralized


169


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
mortgage obligations are determined by using a third-party cash flow valuation model to calculate the present value of projected future cash flows. The assumptions used, which are highly uncertain and require a high degree of judgment, include primarily market discount rates, current spreads, duration, leverage, default, home price depreciation, and loss rates. The assumptions used are drawn from a wide array of data sources, including the performance of the collateral underlying each deal. The external-based valuation, which is obtained at least on a quarterly basis, is analyzed and its assumptions are evaluated and incorporated in either an internal-based valuation model when deemed necessary or compared to counterparties prices and agreed by management.
 
•  The FDIC loss-share indemnification asset is measured separately from each of the covered asset categories as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered asset categories. The $430.4 million fair value of the FDIC loss-share indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments (net of amount owed to the FDIC) expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets based on the credit assumptions on estimated cash flows for each covered asset pool and the loss sharing percentages. The ultimate collectability of the FDIC loss-share indemnification asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered loans, the passage of time and claims paid by the FDIC which are impacted by the Bank’s adherence to certain guidelines established by the FDIC.
 
•  The fair values of the derivative instruments are provided by valuation experts and counterparties. Certain derivatives with limited market activity are valued using externally developed models that consider unobservable market parameters. The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index (S&P Index), and uses equity indexed option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Their fair value is obtained through the use of an external based valuation that was thoroughly evaluated and adopted by management as its measurement tool for these options. The payoff of these options is linked to the average value of the S&P Index on a specific set of dates during the life of the option. The methodology uses an average rate option or a cash-settled option whose payoff is based on the difference between the expected average value of the S&P Index during the remaining life of the option and the strike price at inception. The assumptions, which are uncertain and require a degree of judgment, include primarily S&P Index volatility, forward interest rate projections, estimated index dividend payout, and leverage.
 
•  Fair value of interest rate swaps and options on interest rate swaps is based on the net discounted value of the contractual projected cash flows of both the pay-fixed receive-variable legs of the contracts. The projected cash flows are based on the forward yield curve, and discounted using current estimated market rates.
 
•  The fair value of the covered and non-covered loan portfolio (including loans held-for-sale) is estimated by segregating by type, such as secured by real estate (except commercial), commercial, consumer, and leasing. Each loan segment is further segmented into fixed and adjustable interest rates and by performing and non-performing categories. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment estimates (voluntary and involuntary), if any, using estimated current market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. This fair value is not currently an indication of an exit price as that type of assumption could result in a different fair value estimate.
 
•  The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, using estimated current market discount rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
•  For short-term borrowings, the carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. The subordinated capital note has a par value of $36.1 million, bears interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus 295 basis points (3.25% at December 31, 2010; 3.20% at December 31, 2009), payable quarterly. The fair value of long-term borrowings is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, using current estimated market discount rates for borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities and put dates.


170


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
•  The fair value of commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standings.
 
•  The fair value of servicing assets is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions.
 
19.   SEGMENT REPORTING
 
The Group segregates its businesses into the following major reportable segments of business: Banking, Wealth Management (formerly Financial Services), and Treasury. Management established the reportable segments based on the internal reporting used to evaluate performance and to assess where to allocate resources. Other factors such as the Group’s organization, nature of its products, distribution channels and economic characteristics of the products were also considered in the determination of the reportable segments. The Group measures the performance of these reportable segments based on pre-established goals of different financial parameters such as net income, net interest income, loan production, and fees generated. Non-interest expenses allocations among segments were reviewed during the second quarter of 2009 and fourth quarter of 2010 to reallocate expenses from the Banking to the Wealth Management and Treasury segments for a suitable presentation. The Group’s methodology for allocating non-interest expenses among segments is based on several factors such as revenues, employee headcount, occupied space, dedicated services or time, among others. These factors are reviewed on a periodical basis and may change if the conditions warrant.
 
Banking includes the Bank’s branches and mortgage banking, with traditional banking products such as deposits and mortgage, commercial, consumer loans, and leasing. Mortgage banking activities are carried out by the Bank’s mortgage banking division, whose principal activity is to originate mortgage loans for the Group’s own portfolio. As part of its mortgage banking activities, the Group may sell loans directly into the secondary market or securitize conforming loans into mortgage-backed securities.
 
Wealth Management is comprised of the Bank’s trust division (Oriental Trust), the broker-dealer subsidiary (Oriental Financial Services Corp.), the insurance agency subsidiary (Oriental Insurance, Inc.), and the pension plan administration subsidiary (Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc.). The core operations of this segment are financial planning, money management and investment banking, brokerage services, insurance sales activity, corporate and individual trust and retirement services, as well as pension plan administration services.
 
The Treasury segment encompasses all of the Group’s asset and liability management activities such as: purchases and sales of investment securities, interest rate risk management, derivatives, and borrowings.
 
Intersegment sales and transfers, if any, are accounted for as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” included in the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K.


171


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Following are the results of operations and the selected financial information by operating segment as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:
 
                                                 
          Wealth
          Total Major
          Consolidated
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010   Banking     Management     Treasury     Segments     Eliminations     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest income
  $ 115,468     $ 15     $ 188,318     $ 303,801     $     $ 303,801  
Interest expense
    (39,169 )           (129,432 )     (168,601 )           (168,601 )
                                                 
Net interest income
    76,299       15       58,886       135,200             135,200  
Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses
    (15,914 )                 (15,914 )           (15,914 )
Provision for covered loan and lease losses
    (6,282 )                 (6,282 )           (6,282 )
Non-interest income (loss)
    26,150       17,883       (38,903 )     5,130             5,130  
Non-interest expenses
    (85,603 )     (15,569 )     (11,426 )     (112,598 )           (112,598 )
Intersegment revenues
    1,622       763             2,385       (2,385 )      
Intersegment expenses
          (2,156 )     (229 )     (2,385 )     2,385        
                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (3,728 )   $ 936     $ 8,328     $ 5,536     $     $ 5,536  
                                                 
Total assets as of December 31, 2010
  $ 3,369,399     $ 15,484     $ 4,670,547     $ 8,055,430     $ (742,653 )   $ 7,312,777  
                                                 
 
                                                 
          Wealth
          Total Major
          Consolidated
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009   Banking     Management     Treasury     Segments     Eliminations     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest income
  $ 73,155     $ 47     $ 246,278     $ 319,480     $     $ 319,480  
Interest expense
    (35,099 )           (153,369 )     (188,468 )           (188,468 )
                                                 
Net interest income
    38,056       47       92,909       131,012             131,012  
Provision for non-covered loan losses
    (15,650 )                 (15,650 )           (15,650 )
Non-interest income (loss)
    15,190       14,496       (31,753 )     (2,067 )           (2,067 )
Non-interest expenses
    (57,204 )     (14,783 )     (11,391 )     (83,378 )           (83,378 )
Intersegment revenues
    1,297                   1,297       (1,297 )      
Intersegment expenses
          (1,172 )     (125 )     (1,297 )     1,297        
                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (18,311 )   $ (1,412 )   $ 49,640     $ 29,917     $     $ 29,917  
                                                 
Total assets as of December 31, 2009
  $ 1,655,515     $ 9,879     $ 5,223,969     $ 6,889,363     $ (338,530 )   $ 6,550,833  
                                                 
 


172


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                 
          Wealth
          Total Major
          Consolidated
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008   Banking     Management     Treasury     Segments     Eliminations     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest income
  $ 80,725     $ 97     $ 258,217     $ 339,039     $     $ 339,039  
Interest expense
    (33,128 )           (194,600 )     (227,728 )           (227,728 )
                                                 
Net interest income
    47,597       97       63,617       111,311             111,311  
Provision for non-covered loan losses
    (8,860 )                 (8,860 )           (8,860 )
Non-interest income (loss)
    7,104       17,236       (36,582 )     (12,242 )           (12,242 )
Non-interest expenses
    (57,210 )     (11,413 )     (4,119 )     (72,742 )           (72,742 )
Intersegment revenues
    3,702                   3,702       (3,702 )      
Intersegment expenses
          (2,954 )     (748 )     (3,702 )     3,702        
                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (7,667 )   $ 2,966     $ 22,168     $ 17,467     $     $ 17,467  
                                                 
Total assets as of December 31, 2008
  $ 1,524,979     $ 10,763     $ 4,912,694     $ 6,448,436     $ (242,900 )   $ 6,205,536  
                                                 

173


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
20.   ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC. (HOLDING COMPANY ONLY) FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
As a bank holding company subject to the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, the Group must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board for any dividend if the total of all dividends declared by it in any calendar year would exceed the total of its consolidated net profits for the year, as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, combined with its retained net profits for the two preceding years. The payment of dividends by the Bank to the Group may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as the maintenance of certain regulatory capital levels. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Bank paid $33.1 million in dividends to the Group. No dividends were paid during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
The following condensed financial information presents the financial position of the holding company only as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION INFORMATION
(Holding Company Only)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 16,402     $ 36,056  
Investment securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost
    8,175        
Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value
    106,611       112,565  
Other investment securities
    150       150  
Investment in bank subsidiary, equity method
    727,878       307,997  
Investment in nonbank subsidiaries, equity method
    10,489       8,817  
Due from bank subsidiary, net
    319       94  
Deferred tax asset, net
    1,830       595  
Other assets
    1,940       1,779  
                 
Total assets
  $ 873,793     $ 468,053  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 100,236     $ 100,236  
Subordinated capital notes
    36,083       36,083  
Dividend payable
    2,320       972  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    2,823       596  
                 
Total liabilities
    141,462       137,887  
Stockholders’ equity
    732,331       330,166  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 873,793     $ 468,053  
                 


174


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION
(Holding Company Only)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Income (loss):
                       
Dividends from bank subsidiary
  $     $     $ 33,000  
Interest income
    3,563       10,501       18,148  
Loss on early extinguishment of repurchase agreement
          (17,551 )      
Investment and trading activities, net and other
    4,083       24,643       4,350  
                         
Total income
  $ 7,646     $ 17,593     $ 55,498  
                         
Expenses:
                       
Interest expense
  $ 5,770     $ 10,810     $ 15,939  
Operating expenses
    5,884       4,817       4,084  
                         
Total expenses
    11,654       15,627       20,023  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (4,008 )     1,966       35,475  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    1,652       (1,400 )     41  
                         
Income (loss) before changes in undistributed earnings (losses) of subsidiaries
    (2,356 )     566       35,516  
Equity in undistributed earnings (losses) from:
                       
Bank subsidiary
    10,518       22,626       (8,566 )
Nonbank subsidiaries
    1,672       (247 )     (160 )
                         
Net income
  $ 9,834     $ 22,945     $ 26,790  
                         


175


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME INFORMATION
(Holding Company Only)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net income
  $ 9,834     $ 22,945     $ 26,790  
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale arising during the year
    2,779       4,521       (3,748 )
Realized loss on securities available-for-sale arising during the year
          (6,620 )     (1,558 )
Other comprehensive income (loss) from bank subsidiary
    117,364       55,929       (104,873 )
Income tax effect
    (417 )     (23 )     1,007  
                         
Total other comprehensive income (loss) for the year
    119,726       53,807       (109,172 )
                         
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 129,560     $ 76,752     $ (82,382 )
                         


176


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION
(Holding Company Only)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 9,834     $ 22,945     $ 26,790  
                         
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses from banking subsidiary
    (10,518 )     (22,626 )     8,566  
Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses from nonbanking subsidiaries
    (1,672 )     247       160  
Amortization of premiums, net of accretion discounts on investment securities
    1,526       79       (649 )
Loss on early extinguishment of repurchase agreements
          17,551        
Realized loss on sale of investments
          (6,620 )     (1,575 )
Stock based compensation
    1,194       742       559  
Deferred income tax benefit
    (1,652 )     (190 )     (229 )
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (160 )     2,294       2,225  
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses, other liabilities, and dividend payable
    3,607       (2,746 )     316  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    2,158       11,676       36,163  
                         
Cash flow from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of securities available-for-sale
    (264,696 )     (1,562,012 )     (1,016,855 )
Purchase of securities held-to-maturity
    (8,188 )            
Redemptions and sales of securities available-for-sale
    152,408       337,600       671,809  
Redemptions of securities held-to-maturity
    12              
Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale
    119,497       1,463,149       316,575  
Redemptions and sales of other securities
                1,525  
Net (increase) decrease in due from bank subsidiary, net
    (225 )     (49 )     1,388  
Capital contributions to banking subsidiary
    (292,000 )     (15,000 )     (5,000 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (293,192 )     223,688       (30,558 )
                         
Cash flow from financing activities:
                       
Net decrease in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
          (217,551 )      
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net
    72             2,175  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
    94,386              
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net
    189,075              
Net decrease in due to bank subsidiaries, net
                (656 )
Purchase of treasury stock
          (182 )     (86 )
Capital contribution
          78        
Dividends paid
    (12,153 )     (8,690 )     (18,410 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    271,380       (226,345 )     (16,977 )
                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (19,654 )     9,019       (11,372 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    36,056       27,037       38,409  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 16,402     $ 36,056     $ 27,037  
                         


177


Table of Contents

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
21.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
In February 2011, the Group’s Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group is authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30.0 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. The shares of common stock to repurchase are to be held by the Group as treasury shares.
 
The new program replaces the prior $15 million program, announced July 31, 2007. The unused repurchase authority of approximately $11.3 million under the previous program will no longer be available.


178


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
a.   Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
The Group’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As of December 31, 2010, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Group’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon such evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K, the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Group in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
b.   Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
The Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is included in Item 8 of this report.
 
c.   Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8 of this report.
 
d.   Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There have not been any changes in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d -15 (f) under the Exchange Act) during the last quarter of the year ended December 31, 2010, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
Not applicable.
 
PART III
 
Items 10 through 14 will be provided by incorporating the information required under such items by reference to the Group’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.


179


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
The following financial statements are filed as part of this report under “Part II- Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”
 
         
Financial Statements:
       
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
           
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
       
Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
       
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
       
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
       
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
       
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
       
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
       
 
(a)(2) — Financial Statement Schedules
 
No schedules are presented because the information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto described in (a)(1) above.
 
(a)(3) — Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit No.:
 
Description Of Document:
 
  2 .1   Purchase and Assumption Agreement — Whole Bank, All Deposits, dated as of April 30, 2010, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Eurobank, San Juan, Puerto Rico, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and Oriental Bank and Trust.(1)
  3 .1   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.(2)
  3 .2   By-Laws.(3)
  4 .1   Certificate of Designation of the 7.125% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A.(4)
  4 .2   Certificate of Designation of the 7.0% Noncumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series B.(5)
  4 .3   Certificate of Designation of the Mandatory Convertible Noncumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C.(6)
  4 .4   Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 23, 2010, between the Group and each of the purchasers of the Series C Preferred Stock.(7)
  10 .1   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated April 23, 2010, between the Group and each of the purchasers of the Series C Preferred Stock.(8)
  10 .2   Omnibus Asset Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2010, between Oriental Bank and Trust and Bayview Loan Servicing, LLC.(9)
  10 .3   Lease Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Professional Office Park V, Inc.(10)
  10 .4   First Amendment to Lease Agreement Dated May 18, 2004, between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Professional Office Park V, Inc.(11)
  10 .5   Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and José R. Fernández(12)
  10 .6   Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Norberto González(13)


180


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.:
 
Description Of Document:
 
  10 .7   Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Ganesh Kumar(14)
  10 .8   Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Mari Evelyn Rodríguez(15)
  10 .9   Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Julio R. Micheo(16)
  10 .10   Technology Outsourcing Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and Metavante Corporation(17)
  10 .11   Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Performance Incentive Plan(18)
  10 .12   Form of qualified stock option award and agreement(19)
  10 .13   Form of restricted stock award and agreement(20)
  10 .14   Form of restricted unit award and agreement(21)
  10 .15   Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and José J. Gil de Lamadrid(22)
  10 .16   Employment Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and José R. Fernández
  10 .17   Change in Control Compensation Agreement between Oriental Financial Group Inc. and José Ramón González
  12 .0   Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends (included in Item 6 hereof).
  21 .0   List of subsidiaries
  23 .0   Consent of KPMG LLP
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
(1) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 6, 2010.
 
(2) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Group’s quarterly report on form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2010.
 
(3) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 23, 2008.
 
(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Group’s registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on April 30, 1999.
 
(5) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Group’s registration statement on Form 8-A filed with the SEC on September 26, 2003.
 
(6) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 3, 2010.
 
(7) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Group’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2010.
 
(8) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 4, 2010.
 
(9) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 14, 2010.
 
(10) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.
 
(11) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.
 
(12) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.
 
(13) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.
 
(14) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2005.
 
(15) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on October 17, 2006.
 
(16) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 15, 2006.

181


Table of Contents

 
(17) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 28, 2007.
 
(18) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Group’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on October 21, 2010 (No. 333-170064).
 
(19) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on November 30, 2007.
 
(20) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Group’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on November 30, 2007.
 
(21) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009.
 
(22) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Group’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 6, 2009.


182


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
 
         
     
By:
/s/  José Rafael Fernández

José Rafael Fernández
President and Chief Executive Officer
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  Norberto González

Norberto González
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  César A. Ortiz

César A. Ortiz
Senior Vice President and Controller
  Dated: March 9, 2011
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
         
     
By:
/s/  José J. Gil de Lamadrid

José J. Gil de Lamadrid
Chairman of the Board
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  José Rafael Fernández

José Rafael Fernández
Vice Chairman of the Board
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  Juan Carlos Aguayo

Juan Carlos Aguayo
Director
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  Pablo I. Altieri

Dr. Pablo I. Altieri
Director
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  Francisco Arriví

Francisco Arriví
Director
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  Julian Inclán

Julian Inclán
Director
  Dated: March 9, 2011


183


Table of Contents

         
By:
/s/  Rafael Machargo

Rafael Machargo
Director
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  Pedro Morazzani

Pedro Morazzani
Director
  Dated: March 9, 2011
     
By:
/s/  Josen Rossi

Josen Rossi
Director
  Dated: March 9, 2011


184